Skip to main content

Full text of "Meditations on the essence of Christianity, and on the religious questions of the day"

See other formats


ICQ 


MEDITATIONS. 


MEDITATIONS 


ON 


THE   ESSENCE  OF  CHRISTIANITY, 


AND    ON 


THE   RELIGIOUS  QUESTIONS  OF  THE   DAY. 


BY    M.    GUIZOT. 


TRANSLATED   FROM   THE   FRENCH,    UNDER  THE  SUPER 
INTENDENCE  OF   THE   AUTHOR. 


-LONDON: 

JOHN   MURRAY,  ALBEMARLE   STREET. 
1864. 


LONDON*  : 
BRADBURY   AND   EVANS,    PRINTERS,   WHITEFRIARS. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGK 

1.  NATURAL  PKOBLEMS 1 

II.  CHRISTIAN  DOGMAS 11 

III.  THE  SUPERNATURAL 84 

IV.  THE  LIMITS  OF  SCIENCE 10!) 

V.  REVELATION         .....                  .  132 

VI.  THE  INSPIRATION  OF  HOLY  SCRIPTURE     .         .         .     .  142 

VII.    GOD  ACCORDING    TO   THE  BlBLE 157 

VIII.  JESUS  CHRIST  ACCORDING  TO  THE  GOSPELS        .        .     .  230 
NOTE  .  .  299 


PREFACE. 


DURING  the  last  nineteen  centuries,  Christianity 
has  been  often  assailed,  and  has  successfully  re 
sisted  every  attack.  Of  these  attacks,  some  have 
IK 'en  more  violent,  but  none  more  serious  than 
that  of  which  it  is,  in  these  days,  the  object. 

For  eighteen  hundred  years  Christians  were  in 
turn  persecutors  and  persecuted  ;  Christians  per 
secuted  as  Christians,  Christians  persecutors  of 
every  one  who  was  not  Christian — Christians 
mutually  persecuting  each  other.  This  persecu 
tion  varied,  it  is  true,  in  degree  of  cruelty  with 
the  age  and  the  country,  as  it  also  did  in  the 
degree  of  inflexibility  evinced  and  success  attained 
in  the  prosecution  of  its  object ;  but  whatever 
the  diversity  of  state,  church,  or  punishment, 
whatever  the  degree  of  severity  or  laxity  in  the 


viii  PREFACE. 

application  of  the  principle,  this  principle  was 
ever  the  same.  After  having  had  to  endure  pro 
scription  and  martyrdom  under  the  imperial 
government  of  Paganism,  the  Christian  religion 
lived,  in  its  turn,  under  the  guard  of  the  civil 
law,  defended  by  the  arms  of  secular  power. 

In  these  days  it  exists  in  the  very  presence  of 
Liberty.  It  has  to  deal  with  free  thought, — with 
free  discussion.  It  is  called  upon  to  defend,  to 
guard  itself,  to  prove  incessantly  and  against  every 
comer  its  moral  and  historical  veracity,  to  vindi 
cate  its  claims  upon  man's  intelligence  and  man's 
soul.  Eoman  Catholics,  Protestants,  or  Jews, 
Christians  or  philosophers,  all,  at  least  in  our 
country,  are  sheltered  from  every  persecution ; 
for  no  one  without  incurring  the  risk  of  ridicule 
could  characterise  as  persecution  the  sacrifices  or 
the  inconveniences  to  which  the  expression  of 
his  opinion  may  occasionally  subject  him.  To 
every  man  such  expression  of  opinion  is  per 
mitted,  and  can  never  lead  to  the  forfeiture,  on 
the  part  of  any  single  individual,  of  any  of  his  poli- 


PREFACE.  IX 

tical  rights  or  privileges.  Keligious  Liberty — that 
is  to  say,  the  liberty  of  believing ;  of  believing 
differently  or  of  disbelieving — may  be  but  imper 
fectly  accepted  and  guaranteed  as  a  principle  in 
certain  states ;  but  it  still  is  evident  that  it  is 
becoming  so  every  day  more  and  more,  and  that 
it  will  eventually  become  the  Common  Law  of  the 
civilised  world. 

One  of  the  circumstances  that  render  this  fact 
pregnant  with  importance  is  that  it  does  not 
stand  isolated ;  but  holds  its  place  in  the  great 
Intellectual  and  Social  Eevolution,  which,  after  the 
fermentation  and  the  preparation  of  centuries,  has 
broken  out  and  is  in  course  of  accomplishment  in 
our  own  days.  The  scientific  spirit,  the  prepon 
derance  of  the  democratic  principle,  and  that  of 
political  liberty,  are  the  essential  characteristics 
and  invincible  tendencies  of  this  revolution. 
These  new  forces  may  fall  into  enormous  errors 
and  commit  enormous  faults,  the  penalty  for 
which  they  will  ever  dearly  pay  ;  still  they  are 
definitively  installed  in  modern  society ;  the 


X  PREFACE. 

sciences  will  continue  to  develop  themselves  in 
its  bosom  in  the  full  independence  of  their  methods 
and  of  their  results  ;  the  democracy  will  establish 
itself  in  the  positions  which  it  has  conquered,  and 
on  the  ground  which  has  been  opened  to  it ;  poli 
tical  liberty  in  the  midst  of  its  storms  and  its  disap 
pointments  will  still,  sooner  or  later,  cause  itself 
to  be  accepted  as  the  necessary  guarantee  for  all 
the  acquisitions  and  all  the  progress  possible  in 
society.  These  are  the  grand  predominant  facts 
to  which  all  public  institutions  will  now  have  to 
adapt  themselves,  and  with  which  all  authority 
whose  action  is  upon  the  mind  requires  to  live  at 
peace. 

Christianity  also  must  submit  to  the  same 
tests  and  trials.  As  it  has  surmounted  all  others, 
so  also  will  it  surmount  this ;  its  essence  and 
origin  would  not  be  divine  did  they  not  permit  it 
to  adapt  itself  to  all  the  different  forms  of  human 
institutions,  to  serve  them  now  as  a  guide,  now  as 
a  support  in  their  vicissitudes  whether  of  adversity 
or  prosperity.  It  is,  however,  of  the  most  serious 


PREFACE.  XI 

importance  for  Christians  not  to  deceive  them 
selves,  either  as  to  the  nature  of  the  struggle  which 
they  will  have  to  sustain,  or  as  to  its  perils  and  the 
legitimate  arms  which  they  may  use  to  combat 
them.  The  attack  directed  against  the  Christian 
religion  is  one  hotly  carried  on,  now  with  a  brutal 
fanaticism,  now  with  a  dexterous  learning  ;  at 
one  time  with  the  appeal  to  sincere  convictions, 
and  at  another  invoking  the  worst  passions  ;  some 
contest  Christianity  as  false,  others  reject  it  as  too 
exacting  and  imposing  too  much  restraint ;  the 
greater  part  apprehend  it  as  a  tyranny.  Injustice 
and  suffering  are  not  so  soon  forgotten  ;  nor  does 
one  readily  recover  from  the  effect  of  terror.  The 
memory  of  religious  persecutions  still  lives,  and 
this  it  is  that  maintains,  in  multitudes,  whose 
opinions  vacillate,  aversion,  prejudice,  and  a  lively 
sentiment  of  alarm.  Christians  on  their  side  are 
loth  to  recognise  and  accommodate  themselves  to 
the  new  order  of  society  ;  every  moment  they 
are  shocked,  irritated,  terrified  by  the  ideas  and 
language  to  which  that  society  gives  utterance. 


Xll  PREFACE. 

Men  do  not  so  readily  pass  from  a  state  of  privi 
lege  to  one  of  community  of  rights — from  a  state 
of  dominion  to  one  of  liberty  ;  they  do  not  resign 
themselves  without  a  struggle  to  the  audacious 
obstinacy  of  contradiction,  to  the  daily  necessity 
of  resisting  and  conquering.  Government  accord 
ing  to  principles  of  liberty  is  still  more  influenced 
by  passion,  and  entails  a  necessity  of  still  more 
exertion  in  the  sphere  of  religion  than  of  civil 
politics :  believers  find  it  still  more  difficult  to 
support  incredulity  than  governments  to  bear 
with  oppositions;  and,  nevertheless,  these  them 
selves  are  forced  to  do  so,  and  can  only  find  in 
free  discussion  and  in  the  full  exercise  of  their 
peculiar  liberties  the  force  which  they  require  to 
rise  above  their  perilous  condition,  and  reduce — 
not  to  silence,  for  that  is  impossible,  but  to  an 
idle  warfare — their  inveterate  enemies. 

To  leave  that  civil  society,  in  which  the  diffe 
rent  sects  of  religion  are  now-a-days  compelled  to 
live  in  peace  and  side  by  side,  and  to  enter  reli 
gious  society  itself,  the  Christian  Church  of  our 


PREFACE.  Xlll 


days  : — what  is  its  actual  position  with  respect  to 
these  grand  questions  which  it  has  to  discuss  with 
the  spirit  of  human  liberty  and  audacity?  Does 
it  comprehend  properly,  does  it  suitably  carry  on 
the  warfare  in  which  it  is  engaged  ?  Does  it  tend 
in  its  proceedings  to  a  re-establishment  of  a  real 
peace,  and  active  harmonious  relations  between 
itself  and  that  general  society  in  the  midst  of 
which  it  is  living  ? 

I  say  Christian  Church.  It  is,  in  effect,  the 
whole  Church  of  Christ,  and  not  such  or  such  a 
church  that  is  in  these  days  attacked,  and  vitally 
attacked.  "When  men  deny  the  Supernatural 
World,  the  Inspiration  of  the  Scriptures,  and  the 
Divinity  of  Jesus  Christ,  they  really  assail  the 
whole  body  of  Christians — Romanists,  Protestants 
or  Greeks :  they  are  virtually  destroying  the  foun 
dations  of  faith  in  all  the  belief  of  Christians,  what 
ever  their  particular  difference  of  religious  opinion 
or  forms  of  ecclesiastical  government.  It  is  by 
faith  that  all  Christian  Churches  live  ;  there  is 
no  form  of  government,  monarchical  or  republican, 


XIV  PREFACE. 

concentrated  or  diffused,  that  suffices  to  maintain 
a  church ;  there  is  no  authority  so  strong,  no 
liberty  so  broad,  as  to  be  able  in  a  religious  society 
to  dispense  with  the  necessity  of  faith.  For  what 
is  it  that  unites  in  a  church  if  it  is  not  faith  ? 
Faith  is  the  bond  of  souls.  When  then  the  foun 
dations  of  their  common  faith  are.  attacked,  the 
differences  existing  between  Christian  Churches 
upon  special  questions,  or  the  diversities  of  their 
organization  or  government,  become  secondary 
interests  ;  it  is  from  a  common  peril  that  they 
have  to  defend  themselves ;  or  they  must  recon 
cile  themselves  to  see  dried  up  the  common  source 
from  which  they  all  derive  sustenance  and  life. 

I  fear  that  the  sentiment  of  this  common  peril 
is  not,  in  all  the  Christian  Churches,  as  clear  and 
well  defined,  as  deep  and  predominant,  as  their 
common  safety  requires.  In  presence  of  similar 
questions  everywhere  varied,  of  identical  attacks 
everywhere  directed  against  the  vital  facts  and 
dogmas  of  Christianity,  I  dread  Christians  of  the 
different?  communions  not  concentrating  all  their 


PREFACE.  XV 

forces  upon  the  mighty  struggles  in  which  they 
are,  all,  to  engage.  My  dread,  however,  is  un 
attended  by  astonishment.  Although  the  danger 
is  the  same  for  all,  the  traditional  opinions  and 
habits,  and  consequently  the  actual  dispositions, 
are  very  different .  Many  Eomanists  feel  the  per 
suasion  that  Faith  would  be  saved  were  they  only 
delivered  from  liberty  of  thought.  Many  Pro 
testants  believe  that  they  are  but  employing  their 
right  of  free  examination,  and  do  not  lose  their 
title  to  be  regarded  as  Christians,  when  they  are 
in  effect  abandoning  the  foundations  and  with 
drawing  from  the  source  of  Faith.  Eoman  Catho 
licism  has  not  sufficient  reliance  on  its  roots,  and 
respects  too  much  its  branches  ;  no  tree  exists  that 
does  not  need  culture  and  clearing  in  accordance 
with  climate  and  season,  if  it  is  to  be  expected  to 
continue  to  bear  always  good  fruit  ;  but  the  roots 
should  be  especially  defended  from  every  attack. 
Protestantism  is  too  forgetful  that  it  also  has 
roots  from  which  it  cannot  be  separated  without 
perishing,  and  that  religion  is  not  what  an  annual 


XVI  PREFACE. 

is  in  vegetation  :  a  plant  that  men  cultivate  and 
renew  at  their  pleasure.  Whilst  the  Eomanists 
dread  freedom  of  thought  too  much,  the  Protes 
tants  on  their  side  have  too  great  a  fear  of  autho 
rity.  Some  believe  that  inasmuch  as  religious 
Faith  has  firm  and  fixed  points,  movement  and 
progress  are  incompatible  with  religious  society; 
others  affirm  that  a  religious  society  can  never  have 
fixed  points,  and  that  religion  consists  in  religious 
sentiment  and  individual  belief.  "What  would 
have  become  of  Christianity,  had  it  from  its  birth 
been  condemned  to  the  immobility  which  the 
former  recommend;  and  what  would  become  of 
it  at  the  present  day,  were  it  surrendered,  as  the 
latter  would  have  it,  to  the  caprice  of  every  mind, 
and  the  wind  of  every  day  ? 

Happily,  God  permits  not  that,  at  this  crisis, 
the  true  principles  and  the  true  interests  of  the 
Christian  Eeligion  should  remain  without  suffi 
cient  defenders.  Eomanists  there  are  who  under 
stand  their  age  and  the  new  constitution  of 
society,  who  accept  frankly  its  liberty,  religious 


PREFACE.  XV11 

and  politic  :  it  is  precisely  they  who  have  most 
boldly  testified  their  attachment  to  the  faith  of 
Rome,  who  have  claimed  with  most  ardor  the 
essential  liberties  of  their  church,  and  defended 
with  most  energy  the  rights  of  its  chief.  Nor 
are  Protestants  wanting  who  have  used  with 
the  most  untiring  zeal  all  the  liberty  acquired 
in  our  days  by  Protestantism ;  they  have  founded 
all  those  associations  and  originated  all  those 
undertakings  which  have  manifested  the  vital 
energy  and  extended  the  action  of  the  Protes 
tant  Church ;  they  have  demanded  and  they 
continue  to  demand,  for  this  church,  the  re- 
establishment  of  its  Synods,  that  is  to  say,  its 
religious  autonomy.  Amongst  these  Protestants, 
where  men  have  appeared  who  have  not  found 
in  the  Protestant  Church  as  by  law  established 
the  entire  satisfaction  of  their  convictions,  they 
have  felt  no  hesitation  to  separate  from  it  and 
to  found,  with  their  own  means  alone,  indepen 
dent  churches.  It  may  be  affirmed  also  of  the 
Protestants  that  they  have  most  largely  put  in 

6 


XV111  PREFACE, 

practice  all  the  rights  and  all  the  liberties  of 
Protestantism,  in  the  internal  ordeal  through 
which  Christianity  is  at  present  passing ;  it  is 
precisely  they  who  assert  most  loudly  the  dogmas 
of  the  Christian  Faith  and  maintain  most  in 
flexibly  the  authoritative  rights  established  by 
law  in  the  bosom  of  their  church.  The  Liberal 
Komanists  of  the  present  day  are  the  most 
zealous  defenders  of  the  fundamental  traditions 
and  institutions  of  Catholicism.  The  Protestants 
who  have  been  the  most  active  during  the  last 
half-century  in  the  exercise  of  the  liberties  of 
Protestantism  are  the  firmest  maintainers  of  its 
doctrines  and  of  its  vital  rules. 

Humanly  speaking,  it  is  upon  the  influence 
exercised  and  to  be  exercised  in  their  respective 
churches  and  on  the  public,  by  these  two  classes 
of  Christians,  that  depends  the  peaceable  issue  of 
the  crisis  through  which  Christianity  is  in  these 
days  passing.  Our  society  is,  doubtless,  far  from 
meriting  the  title  of  a  Christian  one ;  still  it 
cannot  be  characterised  as  anti-Christian;  con- 


PREFACE.  XIX 

sidcred  as  one  vast  whole,  it  has  no  hostile  or 
general  prejudice  against  the  Christian  religion  : 
it  maintains  the  habits,  the  instincts,  I  would 
willingly  add  the  longings,  of  Christians ;  it  is  con 
scious  that  Christian  Faith  and  Ordinance  serve 
powerfully  its  interests  with  respect  to  order  and 
peace  ;  the  fanatical  opponents  of  Christianity 
exercise  upon  it  far  more  disquieting  than  seduc 
tive  influences,  for  it  has  already  had  experience 
of  their  empire ;  and  where  society  appears  to  offer 
a  silent  acquiescence  or  even  to  pride  itself  upon 
them,  still  at  bottom  it  dreads  their  progress. 

Such  being  the  state  of  the  case,  and  such 
the  constitution  of  society,  how  are  we  to  draw 
men  away  from  their  apathy  and  their  ignorance 
in  matters  of  religion  ?  How  lead  them  back 
to  Christianity  ?  They  alone  can  accomplish  this 
object,  who,  in  their  defence  and  propagation  of  the 
religion  of  Jesus,  shall  not  wound  society  itself  in 
the  ideas,  sentiments,  rights  and  interests  which 
have  at  present  rooted  themselves  in  its  very 
life  and  energies.  Like  religion,  modern  society 


XX  PREFACE. 

has  also  its  fixed  points  and  its  invincible  ten 
dencies  :  it  can  never  be  set  on  terms  of  har 
mony  with  the  former  unless  by  the  concurring 
action  of  men  who  have  with  each  of  them  a 
genuine  and  deep  sentiment  of  sympathy.  Since 
the  Christian  Eeligion  lives  in  these  times  con 
fronting  civil  liberty,  those  alone  can  be  efficient 
champions  of  religion  who  at  the  same  time 
profess  fully  the  Christian  Faith  and  accept  with 
sincerity  the  tests  of  Liberty. 

But  in  pursuing  their  pious  and  salutary  enter 
prise,  let  not  these  liberal  Christians  flatter  them 
selves  with  the  probability  of  any  prompt  or 
complete  success :  maintain  and  propagate  the 
Christian  faith  they  may,  but  they  will  never  be 
able  in  the  bosom  of  society  to  get  rid  either  of 
incredulity  or  doubt;  even  while  combating  them 
they  must  learn  to  endure  their  presence ;  in  insti 
tutions  of  freedom  there  is  essentially  an  inter 
mixture  of  good  and  evil,  of  truth  and  error; 
contrary  ideas  and  dispositions  produce  and 
develop  themselves  in  it  simultaneously.  "  Think 


PREFACE.  -XXL 

not  that  I  am  come  to  send  peace  on  earth  : 
I  came  not/'  said  Jesus  to  his  apostles,  "  to 
send  peace,  but  a  sword." !  The  sword  of  Jesus 
Christ,  that  is,  Christianity,  at  war  with  human 
error  and  shortcomings  ;  a  victory,  still  a  victory 
ever  incomplete  in  an  incessant  struggle, — that  is 
the  condition  to  which  those  must  submit  with 
resignation  who,  in  the  bosom  of  liberty,  defend 
the  truth  of  Christianity. 

Were  these  valiant  and  intelligent  champions 
of  the  faith  of  Jesus  not  adopted  and  accredited 
as  such  in  the  churches  to  which  they  belong ;  did 
the  Church  of  Eome  furnish  ground  for  thinking 
her  essentially  hostile  to  the  fundamental  prin 
ciples  and  rights  of  modern  society,  and  that  she 
only  tolerates  them  as  Moses  tolerated  divorce 
amongst  the  Jews,  "because  of  the  hardness  of 
their  heart "  ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  did  the 
rejectors  of  the  Supernatural,  of  the  Inspiration  of 
the  Scriptures,  and  of  the  Divinity  of  Jesus  Christ, 
predominate  in  the  bosom  of  Protestantism  ;  and 

*  Matt.  x.  34. 


XX11  PREFACE, 

finally,  did  the  latter  then  become  nought  but  a 
hesitating  system  of  philosophy ;  if  all  these 
deplorable  things  were  to  be  realised,  I  am  far 
from  thinking  that,  owing  to  such  faults,  such 
disasters,  the  religion  of  Christ  would  vanish  from 
the  world  and  definitively  withdraw  from  men 
its  light  and  its  support  :  the  destinies  of  religion 
are  far  above  human  errors  ;  but  still,  beyond  all 
doubt,  for  mankind  to  be  turned  back  from  them, 
and  for  the  light  to  return  to  their  soul  and  har 
mony  to  modern  society,  there  would  have  again 
to  burst  out  in  the  human  soul  and  in  society  one 
of  those  immense  troubles,  one  of  those  revolu 
tionary  whirlwinds,  whose  evils  man  is  compelled 
actually  to  undergo  before  he  can  derive  benefit 
from  its  lessons. 

On  the  point  of  addressing  myself  to  questions 
more  profound  and  of  a  less  transitory  nature, 
I  content  myself  with  having  merely  indicated 
what  I  think  of  the  crisis  that  agitates  Chris 
tendom  at  the  present  day,  as  also  of  its  main 
cause,  its  perils,  and  the  chances,  good  or  bad, 


PREFACE.  XX111 

that  it  holds  out  for  the  future.     In  the  work  of 
which  the  first  part  is  now  before  the  public,  I 
omit  all  the  circumstantial  facts  and  details   as 
well  as  the  discussions  that  grow  out  of  them,  and 
it  is  only  with  the  Christian  Religion  as  it  is  in 
itself,  with  its  fundamental  belief  and  its  reason 
ableness,  that  I  occupy  myself ;  it  has  been  my 
purpose  to  illustrate  the  truth  of  Christianity  by 
contrasting  it  with  the  systems  and  the  doubts 
that  men  set  in  array  against  it.     It  is  my  inten 
tion  to  avoid  all  direct  and   personal  polemics  ; 
express  reference  to  individuals  embarrasses  and 
envenoms  all  questions  in  controversy,  and  gives 
rise  to  ill-judged  deference  or  unjust  invective, 
two  descriptions  of  falsity  for  which  alike  I  feel 
no  sympathy  :  let  me  have  then  for  adversaries 
ideas  alone  ;  and  whatever  these  may  be,  I  admit 
beforehand  the  possibility  of  sincerity  on  the  part 
of  those  that  prefer  them.     Without  this  admis 
sion  all  serious  discussion  is  out  of  the  question  ; 
and  neither  the  intellectual  enormity  of  the  error, 
nor  its  awful  practical  consequences,  positively 


XXIV  PREFACE. 

precludes  sincerity  on  the  part  of  him  that  pro 
mulgates  it.  The  mind  of  man  is  still  more 
easily  led  astray  than  his  heart,  and  is  still  more 
egotistical ;  after  having  once  conceived  and 
expressed  an  idea,  it  attaches  itself  to  it  as  to  its 
own  offspring,  takes  a  pride  in  imprisoning  itself 
in  it,  as  if  it  were  so  taking  possession  of  the  pure 
and  entire  truth. 

These  Meditations  will  be  divided  into  four 
series.  In  the  first,  which  forms  this  volume,  I 
explain  and  establish  what  constitutes,  in  my 
opinion,  the  essence  of  the  Christian  religion ; 
that  is  to  say,  what  those  natural  problems  are, 
that  correspond  with  the  fundamental  dogmas 
that  offer  their  solution,  the  supernatural  facts 
upon  which  these  same  dogmas  repose — Creation, 
Eevelation,  the  Inspiration  of  the  Scriptures,  God 
according  to  the  Biblical  account,  and  Jesus 
according  to  the  Gospel  narrative.  Next  to  the 
Essence  of  the  Christian  religion  comes  its  history ; 
and  this  will  be  the  subject  of  a  second  series  of 
Meditations,  in  which  I  shall  examine  the  authen- 


PREFACE.  XXV 

ticity  of  the   Scriptures,  the  primary   causes   of 
the  foundation  of   Christianity,   Christian  Faith, 
as  it  has  always  existed  throughout  its  different 
ages  and    in  spite  of    all  its    vicissitudes ;    the 
great   religious    crisis   in   the    sixteenth   century 
which  divided  the  Church  and  Europe  between 
Koman  Catholicism   and   Protestantism ;    finally 
those    different    anti  -  Christian    crises,  which  at 
different  epochs  and  in  different  countries  have 
set  in  question  and  imperilled  Christianity  itself, 
but    which    dangers    it    has    ever    surmounted. 
The    third    Meditation  will    be    consecrated   to 
the  study  of  the  actual  state  of  the  Christian 
religion,    its   internal    and    external    condition  : 
I    shall  retrace  the  regeneration   of  Christianity 
which  occurred  amongst  us  at  the  commencement 
of   the  nineteenth  century,  both  in  the  Church 
of  Rome  and  in  the   Protestant   churches ;    the 
impulse  imparted  to  it  at  the  same  epoch  by  the 
Spiritualistic  Philosophy  that  then  began  again 
to  flourish,  and  the  movement  in   the  contrary 
direction  which   showed  itself  very  remarkably 


XXVI  PREFACE. 

soon  afterwards  in  the  resurrection  of  Materialism, 
of  Pantheism,  of  Scepticism,  and  in  works  of 
historical  criticism.  I  shall  attempt  to  determine 
the  idea,  and  consequently,  in  my  opinion,  the 
fundamental  error  of  these  different  systems, 
the  avowed  and  active  enemies  of  Christianity. 
Finally,  in  the  fourth  series  of  these  Meditations 
I  shall  endeavour  to  discriminate  and  to  cha 
racterise  the  future  destiny  of  the  Christian 
religion,  and  to  indicate  by  what  course  it  is 
called  upon  to  conquer  completely  and  to  sway 
morally  this  little  corner  of  the  universe  termed 
by  us  our  earth,  in  which  unfold  themselves  the 
designs  and  power  of  God,  just  as,  doubtless, 
they  do  in  an  infinity  of  worlds  unknown  to  us. 

I  have  passed  thirty-five  years  of  my  life  in 
struggling,  on  a  bustling  arena,  for  the  establish 
ment  of  political  liberty  and  the  maintenance 
of  order  as  established  by  law.  I  have  learnt,  in 
the  labours  and  trials  of  this  struggle,  the  real 
worth  of  Christian  Faith  and  of  Christian  Liberty. 
God  permits  me,  in  the  repose  of  my  retreat,  to 


PREFACE.  XXV11 

consecrate  to  their  cause  what  remains  to  me 
of  life  and  of  strength.  It  is  the  most  salutary 
favour  and  the  greatest  honour  that  I  can  receive 
from  His  goodness. 

GUIZOT. 

VAL- RICHER,  June,  1864. 


MEDITATIONS 


ON   THE   ESSENCE    OF 


THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 


FIEST    MEDITATION. 

NATURAL   PROBLEMS. 

I 

FROM  the  very  origin  of  the  human  race, 
wherever  man  has  existed,  or  still  exists,  certain 
questions  have  peculiarly  and  irresistibly  fixed 
his  attention,  and  they  continue  to  do  so  at  the 
present  hour.  This  arises  not  alone  from  a 
feeling  of  natural  curiosity,  or  the  ardent  thirst 
for  knowledge,  but  from  a  deeper  and  more 
powerful  motive:  the  destiny  of  man  is  intimately 
involved  in  these  questions ;  they  contain  the 


2  THE    CHEISTIAN    RELIGION. 

secret  not  only  of  all  that  he  sees  around  him, 
but  of  his  own  being ;  and  when  he  aspires  to 
solve  them,  it  is  not  merely  because  he  desires 
to  understand  the  spectacle  of  which  he  is  a 
beholder,  but  because  he  feels,  and  is  conscious 
of  being  himself  an  actor  in  the  great  drama  of 
existence,  and  because  he  seeks  to  ascertain  his 
own  part  there,  and  comprehend  his  own  destiny. 
His  present  conduct  and  his  future  lot  are  as 
much  at  issue  as  the  satisfaction  of  his  thought. 
These  great  problems  are,  for  man,  not  questions 
of  science,  but  questions  of  life  :  in  considering 
them  he  feels  himself  compelled  to  say,  with 
Hamlet,  "To  be  or  not  to  be,  that  is  the 
question." 

Whence  does  the  world  proceed,  and  whence 
does  man  appear  in  the  midst  of  it?  What  is 
the  origin  of  each,  and  whither  does  each  tend? 
What  are  their  beginning  and  their  end?  Laws 
there  are  which  govern  them ; — is  there  a  legis 
lator  ?  Under  the  empire  of  these  laws,  man 


FIRST   MEDITATION.  3 

feels  and  calls  himself  free  :  is  he  so  in  reality  ? 
How  is  his  liberty  compatible  with  the  laws  which 
govern  him  and  the  world  ?  Is  he  a  passive 
instrument  of  fate,  or  a  responsible  agent?  What 
are  the  ties  and  relations  which  connect  him  with 
the  Legislator  of  the  world  ? 

The  world  and  man  himself  present  a  strange 
and  painful  spectacle.  Good  and  evil,  both 
moral  and  physical,  order  and  disorder,  joy  and 
sorrow,  are  here  intimately  blended  and  yet  in 
continual  antagonism.  "Whence  come  this  com 
mingling  and  this  strife  ?  Is  good  or  is  evil 
the  condition  and  the  law  of  man  and  of  the 
world  ?  If  good,  how  then  has  evil  found  ad 
mission  ?  Wherefore  suffering  and  death  ?  Why 
this  moral  disorder? — the  calamities  which  so 
frequently  befall  the  good,  and  the  prosperity, 
so  abhorrent  to  our  feelings,  which  attends  the 
wicked  ?  Is  this  the  normal  and  definitive  state 
of  man  and  of  the  world  ? 

Man  is  conscious  that  he  is  at  the  same  time 
great  and  little,  strong  and  feeble,  powerful  and 


B   2 


4  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

impotent.  He  finds  in  himself  matter  for  admi 
ration  and  for  love,  and  yet  he  suffices  not  to 
himself  in  any  respect ;  he  seeks  an  aid,  a  sup 
port,  beyond  and  above  himself :  he  asks,  he 
invokes,  he  prays.  What  mean  these  inward 
disquietudes, — these  alternate  impulses  of  pride 
and  weakness?  Have  they,  or  not,  a  meaning 
and  an  object  ?  "Why  prayer  ? 

Such  are  the  natural  problems,  now  dimly 
felt,  now  clearly  defined,  which  in  all  ages  and 
among  all  nations,  in  every  form  and  in  every 
degree  of  civilization,  by  instinct  or  by  reflexion, 
have  arisen,  and  still  arise,  in  the  human  mind. 
I  indicate  only  the  greatest,  the  most  apparent: 
I  might  recall  many  others  which  are  connected 
with  them. 

Not  only  are  these  problems  natural  to  man  ; 
they  appertain  to  him  alone  ;  they  are  his  pecu 
liar  privilege.  Man  alone,  among  all  creatures 
known  to  us,  perceives  and  states  them,  and  feels 
himself  imperiously  called  upon  to  solve  them. 
I  borrow  the  following  admirable  observations 


FIRST   MEDITATION.  5 

from  M.  de  Chateaubriand  : — "  Why  does  not  the 
ox  as  I  do  ?  It  can  lie  down  upon  the  grass, 
raise  its  head  toward  heaven,  and  in  its  lowings 
call  upon  that  unknown  Being  who  fills  this 
immensity  of  space.  But  no  :  content  with  the 
turf  on  which  it  tramples,  it  interrogates  not 
those  suns  in  the  firmament  above,  which  are  the 
grand  evidence  of  the  existence  of  God.  Animals 
are  not  troubled  with  those  hopes  which  fill  the 
heart  of  man ;  the  spot  on  which  they  tread  yields 
them  all  the  happiness  of  which  they  are  suscep 
tible  ;  a  little  grass  satisfies  the  sheep  ;  a  little 
blood  gluts  the  tiger.  The  only  creature  that 
looks  beyond  himself,  and  is  not  all  in  all  to 
himself,  is  man.""" 

From  these  problems,  natural  and  peculiar  to 
man,  all  religions  have  sprung.  The  object  of 
them  all  is  to  satisfy  man's  thirst  for  their  solu 
tion.  As  these  problems  are  the  source  of  religion, 
the  solutions  they  receive  are  its  substance  and 
foundation.  There  prevails  in  our  days  a  very 

*  Genie  du  Christianisme,  vol.  i.  p.  208,  edit,  of  1831. 


6  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

general  tendency  to  regard  religion  as  consisting 
essentially — I  might  say  wholly — in  religious 
sentiment,  in  those  lofty  and  vague  aspirations 
which  are  termed  the  poetry  of  the  soul,  beyond 
and  above  the  realities  of  life.  Through  the  reli 
gious  sentiment,  the  soul  enters  into  relation  with 
the  Divine  order  of  things  ;  and  this  relation,  of 
a  wholly  personal  and  intimate  character,  inde 
pendent  of  all  positive  dogma,  of  any  organized 
Church,  is  deemed  to  be  all-sufficient  for  man,  the 
true  and  needful  religion. 

Unquestionably  the  religious  sentiment,  the 
intimate  and  personal  relation  of  the  soul  with 
the  Divine  order,  is  essential  and  necessary  to 
religion ;  but  religion  is  more  than  this — much 
more.  The  human  soul  is  not  to  be  divided  and 
restricted  to  certain  faculties  selected  and  exalted, 
whilst  the  rest  are  condemned  to  slumber.  Man 
is  not  a  mere  sensitive  and  poetic  being,  aspiring 
to  rise  above  the  present  and  material  world  by 
love  and  imagination  :  he  not  only  feels,  but  he 
thinks  ;  he  requires  to  know  and  believe  as  well 


FIRST    MEDITATION.  7 

as  love ;  it  is  not  enough  that  his  soul  should 
be  capable  of  emotion  and  aspiration  ;  he  requires 
that  it  should  be  fixed,  and  rest  upon  convictions 
in  harmony  with  his  emotions.  This  it  is  that 
man  seeks  in  religion ;  he  requires  something 
more  than  a  pure  and  noble  rapture ;  he  requires 
enlightenment,  as  well  as  sympathy.  But  if  the 
moral  problems  that  beset  his  thought  are  not 
solved,  what  he  experiences  may  be  poetry, — it  is 
not  religion. 

I  cannot  contemplate  unmoved  the  troubles  of 
men  of  lofty  minds,  seeking  in  the  religious  senti 
ment  alone  a  refuge  against  doubt  and  impiety. 
It  is  well  to  preserve,  in  the  shipwreck  of  faith 
and  the  chaos  of  thought,  the  great  instincts  of 
our  nature,  and  not  to  lose  sight  of  the  sublime 
requirements  which  remain  unsatisfied.  I  know 
not  to  what  extent,  men  of  eminent  minds  may 
thus  compensate,  by  their  sincerity  and  fervour  of 
sentiment,  for  the  void  in  their  belief;  but  let 
them  not  deceive  themselves ;  barren  aspirations 
and  specious  doubts  satisfy  a  man  as  little  as  to 


8  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

his  future  spiritual  interests  as  with  respect  to  his 
condition  in  the  present  life  ;  the  natural  problems 
to  which  I  have  alluded  will  ever  be  the  great 
weight  pressing  upon  the  soul,  and  religious  senti 
ment  will  never  alone  suffice  to  be  the  religion  of 
mankind. 

Besides  this  apotheosis  of  religious  sentiment, 
some  at  the  present  day  have  essayed  a  different, 
a  more  serious  and  more  daring  theory.  Far  from 
sounding  the  natural  problems  to  which  religions 
correspond,  schools  of  philosophy,  occupying  a 
prominent  intellectual  position, — the  Pantheistic 
School,  and  the  so-called  Positive  School, — sup 
press  and  deny  them  altogether.  In  their  view, 
the  world  has  existed,  of  itself,  from  all  eternity, 
as  have  the  laws  also  by  which  it  is  sustained  and 
developed.  In  their  elementary  principles,  and 
taken  altogether,  all  things  have  ever  been  what 
they  now  are,  and  what  they  will  ever  continue 
to  be.  There  is  no  mystery  in  this  universe  ; 
there  exist  only  facts  and  laws,  naturally  and 
necessarily  linked  together  ;  and  these  furnish  the 


FIRST   MEDITATION. 

field  for  human  science,  which,  although  incom 
plete,  is  yet  indefinitely  progressive,  in  its  power 
as  well  as  in  its  operations. 

According  to  these  views,  Divine  Providence 
and  human  liberty,  the  origin  of  evil,  the  com 
mingling  and  the  strife  of  good  and  evil  in  the 
world,  and  in  man,  the  imperfection  of  the  present 
order  of  things,  and  the  destiny  of  man,  the  pro 
spect  of  the  re- establishment  of  order  in  the  future 
—these  are  all  mere  dreams,  freaks  of  man's 
thought :  no  such  questions  indeed  exist,  inas 
much  as  the  world  is  eternal,  it  is  in  its  actual 
state  complete,  normal,  and  definitive,  though  at 
the  same  time  progressive.  The  remedy  for  the 
moral  and  physical  evils  which  afflict  mankind, 
must  then  be  sought,  not  in  any  power  supe 
rior  to  the  world,  but  simply  in  the  progress 
of  the  sciences  and  the  advance  of  human 
enlightenment. 

I  shall  not  here  discuss  this  system ;  I  do  not 
even  qualify  it  by  its  true  name  ;  I  merely  recapi 
tulate  its  tenets.  But,  at  the  first  and  simple 


10  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

aspect,  what  contempt  does  it  manifest  of  the 
spontaneous  and  universal  instincts  of  man!  What 
heedlessness  of  the  facts  which  fill  and  never  cease 
to  characterize  the  universal  history  of  the  human 
race ! 

Nevertheless  to  this  we  are  come :  not  a  solution, 
but  the  negation  of  the  natural  problems,  which 
irresistibly  occupy  the  human  soul,  is  presented  to 
man  for  his  full  satisfaction  and  repose.  Let  him 
follow  the  mathematical  or  physical  sciences ;  let 
him  be  a  mechanician,  chemist,  critic,  novelist,  or 
poet ;  but  let  him  not  enter  upon  what  is  termed 
the  sphere  of  religious  and  theological  inquiry: 
here  are  no  real  questions  to  solve,  nought  to 
investigate,  nothing  to  do, — nothing  to  expect,— 
absolutely  nothing. 


SECOND  MEDITATION. 

CHRISTIAN    DOGMAS. 

THE  Christian  religion  knows  man  better,  and 
treats  man  better :  it  has  other  answers  to  his 
questions ;  and  it  is  between  the  absolute  nega 
tion  of  the  problems  of  religion  and  the  Christian 
solution  of  these  problems  that  the  discussion  lies 
at  the  present  day. 

Some  words  there  are  which  we  now  regard 
with  distrust  and  alarm :  we  suspect  their  mask 
ing  illegitimate  pretensions  and  tyranny.  Such, 
in  our  days,  has  been  the  lot  of  the  word  dogma. 
To  many  this  word  imparts  an  imperious  necessity 
to  believe,  at  once  offending  and  disquieting. 
Singular  contrast!  On  all  sides  we  seek  for 
principles,  and  we  take  alarm  at  dogmas. 

This  sentiment,  however  absurd  in  itself,  is  in 


12  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

no  way  strange  ;  Christian  dogmas  have  served 
as  motive  and  pretext  for  so  much  iniquity,  so 
many  acts  of  oppression  and  cruelty,  that  their 
very  name  has  become  tainted  and  suspected. 
The  word  bears  the  penalty  of  the  reminiscences 
which  it  awakens  :  and  justly.  All  attacks  upon 
the  liberty  of  conscience,  all  employment  of  force 
to  extirpate  or  to  impose  religious  belief,  is,  and 
ever  has  been,  an  iniquitous  and  tyrannical  act. 
All  powers,  all  parties,  all  churches,  have  held 
such  acts  to  be  not  only  permissible,  but  enjoined 
by  the  Divine  Law :  all  have  deemed  it  not  merely 
their  right,  but  their  duty,  to  prevent  and  to 
punish  by  law  and  human  force,  error  in  matters 
of  religion.  They  may  all  allege  in  excuse,  the 
sincerity  of  their  belief  in  the  legitimacy  of  this 
usurpation.  The  usurpation  is  not  the  less  enor 
mous  and  fatal,  and  perhaps  indeed  it  is,  of  all 
human  usurpations,  the  one  which  has  inflicted  on 
men  the  most  odious  torments  and  the  grossest 
errors.  It  will  constitute  the  glory  of  our  time 
to  have  discarded  this  pretension  :  nevertheless  it 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  13 

yet  exists,  with  persistency,  in  certain  states,  in 
certain  laws,  in  certain  recesses  of  the  human 
soul  and  of  Christian  society  ;  and  there  is,  and 
ever  will  be,  need  to  watch  and  to  combat  it,  to 
render  its  banishment  unconditional  and  without 
appeal.  Subdued,  however,  it  is :  civil  freedom 
in  matters  of  faith  and  religious  life  has  become 
a  fundamental  principle  of  civilization  and  of  law. 
These  questions,  affecting  the  relations  of  man  to 
God,  are  no  longer  discussed  or  adjusted  in  the 
arena  and  by  a  recourse  to  the  hand  of  political 
and  executive  power  ;  but  they  are  transported 
to  the  sphere  of  the  intellect  and  left  to  the 
uncontrolled  working  of  the  mind  itself. 

But  again,  in  this  sphere  of  the  intellect,  these 
questions  still  start  up  and  call  loudly  for  their 
peculiar  solution — that  is,  for  the  fundamental 
facts  and  ideas,  the  principles  in  effect  which  their 
nature  requires.  The  Christian  religion  has  its 
own  principles,  which  constitute  the  rational  basis 
of  the  faith  it  inculcates  and  the  life  which 
it  enjoins.  These  are  termed  its  dogmas.  The 


14  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

Christian  dogmas  are  the  principles  of  the  Chris 
tian  religion,  and  the  Christian  solutions  of  the 
•problems  of  natural  religion. 

Let  men  of  a  serious  mind,  who  have  not 
entirely  rejected  the  Christian  religion,  and  who 
still  admire  it,  whilst  denying  its  fundamental 
dogmas,  beware  of  this  :  the  flowers  whose  per 
fume  captivates  them  will  quickly  fade,  the  fruits 
they  delight  in  will  soon  cease  to  grow  when  the 
axe  shall  have  been  applied  to  the  roots  of  the 
tree  that  bears  them. 

For  myself,  arrived  at  the  term  of  a  long  life, 
one  of  labour,  of  reflection,  and  of  trials, — of 
trials  in  thought  as  well  as  in  action, — I  am  con 
vinced  that,  the  Christian  dogmas  are  the  legiti 
mate  and  satisfactory  solutions  of  those  religious 
problems  which,  as  I  have  said,  nature  suggests 
and  man  carries  in  his  own  breast,  and  from 
which  he  cannot  escape. 

I  beg,  at  the  outset,  Theologians,  whether  Catho 
lic  or  Protestant,  to  pardon  me.  I  have  no  design 
to  cite  or  to  explain,  or  to  maintain,  all  the  various 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  15 

doctrinal  points,  all  the  articles  of  faith,  which 
have  been  included  in  the  term  of  Christian 
dogmas.  During  eighteen  centuries,  Christian 
theology  has  very  often  ventured  to  advance  out 
of  and  beyond  the  limits  of  the  Christian  reli 
gion  :  man  has  confounded  his  own  labours  with 
the  work  of  God.  It  is  the  natural  consequence 
of  the  union  of  human  activity  and  human 
imperfection.  This  same  result  may  be  traced 
throughout  the  history  of  the  world,  especially 
in  the  history  of  the  society  and  religion  upon 
winch  God  has  grafted  the  Christian  religion. 

At  the  time  when  God  raised  up  Jesus  Christ 
amor ;  the  Jews,  the  faith  and  the  law  of  the 
Jews  W^T  no  longer  solely  and  purely  the  faith 
and  law  which  God  had  given  to  them  by  Moses  : 
the  Pharisees,  the  Sadducees,  and  many  others, 
had  essentially  modified,  enlarged,  and  altered 
both.  Christianity  too  has  had  its  Pharisees  and 
its  Sadducees  ;  in  its  turn  it  has  been  made  to 
feel  the  workings  of  human  thought  and  the 
influence  of  human  passions  on  its  Divine  reve- 


16  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

lation.  I  cannot  recognize,  in  all  the  uncertain 
fruits  of  these  labours,  the  claim  to  the  title  of 
Christian  dogmas.  Nevertheless  I  have  no  inten 
tion  here  to  specify  particularly  and  to  combat 
such  tenets  in  the  Church  and  in  Christian 
theology,  as  I  can  neither  accept  nor  defend. 
It  is  not  for  me — and  I  venture  to  say,  it  is 
not  for  any  Christian  —  to  scan  critically  the 
interior  of  the  Edifice,  at  a  moment  when  its 
foundations  are  ardently  attacked.  Far  rather 
I  prefer  to  rally  in  a  common  defence  all  who 
abide  within  its  walls.  I  shall  here  allude  only 
to  the  dogmas  common  to  them  all,  which  I 
sum  up  in  these  terms  : — The  Creation,  Provi 
dence,  Original  Sin,  the  Incarnation,  and  the 
Kedemption.  These  constitute  the  essence  of 
the  Christian  religion,  and  all  who  believe  in 
these  dogmas  I  hold  to  be  Christians. 

One  leading  and  common  characteristic  in 
these  dogmas  strikes  me  at  the  outset :  they 
deal  frankly  with  the  religious  problems  natural 
to  and  inherent  in  man,  and  offer  at  once  the 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  17 

solution.  The  dogma  of  Creation  attests  the 
existence  of  God,  as  Creator  and  Legislator,  and 
it  attests  also  the  link  which  unites  man  with 
God.  The  dogma  of  Providence  explains  and 
justifies  prayer,  that  instinctive  recourse  of  man 
to  the  living  God,  to  that  supreme  Power  which 
is  ever  present  with  him  in  life,  and  which  influ 
ences  his  destiny.  The  dogma  of  Original  Sin 
accounts  for  the  presence  of  evil  and  disorder 
in  mankind  and  in  the  world.  The  dogmas  of 
the  Incarnation  and  of  Eedemption,  rescue  man 
from  the  consequences  of  evil,  and  open  to  him 
a  prospect  in  another  life  of  the  re-establishment 
of  order.  Unquestionably,  the  system  is  grand, 
complete,  well  connected,  and  forcible  :  it  answers 
to  the  requirements  of  the  human  soul,  removes 
the  burden  which  oppresses  it,  imparts  the 
strength  which  it  needs,  and  the  satisfaction  to 
which  it  aspires.  Has  it  a  rightful  claim  to  all 
this  power  ?  Is  its  influence  legitimate,  as  well 
as  efficacious  \ 

In  my  own  mind  I  have  borne  the  burthen  of 


IS  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

the  objections  to  the  Christian  system,  and  to 
each  of  its  essential  dogmas  ;  I  have  experienced 
the  anxieties  of  doubt :  I  shall  state  how  I  have 
escaped  from  doubt,  and  the  ground  upon  which 
my  convictions  have  been  founded. 


I.  CREATION. 

THE  only  serious  opponents  of  the  dogma  of 
the  Creation  are  those  who  maintain  that  the 
universe,  the  earth,  the  man  upon  the  earth,  have 
existed  from  all  eternity,  and,  collectively,  in  the 
state  in  which  they  now  are.  No  one  however 
can  hold  this  language,  to  which  facts  are  invin 
cibly  opposed.  How  many  ages  man  has  existed 
on  the  earth,  is  a  question  that  has  been  largely  dis 
cussed,  and  is  still  under  discussion.  The  inquiry 
in  no  way  affects  the  dogma  of  the  Creation 
itself:  it  is  a  certain  and  recognized  fact,  that 
man  has  not  always  existed  on  the  earth,  and 
that  the  earth  has  for  long  periods  undergone 
different  changes  incompatible  with  man's  exist- 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  19 

ence.     Man  therefore  had  a  beginning  :  man  has 
come  upon  the  earth.     How  has  he  come  there  ? 

Here  the  opponents  of  the  dogma  of  Creation 
are  divided  :  some  uphold  the  theory  of  spon 
taneous  generation ;  others,  the  transformation  of 
species.  According  to  one  party,  matter  pos 
sesses,  under  certain  circumstances  and  by  the 
simple  development  of  its  own  proper  power,  the 
faculty  of  creating  animated  beings.  According 
to  others,  the  different  species  of  animated  beings 
which  still  exist,  or  have  existed  at  various  epochs 
and  in  the  different  conditions  of  the  earth,  are 
derived  from  a  small  number  of  primitive  types, 
which  have  possessed,  through  the  lapse  of  millions 
and  thousands  of  millions  of  ages,  the  power  of 
developing  and  perfecting  themselves,  so  as  to 
gain  admission,  through  transformation,  into 
higher  species.  Hence  they  conclude,  with  more 
or  less  hesitation,  that  the  human  race  is  the 
result  of  a  transformation,  or  a  series  of  trans 
formations. 

The  attempt  to  establish  the  theory  of  spon- 

o  2 


20  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

taneous  production  dates  from  a  remote  period. 
Science  has  ever  baffled  it :  the  more  its  observa 
tions  have  been  exact  and  profound,  the  more 
have  they  refuted  the  hypothesis  of  the  innate 
creative  power  of  matter.  This  result  has  been 
again  recently  established  by  the  attentive  exami 
nation  of  men  of  eminent  scientific  attainments, 
within  and  without  the  walls  of  the  Academy 
of  Sciences.  But  were  it  even  otherwise, — could 
the  advocates  of  the  theory  of  spontaneous  pro 
duction  refer  to  experiments  hitherto  irrefutable, 
these  w^ould  furnish  no  better  explanation  of  the 
first  appearance  of  man  upon  earth,  and  I  should 
retain  my  right  to  repeat  here  what  I  have 
advanced  elsewhere  on  this  subject:*-— "  Such  a 
mode  of  generation  cannot,  nor  ever  could,  pro 
duce  any  but  infant  beings,  in  the  first  hour  and 
in  the  first  state  of  incipient  life.  It  has,  I 
believe,  never  been  asserted,  nor  will  any  person 
ever  affirm,  that,  by  spontaneous  generation,  man 
— that  is  to  say,  man  and  woman,  the  human 

*  L'Eglise  et  la  Soci6t6  Chr£tienne  en  1861,  p.  27. 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  21 

couple — can  have  issued,  or  that  they  have  issued 
at  any  period,  from  matter,  of  full  form  and 
stature,  in  possession  of  all  their  powers  and 
faculties,  as  Greek  paganism  represented  Minerva 
issuing  from  the  brain  of  Jupiter.  Yet  it  is  only 
upon  this  supposition,  that  man,  appearing  for  the 
first  time  upon  earth,  could  have  lived  there  to 
perpetuate  his  species  and  to  found  the  human 
race.  Let  any  one  picture  to  himself  the  first 
man,  born  in  a  state  of  the  earliest  infancy,  alive 
but  inert,  devoid  of  intelligence,  powerless,  in 
capable  of  satisfying  his  own  wants  even  for  a 
moment,  trembling,  sobbing,  with  no  mother  to 
listen  to  or  feed  him !  And  yet  we  have  in  this 
a  picture  of  the  first  man,  as  presented  by  the 
system  of  spontaneous  generation.  It  is  mani 
festly  not  thus  that  the  human  race  first  appeared 
upon  earth." 

The  system  of  the  transformation  of  species  is 
no  less  refuted  by  science  than  by  the  instincts  of 
common  sense.  It  rests  upon  no  tangible  fact, 
on  no  principle  of  scientific  observation  or  historic 


22  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

tradition.  All  the  facts  ascertained,  all  the  monu 
ments  collected  in  different  ages  and  different 
places,  respecting  the  existence  of  living  species, 
disprove  the  hypothesis  of  their  having  undergone 
any  transformation,  any  notable  and  permanent 
change :  we  meet  with  them  a  thousand,  two 
thousand,  three  thousand  years  ago,  the  same 
as  they  are  at  the  present  day.  In  the  same 
species  the  races  may  vary  and  undergo  mutual 
changes :  the  species  do  not  change ;  and  all 
attempts  to  transform  them  artificially,  by  cross 
ings  with  allied  species,  have  only  resulted  in 
modifications,  which,  after  two  or  three  genera 
tions,  have  been  struck  with  barrenness,  as  if 
to  attest  the  impotence  of  man  to  effect,  by  the 
progressive  transformation  of  existing  species,  a 
creation  of  new  species.  Man  is  not  an  ape 
transformed  and  perfected  by  some  dim  imper 
ceptible  fermentation  of  the  elements  of  nature 
and  by  the  operation  of  ages :  this  assumed 
explanation  of  the  origin  of  the  human  species 
is  a  mere  vague  hypothesis,  the  fruit  of  an 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  23 

imagination  ill  comprehending  the  spectacle  that 
nature  presents,  and  therefore  easily  seduced  to 
form  ingenious  conjectures  :  these  their  authors 
sow  in  the  stream  of  events  unknown  and  of 
time  infinite,  and  trust  to  them  for  the  realiza 
tion  of  their  dreams.  The  principle  of  the  funda 
mental  diversity  and  the  permanence  of  species 
—firmly  upheld  by  M.  Cuvier,  M.  Flourens,  M. 
Coste,  M.  Quatrefages,  and  by  all  exact  observers 
of  facts  —  remains  dominant  in  science  as  in 
reality.* 

Besides  these  vain  attempts  to  supersede  God 
the  Creator,  and  to  explain  by  the  inherent  and 
progressive  power  of  matter,  the  origin  of  man 

*  Cuvier — Discours  sur  les  Revolutions  du  Globe,  pp.  117, 
120,  124  (edit.  1825);  Flourens  —  Ontologie  Naturelle,  pp. 
10—87  (1861)  ;  Journal  des  Savants  (October,  November,  and 
December,  1863)  ;  three  articles  on  the  work  of  Ch.  Darwin,  On 
the  Origin  of  Species  and  the  Laws  of  Progress  among  Organised 
Beings  ;  Coste — Histoire  Gen6rale  et  Particuliere  du  D6"  veloppe- 
ment  des  Corps  Organis6s  ;  Discours  Preliminaire,  vol.  i.  p.  23 ; 
Quatrefages — Metamorphoses  do  PHomrne  et  des  Animaux,  p. 
225  (1862)  ;  and  his  articles  On  the  Unity  of  the  Human 
Species,  published  in  the  "  Revue  des  Deux  Mondes,"  in  1860 
and  1861,  and  collected  in  one  volume  (1861). 


24  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

and  of  the  world,  the  Christian  dogma  of  Creation 
has  yet  other  adversaries.  One  party,  to  combat 
it,  seizes  its  arms  from  the  Bible  itself,  alleging 
the  account  there  given  of  the  successive  facts  of 
the  creation,  of  which  the  world  and  man  were 
the  result ;  they  cite  and  enumerate  the  difficul 
ties  of  reconciling  this  account  with  the  observa 
tions  and  the  conclusions  of  science.  I  shall 
weigh  the  force  of  this  class  of  objections  in 
treating  of  the  inspiration  of  the  Holy  Scriptures, 
of  their  real  object  and  true  meaning ;  but  I  at 
once  raise  the  dogma  of  Creation  above  this 
attack, — placing  it  at  its  proper  height  and  isola 
tion  :  it  is  the  general  fact,  it  is  the  very  principle 
of  creation  which  constitutes  the  dogma ;  what 
ever  may  be  the  obscurities  or  the  scientific  diffi 
culties  presented  by  the  biblical  narrative,  the 
principle  and  the  general  fact  of  the  Creation 
remain  unaffected  :  God  the  Creator  does  not  the 
less  remain  in  possession  of  His  work.  The 
Christian  religion,  in  its  essence,  asserts  and  de 
mands  nothing  more. 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  25 

But  lastly,  the  Christian  dogma  of  Creation  is 
met  by  the  general  objection  raised  against  all  the 
facts  and  all  the  acts  which  are  termed  superna 
tural  :  that  is  to  say,  against  the  existence  of  God 
as  well  as  the  dogma  of  Creation,  against  all  reli 
gions  in  common  with  Christianity.  Such  a 
question  requires  to  be  considered,  not  with  re 
ference  to  any  particular  dogma,  or  with  a  view 
to  defend  one  side  only  of  the  edifice  of  Chris 
tianity.  This  point,  then,  I  shall  presently  ex 
amine  frankly  and  in  all  its  bearings. 


II.  PROVIDENCE. 

GOD  the  Creator  is  also  God  the  Preserver. 
He  lives,  and  is  at  the  same  time  the  source  of 
life.  The  union  between  Him  and  his  creature 
does  not  cease  wiien  the  creature  is  brought  into 
existence.  The  dogma  of  Providence  is  conse 
quent  upon  that  of  Creation. 

Prayer  is  more  than  the  mere  outburst  of  the 
desires  or  sorrows  of  the  soul,  seeking  that  satis- 


26  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

faction,  strength,  or  consolation  which  it  does  not 
find  within  itself ;  it  is  the  expression  of  a  faith, 
instinctive  or  reflective,  obscure  or  clear,  wavering 
or  steadfast,  in  the  existence,  the  presence,  the 
power,  and  the  sympathy  of  the  Being  to  whom 
prayer  is  addressed.  Without  a  certain  measure 
of  faith  and  trust  in  God,  prayer  would  not  burst 
forth,  or  would  suddenly  be  dried  up  in  the  soul. 
If  faith  everywhere  resists,  and  everywhere  out 
lives  all  the  denials,  all  the  doubts,  and  all  the 
darkness  which  oppress  mankind,  it  is  that  man 
bears  within  himself  an  imperishable  conscious 
ness  of  the  enduring  bond  which  connects  him 
with  God,  and  God  with  him. 

Far  from  destroying  this  sentiment,  experience 
and  the  spectacle  of  life  explain  and  confirm  it. 
In  reflecting  on  his  destiny,  man  recognises  in  it 
three  different  sources,  and  divides,  so  to  say, 
into  three  classes  the  facts  which  make  up  the 
whole.  He  is  conscious  of  being  subject  to  events 
which  are  the  consequence  of  laws,  general,  per 
manent,  and  independent  of  his  will,  but  which 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  27 

by  his  intelligence  he  observes  and  comprehends. 
By  the  act  of  his  free  will  he  also  himself  creates 
events,  of  which  he  knows  himself  to  be  author, 
and  these  have  their  own  consequences  and  enter 
too  into  the  tissue  of  his  life.  Lastly,  he  passes 
through  events,  in  his  view,  neither  the  result  of 
those  general  laws  from  which  nothing  can  with 
draw  him,  nor  the  act  of  his  own  liberty, — events 
of  which  he  perceives  neither  the  cause,  the 
reason,  nor  the  author. 

Man  attributes  this  last  class  of  events  some 
times  to  a  blind  cause,  which  he  terms  chance ;  at 
another,  to  an  intelligent  and  supreme  intention 
which  is  in  God.  His  mind  at  times  revolts  at 
the  inanity  of  this  word  chance,  which  explains 
and  defines  nothing ;  and  he  then  pictures  to 
himself  a  mysterious,  impenetrable  power, — a 
merely  necessary  chain  of  unknown  facts,  to  which 
he  gives  the  name  of  fatality,  destiny.  To  account 
for  this  obscure  and  accidental  part  of  human  life, 
which  originates  neither  from  any  general  and 
conceivable  laws,  nor  from  the  free  will  of  man 


28  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

himself,  we  must  choose  between  fatality  and 
Providence,  chance  and  God, 

I  express  any  meaning  without  hesitation.  "Who 
ever  accepts  as  a  satisfactory  explanation  the  theory 
of  fatality  and  chance,  does  not  truly  believe  in 
God.  Whoever  believes  truly  in  God,  relies  upon 
Providence.  God  is  not  an  expedient,  invented 
to  explain  the  first  link  in  the  chain  of  causation, 
an  actor  called  to  open  by  creation  the  drama  of 
the  world,  then  to  relapse  into  a  state  of  inert 
uselessness.  By  the  very  fact  of  his  existence, 
God  is  present  with  his  work,  and  sustains  it. 
Providence  is  the  natural  and  necessary  develop 
ment  of  God's  existence ;  his  constant  presence 
and  permanent  action  in  creation.  The  universal 
and  insuperable  instinct  which  leads  man  to  prayer, 
is  in  harmony  with  this  great  fact ;  he  who  be 
lieves  in  God  cannot  but  have  recourse  to  Him 
and  pray  to  Him. 

Objections  are  raised  to  the  name  itself  of  God. 
He  acts,  it  is  said,  only  by  general  and  permanent 
laws  :  how  can  we  implore  His  interference  in 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  29 

favour  of  our  special  and  exceptional  desires  ? 
He  is  immutable,  ever  perfect,  and  ever  the  same : 
how  is  it  conceivable  that  He  lends  Himself  to 
the  fickleness  of  human  sentiments  and  wishes  ? 
The  prayer  which  ascends  to  Him  is  forgetful  of 
his  real  nature.  Men  have  treated  the  attributes 
of  God  as  furnishing  an  objection  to  his  Provi 
dence. 

This  objection,  so  often  repeated,  never  fails  to 
astonish  me.  The  majority  of  those  who  urge  it, 
assert  at  the  same  time  that  God  is  incompre 
hensible,  and  that  we  cannot  penetrate  the  secret 
of  his  nature.  What  then  is  this  but  to  pretend 
to  comprehend  God  ?  and  by  what  right  do  they 
oppose  his  nature  to  his  providence,  if  his  nature 
is,  to  us,  an  impenetrable  mystery?  I  refrain 
from  reproaching  them  for  their  ambition  ;  ambi 
tion  is  the  privilege  and  the  glory  of  man ;  but 
in  retaining  it,  let  them  not  overlook  its  legitimate 
limits.  There  is  only  this  alternative :  either  man 
must  cease  to  believe  in  God,  because  he  cannot 
comprehend  Him,  or  in  effect  admit  his  incom- 


•30  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

prehensibility,  and  still  at  the  same  time  believe 
in  Him.  He  cannot  pass  and  repass  incessantly 
from  one  system  to  the  other,  now  declaring  God 
to  be  incomprehensible;  now  speaking  of  Him,  of 
his  nature  and  his  attributes,  as  if  He  were  within 
the  province  of  human  science.  Great  as  is  the 
question  of  Providence,  the  one  I  have  here  to 
consider  is  still  greater,  for  it  is  the  question  of 
the  very  existence  of  God ;  and  the  fundamental 
inquiry  is  to  know  whether  He  exists,  or  does  not 
exist.  God  is  at  once  light  and  mystery :  in 
intimate  relation  with  man,  and  yet  beyond  the 
limits  of  his  knowledge.  I  shall  presently  endea 
vour  to  mark  the  limit  at  which  human  know 
ledge  stops,  and  indicate  its  proper  sphere  ;  but 
this  I  at  once  assume  as  certain :  whoever,  be 
lieving  in  God  and  speaking  of  Him  as  incom 
prehensible,  yet  persists  in  endeavouring  to  define 
Him  scientifically,  and  seeks  to  penetrate  the 
mystery,  which  he  has  yet  admitted,  is  in  great 
risk  of  destroying  his  own  belief,  and  of  setting 
God  aside,  which  is  one  way  of  denying  Him. 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  31 

But  I  leave  for  a  moment  these  two  simul 
taneous  propositions,  namely,  the  impossibility 
of  comprehending  God,  and  the  necessity  of  be 
lieving  in  Him;  and  I  proceed  at  once  to  that 
objection  to  the  special  providence  of  God 
which  is  drawn  from  the  general  character  of 
the  laws  of  nature.  This  objection  results  from 
confounding  very  different  things,  and  overlook 
ing  a  fundamental  one, — the  fact  characteristic 
indeed  of  human  nature.  It  is  true  that  the 
providence  of  God  presides  over  the  order  of 
the  world  which  He  governs  by  general  and  per 
manent  laws  :  these  law^s  would  be  more  accu 
rately  designated  by  another  name;  they  are 
the  Will  of  God,  continually  acting  upon  the 
world,  for  not  only  the  laws  but  the  Lawgiver 
are  there  ever  present.  But  when  God  created 
man,  He  created  him  different  from  the  physical 
world;  free,  and  a  moral  agent;  and  hence  there 
is  a  fundamental  difference  between  the  action 
of  God  on  the  physical  world,  and  his  action 
on  man.  I  shall  subsequently  state  my  opinion 


32  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

as  to  the  full  meaning  of  the  expression,  "  Man 
is  a  free  being/7  and  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
consequences  to  which  it  leads  ;  for  the  present, 
I  assume,  as  a  certain  and  incontestable  fact,  this 
principle  of  human  liberty, — of  the  free  deter 
mination  of  man  considered  as  a  moral  agent. 
Admitting  this,  it  cannot  be  said  that  God 
governs  mankind  at  large  by  general  and  per 
manent  laws;  for  what  would  this  be  but  to 
ignore  or  annul  the  liberty  granted  to  man,  that 
is  to  say,  to  misconceive  and  mutilate  the  Work 
of  God  himself.  Man  exercises  a  free  determi 
nation,  and  in  his  own  life  actually  gives  birth  to 
events  which  are  not  the  result  of  any  general 
and  external  laws.  Divine  Providence  watches 
the  operations  of  man's  volition,  and  records  the 
manner  in  which  it  has  been  exercised.  It  does 
not  treat  man  as  it  deals  with  the  stars  in 
heaven  and  the  waves  of  the  ocean,  which  have 
neither  thought  nor  will;  with  man  it  has  other 
relations  than  with  nature,  and  employs  a  different 
mode  of  action, 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  33 

There  is  little  wisdom  in  instituting  compari 
sons  between  objects  or  facts  not  essentially 
analogous ;  and  the  idea  of  God  has  been  so 
often  disfigured  by  representing  Him  in  the 
image  of  man,  that  I  mistrust  the  efficacy  of 
any  analogies  borrowed  from  humanity  to  convey 
a  conception  of  God.  I  cannot,  however,  over 
look  the  fact,  that  God  has  created  man  in  his 
own  image,  nor  can  I  absolutely  refrain  from 
seeking,  in  nature  or  the  life  of  man,  some  type 
to  shadow  forth  the  features  of  God.  Let  us 
consider  the  human  family :  the  father  and 
mother  assist  in  directing  the  active  develop 
ment  of  the  child ;  they  watch  over  it  with 
authority  and  tenderness;  they  control  its  liberty 
without  annulling  it,  and  they  listen  to  its  little 
prayers — now  granting  them,  now  refusing  them, 
as  their  reason  dictates,  and  with  a  view  to 
the  child's  main  and  future  interests.  The 
child,  without  thought  or  design,  by  the  spon 
taneous  instinct  of  its  nature,  recognizes  the 
authority  and  feels  the  tenderness  of  its  parents ; 


84  THE    CHRISTIAN   EELIGION. 

as  it  advances  in  age,  it  sometimes  obeys  and 
sometimes  resists  their  injunctions,  using  or  mis 
using  its  natural  liberty ;  but  in  all  the  fickleness 
of  its  will,  it  asks,  it  entreats,  full  of  confidence 
— joyous  and  thankful  when  it  obtains  from 
its  parents  what  it  desires  ;  yet,  when  denied, 
still  ready  again  to  ask  and  to  entreat  with  the 
same  confidence  as  before. 

This  is  what  takes  place  in  the  government  of 
the  human  family  when  ruled  according  to  the 
dictates  of  nature  and  right.  An  image  we  have 
here,  imperfect  but  still  true — a  shadowing-forth, 
faint  yet  faithful — of  Divine  Providence.  Thus  it 
is  that  the  Christian  religion  qualifies  and  describes 
the  action  of  God  in  the  life  of  man.  It  ex 
hibits  God  as  ever  present  and  accessible  to  man, 
as  a  father  to  his  child;  it  exhorts,  encourages, 
invites  man  to  implore,  to  confide  in,  to  pray  to 
God.  It  reserves  absolutely  the  answer  of  God  to 
that  prayer ;  He  will  grant,  or  He  will  refuse : 
we  cannot  penetrate  his  motives — "  The  ways  of 
God  are  not  our  ways."  Nevertheless,  to  prayer, 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  35 

ceaseless  and  ever  renewed,  the  Christian  dogma 
associates  the  firm  hope  that  "  nothing  is  im 
possible  with  God/'  This  dogma  is  thus  in  full 
and  intimate  harmony  with  the  nature  of  man ; 
whilst  recognizing  his  liberty,  it  does  homage  to 
his  dignity;  in  tendering  to  him  the  resource  of 
an  appeal  to  God  it  provides  for  his  weakness. 
In  science,  it  suppresses  not  the  mystery  which 
cannot  be  suppressed  ;  but,  in  man's  life,  it  solves 
the  natural  problem  which  weighs  upon  the  soul. 


III.  ORIGINAL  SIN. 

THE  dogmas  of  Creation  and  Providence  bring 
us  into  the  presence  of  God ;  it  is  the  action 
of  God  upon  the  world  and  man  that  they  pro 
claim  and  affirm.  The  dogma  of  Original  Sin 
brings  us  back  to  man ;  it  is  the  act  of  man 
towards  God,  which  stands  at  the  very  beginning 
of  the  history  of  mankind. 

In  what  does  this  dogma  consist  ?     What  are 

D    2 


36  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

the  elements  and  the  essential  facts  which  con 
stitute  it,  and  upon  which  it  is  founded  ? 

The  dogma  of  Original  Sin  implies  and  affirms 
these  propositions : 

1.  That  God,  in  creating  man,  has  created  him 
an  agent,  moral,  free,  and  fallible  ; 

2.  That  the  will  of  God  is  the  moral  law  of 
man,  and  obedience  to  the  will  of  God  is  the 
duty  of   man,  inasmuch  as   he  is  a  moral   and 
free  agent ; 

3.  That,  by  an  act  of  his  own  free  will,  man 
has  knowingly  failed  in  his  duty,  by  disobeying 
the  law  of  God  ; 

4.  That  the  free  man  is  a  responsible  being, 
and  that   disobedience   to   the  law  of   God   has 
justly  entailed  on  him  punishment ; 

5.  That  that   responsibility  and    that  punish 
ment  are  hereditary,  and   that   the  fault  of  the 
first  man  has  weighed  and  does  weigh  upon  the 
human  race. 

The  authority  of  God,  the  duty  of  obedience 
to  the  law  of  God,  the  liberty  and  responsibility 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  37 

of  man,  the  heritage  of  human  responsibility 
are,  in  their  moral  chronology,  the  principles 
and  the  facts  comprised  in  the  dogma  of  Original 
Sin. 

I  turn  away  my  attention  for  a  moment  from 
the  dogma  itself,  its  source,  its  history,  the 
Biblical  and  Christian  tradition  of  this  first 
step  in  evil  of  the  human  race.  And  considering 
man,  his  nature,  and  his  destiny  in  their  actual 
and  general  state,  I  investigate  and  verify  the 
moral  facts  as  they  manifest  themselves  at  the 
present  day,  to  the  eyes  of  good  sense,  amidst 
the  disputes  of  the  learned. 

Man,  at  his  birth,  is  subjected  to  the  moral 
authority,  as  well  as  the  physical  power  of  the 
parents  who,  humanly  speaking,  created  him. 
Obedience  is  to  him  a  duty,  and  at  the  same 
time  a  necessity.  This  physical  necessity  and 
this  moral  obligation,  however  ultimately  con 
nected  with  each  other,  are  not  one  and  identical ; 
and  the  child,  in  its  spontaneous  development, 
instinctively  feels  the  moral  obligation  long 


38  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

before  it  is  conscious  of  the  physical  necessity. 
The  instinctive  feeling  of  the  obligation  is  united 
with  the  growing  sentiment  of  affection ;  and 
the  child  obeys  the  look,  the  voice  of  its  mother, 
unconscious  of  its  absolute  dependence  upon  her. 
As  the  sentiment  of  affection  and  the  instinct 
of  obligatory  obedience  are  the  first  dawn  of 
moral  good  in  the  development  of  the  child,  so 
the  impulse  to  disobedience  is  the  first  symptom, 
the  first  appearance  of  moral  evil.  It  is  with 
the  voluntary  disobedience  of  the  child  to  the 
will  of  its  mother  that  the  moral  infraction 
commences,  and  it  is  in  disobedience  that  it 
resides.  It  considers  neither  the  motives  nor 
the  consequences  of  its  act ;  it  is  simply  conscious 
that  it  disobeys,  and  regards  its  mother  with  a 
mingled  feeling  of  restlessness  and  defiance  ;  it 
tries,  with  hesitation,  the  maternal  authority  ;  it 
strives  to  be,  and  especially  to  appear,  independent 
of  the  natural  and  legitimate  power  which  rules 
it,  and  which  it  recognises  at  the  very  moment 
when  it  opposes  its  own  will  to  that  higher  law. 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  39 

As  the  child,  so  is  the  man.  As  man  is  born 
free,  so  he  lives  free;  and  as  he  is  born  subject,  so 
he  lives  subject.  Liberty  co-exists  with  authority 
and  resists  without  annulling  it.  Authority  exists 
before  liberty,  and  as  it  does  not  yield  to  it,  so 
neither  does  it  supersede  it.  Man,  inasmuch  as 
he  knows  that  he  disobeys,  renders  homage  to 
authority  by  the  very  fact  of  his  disobedience. 
Authority,  on  its  side,  recognizes  the  liberty  of 
man,  by  the  condemnation  which  it  passes  on 
him  for  having  misused  it ;  for  he  would  not 
be  responsible  for  his  acts  were  he  not  free.  In 
the  co-existence  of  these  two  powers,  authority 
and  liberty,  at  one  time  in  accordance,  at  another 
in  conflict,  lies  the  great  secret  of  nature  and  of 
human  destiny,  the  fundamental  principle  of  man 
and  of  the  world. 

Let  it  be  clearly  understood  that  I  speak  here 
of  the  moral  world,  of  the  world  of  thought  and 
of  will.  In  the  physical  world  there  is  neither 
authority  nor  liberty  ;  there  are  merely  certain 
forces,  forces  acting  inevitably  and  unequally. 


40  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

If  the  question  concerned  the  material  world, 
could  I  do  better  than  repeat  what  Pascal  has 
admirably  said :  "  Man  is  but  a  reed — the  weakest 
in  nature — but  he  is  a  reed  which  thinks  ;  the 
universe  need  not  rise  in  arms  to  crush  him  ;  a 
vapour,  a  drop  of  water  suffices  to  kill  him.  But 
were  the  universe  to  crush  him,  man  would  still 
be  nobler  than  the  power  which  killed  him,  for 
he  knows  that  he  dies ;  and  of  the  advantage 
which  the  universe  has  over  him,  the  universe 
knows  nothing."  When  man  obeys  or  disobeys, 
he  knows  just  as  well  that  authority  confronts 
him,  as  that  liberty  of  action  abides  with  himself. 
He  knows  what  he  does,  and  he  charges  himself 
with  the  responsibility.  Moral  order  is  here 
complete. 

Throughout  all  times  and  in  all  places,  in  ah1 
men,  as  in  the  first  man,  disobedience  to  legitimate 
authority  is  the  principle  and  foundation  of  moral 
evil,  or,  to  call  it  by  its  religious  name,  of  sin. 

Disobedience  has  various  and  complicated 
sources ;  it  may  spring  from  a  thirst  for  inde- 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  41 

pendencc,  from  ambition  or  presumptuous  curi 
osity,  or  from  giving  rein  to  human  inclinations 
and  temptations  ;  but,  whatever  its  origin,  dis 
obedience  is  ever  the  essential  characteristic  of 
that  free  act  which  constitutes  sin,  as  it  is  also  the 
source  of  the  responsibility  which  accompanies  it. 
Eminent  men,  eminently  pious  men,  have  com 
bated  the  doctrine  of  human  liberty ;  unable  to 
reconcile  it  with  what  they  term  the  divine  pre 
science,  they  have  denied  the  fundamental  fact  of 
the  nature  of  man,  rather  than  fully  acknowledge 
the  mystery  of  the  nature  of  God.  Others,  equally 
eminent  and  sincere,  have  limited  themselves 
to  raising  doubts  regarding  human  liberty,  and 
denying  it  the  value  of  an  absolute  arid  peremp 
tory  fact.  In  my  opinion,  they  have  confounded 
facts  essentially  different,  although  intimately 
blended;  they  have  ignored  the  special  and  simple 
character  of  the  very  fact  of  free  will.  During  a 
course  of  lectures  which  I  delivered  thirty-five 
years  ago  at  the  Sorbonne,  on  the  history  of  civili 
zation  in  France,  having  occasion  to  examine  the 


42  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

controversy  of  St.  Augustine  with  Pelagius  on  free 
will,  predestination,  and  grace,  I  explained  these 
subjects  in  terms  which  I  repeat  here,  finding  no 
others  which  appear  to  me  more  exact  and  more 
complete  :  — • 

"  The  fact  which  lies  at  the  foundation  of  the 
whole  dispute,"  I  said  in  1829,  "is  liberty,  free  will, 
the  human  will.  To  comprehend  this  fact  exactly, 
we  must  divest  it  of  every  foreign  element,  and  con 
fine  it  strictly  to  itself.  It  is  the  want  of  this  pre 
caution  that  has  led  to  such  frequent  misconception 
of  the  thing  itself ;  men  have  not  looked  simply  at 
the  fact  of  liberty,  and  at  that  alone.  It  has  been 
viewed  and  described,  so  to  speak,  pele-mele  with 
other  facts,  closely  connected  to  it,  it  is  true,  in 
the  moral  life  of  man,  but  which  are  no  less  essen 
tially  different.  For  example,  human  liberty  has 
been  said  to  consist  in  the  act  of  deliberating 
upon  and  choosing  between  motives  ;  that  delibe 
ration,  and  that  choice  and  judgment  consequent 
upon  it,  have  been  regarded  as  the  essence  of  free 
will.  Not  so  at  all.  These  are  acts  of  the  intel- 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  43 

lect,  not  of  liberty ;  it  is  before  the  intellect  that 
the  various  motives  of  resolution  and  action, 
interests,  passions,  opinions,  and  such  like,  present 
themselves;  the  intellect  considers,  compares, 
estimates/  weighs,  and  judges  them.  This  is  a 
preparatory  task,  which  precedes  the  act  of  voli 
tion,  but  which  does  not  in  any  way  constitute  it. 
When,  after  deliberation,  man  has  taken  full 
cognisance  of  the  motives  presented  to  him,  and 
of  their  value,  there  takes  place  a  process  entirely 
new,  and  wholly  different,  that  of  free  will ;  man 
forms  a  resolution — that  is  to  say,  he  commences 
a  series  of  facts  having  their  source  in  himself,  of 
which  he  regards  himself  as  the  author ;  and  these 
are  effectuated  because  he  wills  them  ;  they  would 
have  no  existence  did  he  not  will  it,  and  would  be 
different  if  he  desired  to  produce  them  otherwise. 
Now,  let  us  imagine  all  remembrance  of  this 
process  of  intellectual  deliberation  obliterated,  the 
motives  so  known  and  appreciated,  forgotten ; 
concentrate  your  thought,  and  that  of  the  man 
\vlio  takes  a  resolution,  upon  the  moment  when 


44  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

he  says,  '  It  is  my  will,  therefore  I  shall  do  so ;' 
and  ask  yourself,  ask  too  the  man,  whether  he 
could  not  will  and  act  otherwise.  Without  doubt, 
you  will  reply,  as  he  will  do,  'Assuredly/  and 
this  it  is  that  reveals  the  fact  of  liberty ;  it  con 
sists  wholly  in  the  resolution  which  man  takes 
after  the  deliberation  is  at  an  end ;  it  is  the  reso 
lution  that  is  the  proper  act  of  man,  which  is 
through  him  and  through  him  alone ;  a  simple 
act,  independent  of  all  the  facts  which  precede  or 
accompany  it,  identical  in  the  most  varied  circum 
stances,  always  the  same,  whatever  be  its  motives 
or  its  results. 

"  At  the  same  time  that  man  feels  himself  free, 
and  is  conscious  of  the  power  of  commencing  by 
his  own  will  alone  a  series  of  facts,  he  recognises 
that  his  will  is  subjected  to  the  empire  of  a  certain 
law,  which  takes  different  names,  according  to  the 
circumstances  to  which  it  is  applied — moral  law, 

reason,  good  sense,  &c Man  is  free,   but 

according  even  to  man's  own  way  of  thinking,  his 
will  is  not  arbitrary ;  he  may  use  it  in  an  absurd, 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  45 

senseless,  unjust,  and  culpable  manner,  and  when 
ever  he  uses  it  a  certain  rule  must  govern  it. 
The  observance  of  this  rule  is  his  duty,  the  task 
assigned  to  his  liberty/' 

It  is  that  act  of  a  will  (that  is  to  say  of  a  will 
strictly  brought  back  to  its  central  and  essential 
limits)  acting  freely  in  the  intimate  recesses 
of  his  being,  which,  in  the  case  of  disobedience  to 
the  law  of  duty,  constitutes  in  man  sin,  and  entails 
on  him  its  responsibility. 

Is  this  responsibility  exclusively  personal,  and 
limited  to  the  author  of  the  act,  or  communicated, 
so  to  say,  by  contagion,  and  transmitted  in  a  cer 
tain  measure  to  his  descendants  ? 

I  am  still  considering  only  actual  appreciable 
acts,  such  as  they  produce  and  manifest  them 
selves  in  the  moral  life  of  the  human  race. 

We  find  the  poetry  and  mythology  of  nearly  all 
nations  expressing  the  idea  of  an  Utopian  state  of 
existence,  referred  to  times  remote  and  primitive, 
to  which  they  assign  different  names,  as  the 
Golden  Age,  the  Age  of  the  Gods,  and  which  they 


46  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

picture  as  an  epoch  when  there  existed  no  moral 
and  physical  evil  in  the  world,  —  an  era  of  peace, 
bliss,  and  innocence.  This  is  the  more  remarkable, 
as  it  has  no  foundation,  and  finds  no  pretext  in 
any  tradition  of  historical  times,  however  remote ; 
for  from  the  commencement  of  history,  from  the 
time  that  we  can  discern  any  trace  of  facts  at  all 
precise  and  authentic,  it  is  not  the  Golden  Age,  on 
the  contrary,  it  is  the  Iron  Age  which  appears — 
an  epoch  of  violence  and  ignorance  and  barbarism, 
in  which  war  and  force  are  rampant,  and  which 
has  not  in  effect  the  least  resemblance  to  those 
beautiful  dreams  of  ancient  poetry.  Without  now 
seeking  to  establish  any  relation  between  these 
mythological  dreams  and  the  Biblical  traditions  ; 
or,  for  the  moment,  drawing  from  the  Golden  Age 
any  argument  in  support  of  the  Garden  of  Eden  ; 
I  merely  point  it  out  as  a  great  fact,  as  evidence 
of  a  general  instinct,  so  to  say,  of  the  human 
imagination.  What  is  the  meaning  of  this  ? 
Whence  comes  this  Utopia  of  innocence  and  bliss 
in  the  cradle  of  the  human  race  ?  To  what  does 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  47 

this  idea  of  a  primal  time,  without  strife,  without 
sin,  and  without  pain,  correspond  ? 

But  from  this  cradle  of  man  and  this  primitive 
poetry,  to  revert  to  the  present  time,  to  real  life, 
to  the  cradle  of  the  infant,  why  is  it  that,  apart 
from  all  personal  affection,  we  so  readily  term 
infancy  the  age  of  innocence  ?  How  is  it  that  we 
find  it  so  charming  to  give  it  this  name,  and  regard 
it  under  this  aspect  ?  Physical  ill  is  already  present, 
for  it  begins  with  the  very  beginning  of  life  ;  but 
moral  ill  has  not  yet  appeared ;  life  has  not  yet 
brought  to  the  soul  its  trials,  nor  called  forth  its 
failings,  and  the  idea  of  the  soul  without  spot  or 
stain  has  for  us  an  inexpressible  attraction  ;  we 
feel  a  deep  joy  in  witnessing  innocence,  or  at  least 
its  image  in  the  child,  when  we  no  longer  see  it 
around  us,  nor  find  it  within  ourselves. 

What  means  this  universal  instinct,  which  in 
the  dreams  of  the  imagination,  as  well  as  in  the 
intimate  scenes  of  domestic  life,  whether  we  turn 
in  thought  to  the  cradle  of  the  human  race  or  to 
that  of  the  infant,  leads  us  to  regard  innocence  as 


48  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

the  primitive  and  normal  state  of  man,  and  makes 
us  place  in  the  spot  where  innocence  resides  that 
which  some  term  Paradise,  and  others  the  Golden 
Age? 

Manifestly  between  the  soul  without  spot  and 
the  soul  tainted  with  evil,  between  the  creature 
who  is  merely  fallible  and  the  creature  who  has 
sinned,  there  is  a  very  great  change  of  state,  a 
distance  immense,  an  abyss.  We  have  a  secret 
feeling  of  this  deplorable  change,  of  the  fall  into 
this  abyss  ;  and  it  is  without  premeditation,  by 
the  mere  impulse  of  our  nature,  that  we  suffer  our 
thoughts  to  bear  us  far — far  beyond  that  abyss, 
and  to  pause  on  the  rapturous  contemplation  of  a 
state  anterior  to  the  fall.  Hence  spring,  and  thus 
are  explained,  the  power  and  the  charm  which  the 
idea  of  innocence  has  for  us ;  absolute  innocence 
we  have  never  seen,  but  the  idea  is  still  vouch 
safed  to  us;  and  so  it  appears  to  us  in  the  cradle 
of  the  world,  and  in  the  cradle  of  the  infant,  and 
the  pleasure  is  infinite  which  we  derive  from  the 
ideal  spectacle  of  purity  which  they  each  suggest. 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  49 

Is  this  a  pleasure  •  foreign  to  all  personal  senti 
ment,  to  all  secret  reference  to  ourselves,  the 
pleasure,  that  is  to  say,  of  a  simple  spectator  ? 
No  :  these  impressions,  which  the  picture  of  inno 
cence  awakens  in  us,  are  connected  with  and 
carry  us  back  to  ourselves ;  this  change  in  the 
state  of  man,  that  mysterious  Past  which  has 
thrown  him  so  far  from  innocence,  leaving  him, 
nevertheless,  the  idea  and  the  worship  of  it — 
these  were  not  the  lot  of  the  first  man  alone :  the 
entire  human  race  was,  and  remains,  subject  to 
them.  Our  present  evil  does  not  proceed  solely 
from  ourselves  ;  we  have  received  it  as  a  heritage 
before  having  brought  it  upon  us  as  a  penalty  : 
we  are  not  merely  fallible  beings,  we  are  the 
children  of  a  being  who  has  sinned. 

o 

How  can  we  feel  surprise  at  this  inheritance 
of  woe  I  Have  we  not  daily  the  example  and 
the  spectacle  before  our  eyes  ?  It  is  an  incon 
testable  and  undisputed  fact,  that  two  elements 
enter  into  the  moral  life  of  man  :  on  the  one 
side,  his  innate  dispositions,  his  natural  and  invo- 


50  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

luntaiy  inclinations, — on  the  other,  his  inmost 
and  individual  will.  The  natural  inclinations  of 
a  man  do  not  destroy  his  moral  liberty  nor  en 
slave  his  will,  but  they  render  its  exercise  more 
laborious  and  more  difficult  to  him ;  it  is  not  a 
chain  which  he  carries,  it  is  a  burden  that  he 
bears.  Equally  incontestable  and  undisputed  is 
it  that  the  natural  dispositions  of  men  are  dif 
ferent  and  unequally  distributed ;  no  one  is 
entirely  exempt  from  evil  inclinations ;  every 
man  is  not  only  fallible,  but  prone  to  transgress, 
and  prone  not  only  to  transgress,  but  to  trans 
gress  in  some  particular  direction  or  other.  Nor 
can  the  fact  be  disputed,  although  appreciable 
with  more  difficulty,  that  the  natural  and  special 
dispositions  of  the  individual  descend  to  him  in 
a  certain  measure  from  his  origin,  and  that 
parents  transmit  to  their  children  such  or  such 
moral  propensities  just  as  they  do  such  or  such 
physical  temperament,  or  such  or  such  features. 
Hereditary  transmission  enters  into  the  moral  as 
well  as  the  physical  order  of  the  world. 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  51 

This  inheritance  must  take  effect,  it  has  done 
so  from  the  first  days  of  man's  existence  upon 
earth,  for  man  has  been  created  complete  in  his 
whole  nature.  And  whilst,  at  the  same  time  as 
complete,  he  has  been  created  fallible,  I  ask,  who 
shall  measure  the  distance  between  man  fallible, 
but  still  without  fault,  and  the  first  transgres 
sion  ?  Who  shall  sound  the  depth  of  the  fall, 
and  of  the  change  which  it  brought  into  the 
moral  condition  of  its  author  ?  Who  shall  weigh 
the  consequences  of  this  change  to  the  state 
and  the  moral  dispositions  of  man's  descendants  ? 
To  appreciate  the  extent  and  gravity  of  this 
awful  fact,  of  this  first  appearance  and  this  first 
heritage  of  moral  evil,  we  have  but  one  test, — • 
the  instinct  we  still  preserve  of  a  state  of  inno 
cence,  and  of  the  immense  space  which  this 
instinct  irresistibly  compels  us  to  place  between 
native  innocence  and  man's  first  transgression  ; 
but  this  test  is  unexceptionable  ;  it  dimly  reveals 
to  us,  in  this  fatal  transformation,  the  whole  infir 
mity  and  responsibility  of  the  human  race. 


E   2 


52  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

An  objection  is  raised  to  this  as  an  injustice: 
how,  it  is  said,  can  each  man  be  responsible 
for  a  fault  which  he  has  not  himself  committed 
— for  the  transgression  of  another  man,  separated 
from  himself  by  so  many  ages  1  I  consider  this 
objection  weak  and  frivolous.  Such  an  objec 
tion  would  attach  to  all  the  inequalities  which 
exist  among  men,  to  the  inequality  of  the 
destinies  as  well  as  that  of  the  nature  of  man, 
to  the  inequality  of  his  moral  disposition  as 
well  as  to  that  of  his  physical  powers.  The 
objection  wTould  attach  to  the  solidarity  of  suc 
cessive  generations,  and  the  controlling  influence 
which  the  ideas,  the  acts,  the  destiny  of  each 
of  them  exert  on  the  ideas,  the  acts,  the  destiny 
of  those  which  follow  it.  The  objection  would 
attach  to  the  ties  which  unite  the  child  with  its 
parents,  and  which  are  the  cause  of  its  some 
times  inheriting  their  evil  dispositions,  and  some 
times  suffering  for  their  faults.  It  is  in  short 
the  general  order  of  the  world  to  which  such  an 
objection  must  apply  ;  it  is  the  very  existence 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  53 

of  evil,  and  its  unequal  distribution  in  a  manner 
wholly  independent  of  individual  merit  which 
assumes  the  character  of  a  monstrous  iniquity. 
And  when  we  come  to  this  point,  that  we  no 
longer  refer  the  source  of  evil  to  the  fault  and 
the  responsibility  of  man,  placed  here  on  earth 
in  a  scene  and  period  of  transition  and  of  trial, 
see  to  what  alternative  we  are  brought  We 
must  either  regard  evil  as  natural,  eternal,  neces 
sary,  in  the  future  as  in  the  past,  as  the  normal 
state  of  man  and  of  the  world  ;  that  is  to  say, 
we  must  deny  God,  the  creation,  the  Divine 
Providence,  human  morality,  liberty,  responsi 
bility  and  hope  ;  or,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  to 
God  Himself  that  we  must  impute  evil,  and  whom 
we  must  render  accountable. 

The  dogma  of  Original  Sin  alone  relieves  the 
human  mind  from  this  odious  and  unacceptable 
alternative :  far  from  being  in  contradiction 
either  with  the  history  of  humanity,  or  with 
the  facts  and  instincts  which  constitute  man's 
moral  nature,  this  dogma  admits,  illustrates,  and 


54  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

explains  them.  The  fact  of  original  sin  presents 
nothing  strange,  nothing  obscure  ;  it  consists 
essentially  in  disobedience  to  the  will  of  God, 
which  will  is  the  moral  law  of  man.  This  dis 
obedience,  the  sin  of  Adam,  is  an  act  com 
mitted  everywhere  and  every  day,  arising  from 
the  same  causes,  marked  by  the  same  characters, 
and  attended  by  the  same  consequences  as  the 
Christian  dogma  assigns  to  it.  At  the  present 
day,  as  in  the  Garden  of  Eden,  this  act  is  occa 
sioned  by  a  thirst  for  absolute  independence,  the 
ambitious  aspirings  of  curiosity  and  pride,  or 
weakness  in  the  face  of  temptation.  At  the  pre 
sent  day,  as  in  the  Garden  of  Eden,  it  produces 
an  immense  change  in  the  inmost  state  of  man, 
a  change,  the  mere  idea  of  which  seizes  upon  the 
human  soul,  and  disturbs  it  to  its  very  depths  ; 
it  transports  man  from  the  state  of  innocence 
to  the  state  of  sin.  At  the  present  day,  as  in 
the  Garden  of  Eden,  the  act  which  produces  this 
change  involves  and  entails  the  responsibility 
not  only  of  its  author  but  of  his  descendants ; 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  55 

sin  is  contagious  in  time  as  in  space,  it  is 
transmitted,  as  well  as  diffused.  The  Christian 
dogma  exhibits  the  first  man  created  fallible, 
but  born  innocent;  innocent  at  the  age  of  man, 
proud  in  the  plenitude  of  his  faculties,  not  the 
subject  of  any  evil  and  fatal  heritage.  All  at 
once,  for  the  first  time,  of  his  own  will,  man 
disobeys  God.  Here  lies  Original  Sin,  the  same 
in  its  nature  as  sin  at  the  present  day,  for  they 
both  consist  in  disobedience  to  the  law  of  God, 
but  it  is  the  first  in  date  in  the  history  of  man's 
liberty,  and  the  human  source  of  that  evil  for 
which  the  Christian  religion,  whilst  pointing  it 
out,  offers  to.man  the  remedy  and  the  cure. 


IV.  THE  INCARNATION. 

ALL  religions  have  given  a  prominent  place  to 
the  problem  of  existence  and  the  origin  of  evil ; 
all  have  attempted  its  solution.  The  good  and 


56  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

the  evil  genius,  Ormuzd  and  Ahriman  among  the 
Persians ;  God  the  Creator,  God  the  Preserver, 
and  God  the  Destroyer — Brahma,  Vishnu,  and 
Siva — in  India  ;  the  Titans  overwhelmed  by  the 
thunderbolts  of  Jove  while  scaling  Olympus ;  Pro 
metheus  chained  to  the  rock  for  having  snatched 
fire  from  heaven  ;  all  are  so  many  hypotheses  to 
explain  the  conflict  between  good  and  evil,  be 
tween  order  and  disorder  in  the  world  and  in 
man.  But  all  these  hypotheses  are  complicated, 
confused,  and  encumbered  with  chimeras  and 
fables ;  all  attribute  the  derivation  of  evil  to 
incongruous  causes,  none  assign  any  term  to  the 
conflict,  nor  find  a  remedy  for  the  evil.  The 
Christian  religion  alone  clearly  states  and  effec 
tually  solves  the  question ;  it  alone  imputes  to 
man  himself,  and  to  him  alone,  the  origin  of  evil ; 
it  alone  represents  God  as  intervening  to  raise 
man  from  his  fall,  and  to  save  him  from  his 
peril. 

In  the  course  of  the  sixth  and  fifth  centuries 
before  the  Christian  era,  a  great  fact  appears  in 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  57 

history  ;  a  breath  of  reform,  religious,  moral  and 
social,  arises,  and  spreads  from  east  to  west,  among 
all  the  nations  then  at  all  progressing  in  the  path 
of  civilization.  Notwithstanding  the  uncertainties 
of  chronology,  it  may  be  said,  according  to  the 
most  recent  and  accurate  researches,  that  Con 
fucius  in  China,  the  Buddha  Cakya-Mouni  in 
India,  Zoroaster  in  Persia,  Pythagoras  and  Socrates 
in  Greece,  are  all  included  in  the  limits  of  this 
epoch;"*  men  as  dissimilar  as  they  are  celebrated, 
but  who  have  all,  in  different  ways  and  in 
unequal  degrees,  undertaken  a  great  work  of  re 
forming  both  the  men  and  the  social  institutions 
of  their  times.  Confucius  was  above  all  a  prac 
tical  moralist,  skilled  in  observation,  counsel,  and 
discipline  ;  Buddha  Cakya-Mouni,  a  dreamer,  and 
a  mystical  and  popular  preacher  ;  Zoroaster,  a 


*  These  researches  gire  the  following  dates  :  —  1.  Confuc.'us, 
from  551  to  478  B.C.  ;  2.  Zoroaster,  from  564  to  487,  or  fiom 
589  to  512  B.C.  ;  3.  Buddha  Cakya-Mouni,  in  the  seventh  and 
sixth  centuries  B.C.  (he  died,  according  to  Burnouf,  543  B.C.)  ; 
4.  Pythagoras,  from  580  to  500  B.C.  ;  5.  Socrates,  470  to  400  or 
399  B.C. 


58  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

legislator,  religious  and  political ;  Pythagoras  and 
Socrates,  philosophers,  bent  upon  instructing  the 
distinguished  bands  of  disciples  whom  they 
gathered  around  them.  There  is  no  doubt,  not 
withstanding  the  trials  of  their  life,  that  neither 
power  nor  glory  amongst  their  contemporaries 
was  wanting  to  them.  Confucius  and  Zoroaster 
were  the  favourites  and  counsellors  of  kings. 
Buddha  Cakya-Mouni,  himself  the  son  of  a  king, 
became  the  idol  of  innumerable  multitudes.  Py 
thagoras  and  Socrates  formed  schools  and  pupils 
who  were  an  honour  to  the  human  mind.  By 
their  personal  genius  and  by  the  excellence  of 
some  of  their  ideas  and  actions,  these  men  have 
ensured  themselves  the  admiration  of  all  pos 
terity.  Did  they  act  up  to  their  teachings,  and 
accomplish  what  they  attempted  \  Did  they 
really  change  the  moral  and  social  condition  of 
nations  ?  Did  they  cause  humanity  to  make  any 
great  progress,  and  open  to  it  horizons  which  it 
had  not  before  known  \  By  no  means.  What 
ever  fame  attaches  to  the  names  of  these  men, 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  59 

whatever  influence  they  may  have  exerted,  what 
ever  trace  of  their  passage  may  have  remained, 
they  rather  appeared  to  have  power  than  really 
to  possess  it ;  they  agitated  the  surface  far  more 
than  they  stirred  the  depths ;  they  did  not  draw 
nations  out  of  the  beaten  tracks  in  which  they 
had  lived.  They  did  not  transform  souls.  In 
considering  the  facts  at  large,  and  notwith 
standing  the  political  and  material  revolutions 
which  they  underwent,  China  after  Confucius, 
India  after  Buddha,  Persia  after  Zoroaster,  Greece 
after  Pythagoras  and  Socrates,  followed  in  the 
same  ways,  retained  the  same  propensities,  as 
before.  Still  more,  among  these  very  different 
nations,  stagnation  was  only  be  succeeded  by 
decay.  Where  are  these  nations  at  the  present 
day,  more  than  two  thousand  years  after  the 
appearance  of  these  glorious  characters  in  their 
history  ?  What  great  progress,  what  salutary 
changes,  have  been  effected  ]  What  are  they 
in  comparison  and  in  contact  with  Christian 
nations  ?  Outside  of  Christianity  there  have  been 


60  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

grand  spectacles  of  activity  and  force,  brilliant 
phenomena  of  genius  and  virtue,  generous  at 
tempts  at  reform,  learned  philosophical  systems, 
and  beautiful  mythological  poems ;  no  real  pro 
found  or  fruitful  regeneration  of  humanity  and  of 
society. 

A  few  ages  only  after  these  barren  efforts 
among  the  great  nations  of  the  world,  Jesus 
Christ  appears  among  a  small,  obscure  people, 
weak  and  despised.  He  Himself  is  weak  and 
despised  in  the  midst  of  his  people  ;  He  neither 
possesses  nor  seeks  any  social  power,  any  tempo 
ral  means  of  action  and  of  success;  He  collects 
around  Him  only  disciples  weak  and  despised  as 
Himself.  Not  only  are  they  weak  and  despised, 
they  proclaim  it  themselves,  and,  far  from  being 
troubled  at  this,  they  glory  in  it,  and  derive  from 
it  confidence.  St.  Paul  writes  to  the  Corinthians  : 
"  And  I,  brethren,  when  I  came  to  you,  came  not 
with  excellency  of  speech  or  of  wisdom,  declaring 
unto  you  the  testimony  of  God.  For  I  deter 
mined  not  to  know  any  thing  among  you,  save 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  61 

Jesus  Christ,  and  him  crucified.     And  I  was  with 
you   in   weakness,    and    in   fear,    and    in   much 

trembling Therefore  I  take  pleasure  in 

infirmities,  in  reproaches,  in  necessities,  in  per 
secutions,  in  distresses  for  Christ's  sake  ;  for  when 
I  am  weak,  then  I  am  strong."*  And  in  truth, 
Jesus  Christ,  the  Master  of  St.  Paul,  is  strong 
in  his  sufferings,  and  imparts  his  strength  to  his 
disciples  ;  from  his  cross,  He  accomplishes  what 
erewhile,  in  Asia  and  Europe,  princes  and  philo 
sophers,  the  powerful  of  the  earth,  and  sages, 
attempted  without  success  ;  He  changes  the  moral 
state  and  the  social  state  of  the  world  ;  He  pours 
into  the  souls  of  men  new  enlightenment  and  new 
powers  ;  for  all  classes,  for  all  human  conditions, 
He  prepares  destinies  before  his  advent  unknown; 
He  liberates  them  at  the  same  time  that  He  lays 
down  rules  for  their  guidance  ;  He  quickens  them 
and  stills  them  ;  He  places  the  divine  law  and 
human  liberty  face  to  face,  and  yet  still  in 
harmony ;  He  offers  an  effectual  remedy  for  the 

*  1  Cor.  ii.  1—3  ;  2  Cor.  xii.  10. 


62  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

evil  which  weighs  upon  humanity  ;  to  sin  He 
opens  the  path  of  salvation,  to  unhappiness  the 
door  of  hope, 

"Whence  comes  this  power  ?  What  are  its 
source  and  its  nature  ?  How  did  those  who 
were  its  witnesses  and  instruments  think  and 
speak  of  it  at  the  moment  when  it  was  mani 
fested  \ 

They  all,  unanimously,  saw  in '  Jesus  Christ, 
God ;  most  of  them,  from  the  first  moment, 
suddenly  moved  and  enlightened  by  his  presence 
and  his  words ;  some,  with  rather  more  surprise 
and  hesitation,  but  soon  penetrated  and  convinced 
in  their  turn.  "  When  Jesus  came  into  the  coasts 
of  Csesarea  Philippi,  he  asked  his  disciples,  say 
ing,  Whom  do  men  say  that  I  the  Son  of  man 
am  ?  And  they  said,  Some  say  that  thou  art 
John  the  Baptist ;  some,  Elias  ;  and  others,  Jere- 
mias,  or  one  of  the  prophets.  He  saith  unto 
them,  But  whom  say  ye  that  I  am  ?  And  Simon 
Peter  answered  and  said,  Thou  art  the  Christ, 
the  son  of  the  living  God.  And  Jesus  answered 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  03 

and  said  unto  liim,  Blessed  art  thou,  Simon 
Barjona ;  for  flesh  and  blood  hath  not  revealed 
it  unto  thee,  but  my  Father  which  is  in  heaven."* 
Another  day,  meeting  with  a  similar  instance  of 
doubt,  Jesus  says  to  Thomas,  "  If  ye  had  known 
me,  ye  should  have  known  my  Father  also  :  and 
from  henceforth  ye  know  him,  and  have  seen 
him.  Philip  saith  unto  him,  Lord,  shew  us  the 
Father,  and  it  sufficeth  us.  Jesus  saith  unto  him, 
Have  I  been  so  long  time  with  you,  and  yet 
hast  thou  not  known  me,  Philip  ?  he  that  hath 
seen  me  hath  seen  the  Father."  t 

It  has  been  remarked,  that  there  are  certain 
variations  in  the  language  of  the  Apostles,  and 
certain  shades  of  difference  in  their  leading  im 
pressions  ;  and  this  is  indeed  true  :  they  call  Jesus 
Christ  at  one  time  the  Son  of  God,  at  another  the 
Son  of  Man ;  they  regard  Him  and  represent  Him 
now  under  his  divine  aspect,  at  another  under 
his  human  aspect ;  they  do  not  present  exactly 
the  same  image  of  Him ;  they  do  not  all  equally 
*  Matt.  xvi.  13—17.  f  John,  xiv.  7—9. 


64  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

dwell  upon  the  same  traits  of  his  nature,  or  the 
same  facts  of  his  earthly  life.  St.  Matthew  is 
more  a  narrator  and  moralist ;  it  is  he  who 
relates  with  fuller  details  the  birth  and  child 
hood  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  who  gives  at  the 
greatest  length  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  St. 
John  is  more  in  the  habit  of  contemplating  and 
depicting  the  divine  nature  of  Jesus  Christ  and 
his  relation  to  God :  "  In  the  beginning  was 
the  Word,  and  the  Word  was  with  God,  and 
the  Word  was  God.  .  .  .  And  the  Word 
was  made  flesh,  and  dwelt  amongst  us,  and  we 
beheld  his  glory,  the  glory  as  of  the  only- 
begotten  of  the  Father,  full  of  grace  and 
truth.  ...  No  man  hath  seen  God  at  any 
time  ;  the  only-begotten  Son,  which  is  in  the 
bosom  of  the  Father,  he  hath  declared  him."* 
It  is  also  St.  John  who  relates  the  testimony  of 
the  Forerunner,  St.  John  the  Baptist,  answering 
to  those  who  had  said  to  him  that  all  men  come 
to  Jesus  Christ:  "Ye  yourselves  bear  me  wit- 

*  John,  i.  1,  14,  18. 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  65 

ness,  that  I  said,  I  am  not  the  Christ,  but  that 
I  am  sent  before  him.     .     .     .     He  that  cometh 
from   above   is    above   all.     ...     He    whom 
God  hath  sent  speaketh  the  words  of  God  :  for 
God   giveth   not   the   Spirit    by   measure    unto 
him.     ...     The  Father  loveth  the  Son,  and 
hath  given  all  things  into  his  hand/'*     St.  Paul 
is  more  systematic,  and  enters  more  fully  into 
the  questions  and   principles    of   the    Christian 
doctrine,  and  he  regards  the    divinity  of   Jesus 
Christ  as  the  first  of  these  principles.    He  writes 
to  the  Philippians  :  "  Let  this  mind  be  in  you, 
which  was  also  in  Christ  Jesus  :  who,  being  in 
the   form   of   God,  thought  it  no  usurpation  to 
be   equal  with  God :  but   made   himself   of   no 
reputation,    and   took   upon  him  the  form  of   a 
servant,  and  was  made  in  the  likeness  of  men  : 
and  being  found  in  fashion  as  a  man,  he  humbled 
himself,  and  became  obedient  unto  death,  even 
the   death   of   the  cross/'t     ....     It  is  he 

*  John  iii.  28,  31,  34,  and  35. 

t  Philippians  ii.  5—6.      I  have  given  this  verse  in  Oster- 

F 


66  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

"  who   is   the  image  of  the  invisible   God,   the 
first-born  of  every  creature  :    for   by  him  were 

wald's  translation,  which  is  also  that  of  the  Vulgate  ;  but  my 
son  Guillaume,  who  is  following  out  a  careful  course  of  study  of 
Latin  and  Greek  philology  in  sacred  and  profane  literature, 
reminds  me  that  the  text  of  this  passage  presents  a  difficulty 
which  furnished  a  field  for  the  labours  of  Erasmus,  Cameron, 
Grotius,  Meric  Casaubon,  in  the  sixteenth  century,  as  well  as 
many  others  before  and  after  them.  The  Greek  word  apiray/ji.6s 
admits  of  two  meanings,  an  active  and  a  passive  sense — it  may 
designate  the  action  of  ravishing,  of  carrying  off  by  force,  or  the 
object  carried  off — the  act  of  depredation,  or  the  spoil.  Sub 
stantives  derived  from  verbs  frequently  waver  between  these 
two  acceptations,  and  the  word  apirayf),  which  is  merely  another 
form  of  apira.ytJi.6s,  is  unquestionably  a  case  in  point.  JEschylus, 
Euripides,  Herodotus,  have  employed  it  in  the  first  sense  ; 
^Sschylus,  Euripides,  Thucydides,  and  Polybius  in  the  second 
sense.  Now,  in  the  passage  of  St.  Paul,  accordingly  as  one  or 
the  other  sense  is  adopted,  these  words  must  either  be  translated 
thus  :  "  He  did  not  consider  it  a  usurpation  to  be  equal  to 
God;"  or  thus,  "He  did  not  display  as  a  trophy  his  equality 
to  God  ; "  that  is  to  say  :  He  did  not  display  His  equality 
with  God  as  the  conquerors  of  the  earth  display  the  spoils  and 
booty  which  they  have  amassed  ;  He  did  not  make  use  of  His 
divinity  to  reign,  to  triumph,  to  pride  himself  in  it ;  He  was  not 
the  Messiah  whom  the  carnal  Jews  expected,  a  visible  king  and 
victorious  in  arms  ;  but,  on  the  contrary,  "  he  humbled  him 
self,  and  took  upon  him  the  form  of  a  servant,"  etc.,  etc.  This 
second  interpretation  seems  more  probable  ;  the  reasoning  on 
which  it  is  founded  is  thus  more  connected  and  flowing  ;  and  at 
the  same  time,  it  leaves  the  doctrine  of  the  Apostle  intact  ;  it 
changes  nothing  in  his  conception  or  his  conclusions.  In  this 
passage,  as  in  many  others,  St.  Paul  likewise  affirms  the  divinity 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  67 

all  tilings  created,  that  are  in  heaven,  and  that 
are  in  earth,  visible  and  invisible,  whether  they 
be  thrones,  or  dominions,  or  principalities,  or 
powers  :  all  things  were  created  by  him,  and  for 
him :  and  he  is  before  all  things,  and  by  him  all 
things  consist."*  St.  Peter  and  St.  John,  in  their 
Epistles,  speak  in  the  same  terms  as  St.  Paul. 
St.  Peter  says,  "  We  have  not  followed  cunningly 
devised  fables,  when  we  made  known  unto  you 
the  power  and  coming  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
but  were  eyewitnesses  of  his  majesty.  For  he 
received  from  God  the  Father  honour  and  glory, 
when  there  came  such  a  voice  to  him  from  the 
excellent  glory,  This  is  my  beloved  Son,  in 

of  the  Saviour  whom  he  announces  to  men  ;  and  it  is  from  this 
majesty,  subjected  to  a  voluntary  humiliation,  veiled'under  the 
form  of  a  servant,  obedient  unto  the  death  of  the  cross,  that  He 
presents  an  august  example  and  an  imperative  lesson  for  Chris 
tians  of  humility  and  mutual  support.  It  is  thus  that  this 
interpretation  has  been  admitted  and  defended  by  two  eminent 
men,  a  scholar  of  the  sixteenth  and  a  theologian  of  the  nine 
teenth  century,  both  of  whom  were  strongly  attached  to  the 
dogma  of  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ— I  allude  to  M6ric  Casau- 
bon  (De  Verborum  Usu,  pp.  138— 14G,  at  the  end  of  the  letters 
of  his  father),  and  M  A.  Vinet  (Honiiletique,  p.  U6). 
*  Colos.  i.  15—17. 


F   2 


68  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

whom  I  am  well  pleased ;  hear  ye  him."  *  St. 
John  writes  :  "  Whosoever  denieth  the  Son,  the 
same  hath  not  the  Father ;  but  he  that  acknow- 
ledgeth  the  Son  hath  the  Father  also."t  "Hereby 
know  ye  the  Spirit  of  God :  every  Spirit  that 
confesseth  that  Jesus  Christ  is  come  in  the  flesh  is 
of  God  ;  and  every  spirit  that  confesseth  not  that 
Jesus  Christ  is  come  in  the  flesh  is  not  of  God."t 
Such  is  the  language  of  the  Apostles  ;  such  are, 
at  the  same  time,  its  shades  of  variance  and  its 
harmony.  They  have  all  evidently  the  same  con 
ception  of  Jesus  Christ,  they  have  all  the  same 
faith  in  Him.  St.  Matthew,  as  well  as  St.  John, 
St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul,  alike  regard  Jesus  Christ 
as  at  once  God  and  man,  the  representative  of 
God  on  earth,  and  the  Mediator  between  God  and 
men — come  from  God,  and  re-ascended  unto  Him 
as  the  source  and  centre  of  His  being.  The  dogma 
of  the  Incarnation,  that  is  to  say,  of  the  divinity  of 
Jesus  Christ,  pervades  the  Holy  Scriptures — the 

*  2  Pet.  .  16, 17.  t  1  John  ii.  23. 

I  1  John  iv.  2,  3. 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  69 

Gospels,  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  the  Epistles  of 
the  Apostles,  the  writings  of  the  first  Fathers. 
It  is  the  common  and  fixed  basis,  the  source  and 
essence  of  the  Christian  faith. 

This  was  affirmed  and  declared  by  Jesus  Christ 
himself.  What  His  disciples  believed  and  related 
of  Him,  is  what  He  himself  told  them  of  himself, 
as  well  as  what  they  themselves  witnessed  and 
thought  of  Him  :  "  All  things  are  delivered  unto 
me  of  my  Father  :  and  no  man  knoweth  the  Son, 
but  the  Father :  neither  knoweth  any  man  the 
Father,  save  the  Son,  and  he  to  whomsoever  the 
Son  will  reveal  him."* — "I  and  my  Father  are 
one."t  And  when  He  approaches  the  term  of  His 
mission,  when,  after  having  announced  to  His 
disciples  that  the  hour  was  coming  when  they 
would  be  dispersed,  each  going  his  own  way, 
leaving  Him  alone,  Jesus  Christ  raises  His  thoughts 
to  God  and  says,  "  Father,  the  hour  is  come  ; 
glorify  thy  Son,  that  thy  Son  also  may  glorify 
thee  :  as  thou  hast  given  him  power  over  all  flesh, 

*  Matt.  xi.  27.  f  John  x.  30. 


70  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

that  lie  should  give  eternal  life  to  as  many  as  thou 
hast  given  him.  And  this  is  life  eternal,  that  they 
might  know  thee  the  only  true  God,  and  Jesus 
Christ  whom  thou  hast  sent.  I  have  glorified  thee 
on  the  earth  :  I  have  finished  the  work  which 
thou  gavest  me  to  do.  And  now,  0  Father,  glorify 
thou  me  with  thine  own  self  with  the  glory  which 
I  had  with  thee  before  the  world  was.  I  have 
manifested  thy  name  unto  the  men  which  thou 
gavest  me  out  of  the  world  :  thine  they  were,  and 
thou  gavest  them  me ;  and  they  have  kept  thy 
word.  Now  they  have  known  that  all  things 
whatsoever  thou  hast  given  me  are  of  thee.  For 
I  have  given  unto  them  the  words  which  thou 
gavest  me  ;  and  they  have  received  them,  and 
have  known  surely  that  I  came  out  from  thee,  and 
they  have  believed  that  thou  didst  send  me.  I 
pray  for  them  :  I  pray  not  for  the  world,  but  for 
them  which  thou  hast  given  me ;  for  they  are 
thine.  And  all  mine  are  thine,  and  thine  are 
mine ;  and  I  am  glorified  in  them.  And  now  I 
am  no  more  in  the  world,  but  these  are  in  the 


SECOND    MEDITATION.  71 

world,  and  I  come  to  thee.  Holy  Father,  keep 
through  thine  own  name  those  whom  thou  hast 
given  me,  that  they  may  be  one,  as  we  are."'"" 

I  might  multiply  these  texts  ;  but  these  surely 
suffice  to  show  that  the  words  of  Jesus  Christ  in 
relation  to  himself,  and  those  of  His  Apostles,  are  in 
perfect  unison ;  He  speaks  of  himself  as  they  speak 
of  Him ;  He  qualifies  himself  as  they  qualify  Him ; 
He  calls  God  His  "  Father,"  as  His  disciples  call 
Him  "the  Son  of  God."  He  has  the  same  faith 
in  himself,  in  His  nature,  and  in  His  mission,  as 
St.  Matthew,  St.  John,  St.  Peter,  and  St.  Paul  had 
in  Him. 

It  is  a  great  source  of  error,  in  the  study  of 
facts,  not  to  know  how  to  stop  at  their  general 
and  essential  features,  and,  losing  sight  of  these,  to 
give  prominence  to  partial  and  secondary  features. 
On  the  subject  of  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ, 
that  fundamental  principle  of  the  Christian  religion, 
the  precise  meaning  and  import  of  such  or  such  a 
word  may  be  disputed  ;  such  or  such  an  expression 

*  John  xvii.  1 — 11, 


72  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

may  be  thought  an  interpolation,  and  so  eliminated 
in  any  particular  Gospel,  in  any  particular  Epistle ; 
nevertheless  there  will  always  remain  infinitely 
more  than  sufficient  evidence  of  the  fact  that  those 
who  at  the  present  day  believe  in  the  divinity  of 
Jesus  Christ,  believe  simply  what  the  Apostles 
believed  and  said,  and  that  the  Apostles  them 
selves  only  believed  and  said,  nearly  nineteen  cen 
turies  ago,  what  Jesus  Christ  himself  said  to  them. 

The  opponents  of  the  dogma  of  the  Incarna 
tion  and  of  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ  disregard 
equally  man  and  history,  the  complex  elements 
of  human  nature,  and  the  meaning  of  the  great 
facts  which  mark  the  religious  life  of  the  human 
race. 

What  is  man  himself,  but  an  incomplete  and 
imperfect  incarnation  of  God  1  The  materialists 
who  deny  the  soul,  and  the  naturalists  who  deny 
creation,  are  alone  consistent  in  rejecting  the  Chris 
tian  dogma.  All  who  believe  in  the  distinction  of 
spirit  and  matter,  who  do  not  believe  that  man  is 
the  resuit  of  the  fermentation  of  matter,  or  of  the 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  73 

transformation  of  species,  are  constrained  to  admit 
the  presence  in  human  nature  of  the  divine  ele 
ment,  and  they  must  necessarily  accept  these 
words  in  Genesis  :  "  God  created  man  in  his  own 
image  ;"  that  is  to  say,  they  must  acknowledge 
the  presence  of  God  in  frail  and  fallible  humanity. 

I  open  the  histories  of  all  religions,  of  all 
mythologies,  the  most  refined  as  well  as  the 
grossest ;  I  find  at  every  step  the  idea  and  the 
assertion  of  the  Divine  Incarnation.  Brahman- 
isrn,  Buddhism,  Paganism,  all  faiths,  all  religious 
idolatries,  abound  in  incarnations  of  every  kind 
and  date,  primitive  or  successive,  connected  with 
this  or  that  historical  event,  adapted  to  explain 
this  or  that  fact,  to  satisfy  this  or  that  human 
propensity.  It  is  the  natural  and  universal 
instinct  of  men  to  picture  to  themselves  the 
action  of  God  upon  the  human  race  under  the 
form  of  the  incarnation  of  God  in  man. 

Like  all  religious  instincts,  that  of  the  belief 
in  the  Divine  Incarnation  may  engender,  and  has 
engendered,  the  most  absurd  superstitions,  the 


74  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

most  extravagant  hypotheses.  In  the  same  way 
as  the  natural  faith  in  God  has  been  the  source 
of  all  idolatries,  so  the  tendency  to  incarnate  God 
in  man  has  given  rise  to,  and  admitted,  every 
kind  of  strange  imagining  and  spurious  tradition. 
Are  we  then  to  pronounce  all  divine  incarna 
tion  false,  every  tradition  of  it  spurious'?  Kather 
let  us  say  that  it  proceeds  from  the  infirmity  of 
the  human  mind,  if  we  see  realities  and  mere 
chimeras,  truths  and  errors,  in  such  close 
proximity,  if  we  find  them  calling  one  another 
by  the  same  names  and  unceasingly  confounding 
one  another's  attributes.  The  pretended  incar 
nation  of  Brahma,  or  of  Buddha,  proves  no  more 
against  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ  than  the 
adoration  of  idols  proves  against  the  existence 
of  God.  Jesus  Christ,  God  and  Man,  has  cha 
racteristics  which  appertain  to  Him  alone.  These 
have  founded  His  power  and.  occasioned  the 
success  of  His  works,  a  power  and  a  success 
which  belong  to  Him  alone.  It  is  not  a 
human  reformer,  but  God  himself,  who,  through 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  75 

Jesus  Christ,  has  accomplished  what  no  human 
reformer  has  ever  accomplished,  or  even  con 
ceived,  —  the  reform  of  the  moral  and  social 
condition  of  the  world,  the  regeneration  of  the 
human  soul,  and  the  solution  of  the  problems  of 
human  destiny.  It  is  by  these  signs,  by  these 
results,  that  the  divinity  of  Jesus  Christ  is  mani 
fested.  How  was  the  Divine  Incarnation  accom 
plished  in  man  ?  Here,  as  in  the  union  of  the 
soul  and  the  body,  as  in  the  creation,  arises  the 
mystery;  but  if  we  cannot  fathom  the  reason 
of  it,  the  fact  not  the  less  exists.  When  this 
fact  has  taken  the  form  of  dogma,  theology  has 
sought  to  explain  it.  In  my  opinion,  this  was 
a  mistake ;  theology  has  obscured  the  fact  in 
developing  and  commenting  upon  it.  It  is  the 
fact  itself  of  the  Incarnation  which  constitutes 
the  Christian  faith,  and  which  rises  above  all 
definitions  and  all  theological  controversies.  To 
disregard  this  fact — to  deny  the  divinity  of  Jesus 
Christ — is  to  deny,  to  overthrow  the  Christian 
religion,  which  would  never  have  been  what  it 


76  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

is,  and  would  never  have  accomplished  what  it 
has,  but  that  the  Divine  Incarnation  was  its 
principle,  and  Jesus  Christ — God  and  Man— its 
author. 


V.    THE  REDEMPTION. 

I  ENTER  into  the  sanctuary  of  the  Christian 
faith. 

God  has  done  more  than  manifest  himself  in 
Jesus  Christ.  He  has  done  more  than  place  upon 
the  earth  and  before  men  His  own  living  image, 
the  type  of  sanctity  and  the  model  of  life.  The 
Creator  has  accomplished,  through  Jesus  Christ, 
toward  man,  His  creature,  an  act  of  His  benefi 
cence  and  at  the  same  time  of  His  sovereign 
power.  Jesus  Christ  is  not  only  God  made  man 
to  spread  the  divine  light  upon  men ;  He  is  God 
made  man  to  conquer  and  efface  in  man  moral 
evil,  the  fruit  of  the  sin  of  man.  He  brings  not 
only  light  and  law,  but  pardon  and  salvation. 
And  it  is  at  the  price  of  His  own  suffering,  of 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  77 

His  own  sacrifice,  that  He  brings  these  to  them. 
He  is  the  type  of  self-devotion  at  the  same  time 
as  of  sanctity.  He  has  submitted  to  be  a  victim 
in  order  to  be  a  saviour.  The  Incarnation  leads 
to  the  Cross,  and  the  Cross  to  the  Eedemption. 

Here  are  the  supreme  dogma  and  mystery. 
Here  are  revealed  plainly  the  sense  and  the  im 
port  of  Christianity.  By  what  ways  did  Jesus 
Christ  penetrate  the  human  soul  to  accomplish 
this  great  work  ?  How  did  He  win  the  human 
soul  to  the  Christian  faith,  in  order  to  snatch  it 
from  evil  and  to  save  it  ? 

When  man  fails  in  the  duty  of  which  he 
recognises  the  law, — when  he  commits  the  wrong 
which  he  is  bound  to  shun, — when,  after  sin, 
repentance  arises  within  him,  and  a  sense  of  the 
necessity  of  expiation  is  soon  joined  with  this 
sentiment  of  repentance,  the  moral  instinct  of 
man  teaches  that  repentance  does  not  suffice  to 
efface  the  fault,  and  that  it  requires  to  be 
expiated:  reparation  supposes  suffering. 

And  when  the  religious  sentiment  is  joined  to 


78  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

the  moral  sentiment, — when  man  believes  in  God, 
and  sees  in  Him  the  author  and  dispenser  of  the 
moral  law,  he  regards  himself  as  guilty  of  trans 
gression  toward  God  whom  he  has  disobeyed,  he 
feels  the  need  of  being  pardoned  and  of  being 
restored  to  the  favour  of  the  Sovereign  Master 
whom  he  has  offended. 

Among  all  nations,  in  all  religions,  under  all 
social  forms,  these  two  instincts  —  as  to  the 
necessity  of  expiation  to  ensue  upon  the  fault, 
and  the  necessity  of  pardon  to  follow  the  trans 
gression — appear  natural  and  inherent  in  the 
human  soul.  They  have  been  at  all  times  and 
in  all  places,  the  source  of  a  multitude  of  beliefs 
and  practices ;  some  pure  and  touching,  others 
foolish  and  odious  :  these  may  all  be  briefly  com 
prised  in  the  single  expression,  sacrifices.  The  his 
tories  of  all  nations,  barbarous  or  civilized,  ancient 
or  modern,  teem  with  sacrificial  rites  of  every 
description,  whether  they  be  of  a  nature  gross 
or  mystical,  of  a  performance  mild  or  bloody  ; 
rites  invented  and  celebrated  either  to  expiate 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  79 

the  sins  of  man,  or  to  appease  the  anger  of  God 
and  regain  His  favour. 

Nor  is  this  all ;  we  have  here  to  note  another 
moral  fact,  not  less  real  although  it  seems 
stranger  to  the  eyes  of  superficial  reason.  Man 
kind  has  believed  that  a  fault  might  be  expiated 
by  another  than  its  author,  that  innocent  victims 
might  be  efficaciously  offered  up  to  influence  God, 
and  to  save  the  guilty.  This  belief  has  led  to 
sacrifices  no  less  absurd  than  atrocious  :  the  pre 
tended  expiation  has  become  an  additional  crime : 
it  has  at  the  same  time  been  also  the  source  of 
heroic  acts  and  sublime  examples  of  self-devotion. 
Both  the  domestic  records  of  families  and  the 
public  histories  of  nations  have  furnished  us 
with  admirable  instances  of  innocence  voluntarily 
offering  itself  as  a  sacrifice,  taking  upon  itself 
the  penalty,  the  suffering,  the  death,  to  expiate 
the  sin  of  others,  and  to  win  from  Divine  Justice 
—now  satisfied — the  pardon  of  the  offender. 

And  are  we  then  to  regard  this  merely  as  a 
pious,  a  generous  illusion,  a  devotedness  as  vain 


80  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

as  admirable  ?  Yes,  such  is  the  view  that  all  those 
must  adopt  who  believe  neither  in  Providence 
nor  prayer,  nor  in  the  existence  of  any  efficacious 
relation  between  the  actions  of  man  and  the  pur 
poses  of  God ;  no  solidarity  between  men,  no 
connection  between  the  sacrifice  of  him  who 
practises  the  act  of  self-devotion,  and  the  destiny 
of  him  who  is  its  object.  But  those  who  have 
faith  in  the  living  God,  in  His  continued  presence, 
and  His  never-sleeping  providence,  those  who 
believe  that  nothing  in  man,  whether  it  be  good 
or  whether  it  be  evil,  is  in  vain,  that  every  moral 
act  bears  its  fruit  visible  or  invisible,  immediate 
or  remote,  such  as  these  cannot  fail  to  feel,  to 
have,  as  it  were,  a  presentiment,  that  in  such  self- 
sacrifice  of  the  innocent  for  the  salvation  of  the 
guilty,  there  exists  a  mysterious  virtue.  The 
secret  of  this  it  may  not  be  given  them  to  fathom, 
but  it  nevertheless  gives  life  in  their  bosom  to  the 
hope  that  such  sublime  devotion  will  not  fail  of 
its  object. 

And  now,  to  pass  from  this  feeling,  and  from 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  81 

the  acts  of  man,  whose  reality  no  one  can  dispute, 
to  the  corresponding  dogmas  of  Christianity,  let 
me,  by  the  side  of  these  acts  of  devotedness  and 
self-sacrifice  of  the  human  creature  in  his  inno 
cence  seeking  to  atone  for  the  sins  of  the  human 
creature  who  is  guilty,  place  the  self-devotion  and 
the  self-sacrifice  of  Jesus  Christ,  the  Man-God, 
tendered  to  ransom  from  sin  the  race  of  man 
kind  and  to  open  to  it  the  way  of  salvation  ;  who 
is  not  struck  by  this  sublime  analogy?  What 
connection  and  harmony  between  the  purest,  the 
most  generous,  instincts  of  the  human  soul,  and 
the  dogma  of  God's  Eedemption  \  I  touch  upon 
none  of  the  questions,  I  enter  into  none  of  the 
controversies  which  have  sprung  up  with  respect 
to  this  dogma  of  Kedemption ;  I  do  not  weigh 
with  a  view  to  compare  faith  and  works,  nor  do  I 
essay  to  assign  the  part  due  to  divine  grace  or  to 
human  virtue  ;  I  do  not  define  or  seek  to  number 
the  elect,  but  I  pause  upon  the  fact  itself  of  the 
Redemption  by  Jesus  Christ,  the  fact  upon  which 
the  dogma  itself  reposes.  All  that  the  most 


82  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

renowned   heroes,   the    most    glorious   saints   of 
humanity  have  striven  to  accomplish,  in  order  to 
expiate  the  sins  of  any  creature  or  any  nation, 
Jesus  Christ  the  Elect  of  God,  the  Son  of  God, 
the  God-Man,  came  to  effect  for  all  mankind,  by 
means  of  incomparable  sorrow,  humiliation,  and 
sufferings.     And,  as  was  affirmed  by  St.  Paul  in 
the  first  century,  and  by  Bossuet  in  the  seven 
teenth,  this  very  suffering,  this  humiliation,  this 
martyrdom    of   Jesus   Christ,    have    constituted 
his  victory  and  his  empire.     And  I  would  ask, 
what  other  spectacle  than  that  of  God  made  man 
to  constitute   himself  victim  —  made  victim   to 
become   the  saviour — could  have  excited  in  the 
soul  of  mankind  those  outbursts  of  admiration,  of 
respect,  and  of  love,  that  ardent,  invincible,  and 
contagious  faith,  of  which  the  Apostles  and  the 
primitive  Christians  have  left  us  the  evidences  and 
the  example  1     It  was  requisite  that  the  victim 
and   the  sacrifice  should  be  equal  to  the  work. 
That  work  was  the  Christian  religion,  that  incom 
parable  system  of  facts,  dogmas,    precepts,    pro- 


SECOND   MEDITATION.  83 

mises,  which,  in  the  midst  of  all  the  doubts  and 
all  the  controversies  of  the  mind  of  man,  have  for 
nineteen  centuries  afforded  satisfaction  and  solu 
tion  to  those  aspirings  of  the  human  race,  which 
nature  prompts,  whether  they  assume  the  form 
of  religious  instincts  or  religious  problems. 


o  2 


THIED  MEDITATION. 

THE    SUPERNATURAL. 

To  a  system  so  grand,  and  in  such  profound 
harmony  with  man's  own  nature,  an  objection 
is  made  which  is  thought  decisive;  that  system 
proclaims  the  Supernatural,  has  the  Supernatural 
for  its  principle  and  foundation.  It  is  objected 
that  the  Supernatural  itself  has  no  existence. 

This  objection  is  not  novel,  but  it  has  at  this 
moment  in  appearance  assumed  a  more  serious 
and  formidable  shape  than  ever.  It  is  in  the 
name  of  science  itself,  of  all  the  human  sciences, 
of  the  physical  sciences,  historical  science,  philo 
sophical  science,  that  the  pretension  is  made  that 
is  to  reduce  the  Supernatural  to  a  nonentity,  and 
to  banish  it  from  the  world  and  from  man. 

The  reverence  that  I  feel  for  science  is  infinite. 


THIRD   MEDITATION.  85 

I  would  have  it  as  free  and  unshackled  as  I  would 
desire  to  see  it  honoured.  But  I  would  at  the 
same  time  like  to  see  it  deal  somewhat  more 
rigorously  and  logically  with  itself.  I  would  like 
to  see  it  less  exclusively  absorbed  by  its  own 
peculiar  labours  and  occupations,  its  momentary 
successes ;  more  careful  not  to  forget  or  omit  any 
of  the  ideas  or  any  of  the  facts  which  bear  upon 
the  subject  with  which  it  deals,  and  for  which  in 
its  solution  it  has  still  to  account. 

In  whatever  quarter,  at  this  day,  the  wind  may 
be,  the  abolition  of  the  Supernatural  is  a  difficult 
enterprise,  for  the  belief  in  the  Supernatural  is  a 
fact  natural,  primitive,  universal,  constant  in  the 
life  and  history  of  the  human  race.  We  may 
interrogate  mankind  in  all  times  and  places,  in 
all  states  of  society  and  degrees  of  civilization, 
we  find  it  always  and  everywhere  spontaneously 
believing  in  facts  and  causes  beyond  the  sphere 
of  this  palpable  world,  of  this  living  piece  of 
mechanism  termed  nature.  In  vain  do  we  ex 
tend,  explain,  amplify  nature  itself;  the  instinct 


86  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

of  man,  the  instinct  of  human  masses,  has  never 
suffered  that  nature  to  confine  it :  it  has  always 
sought  and  seen  something  beyond. 

It  is  this  belief — instinctive,  and  hitherto  inde 
structible — which  is  qualified  as  a  radical  error ; 
this  universal  and  enduring  fact  in  man's  history 
it  is  which  men  seek  to  abolish.  They  go  farther; 
they  affirm  that  it  is  already  abolished — that  the 
people  no  longer  believe  in  the  Supernatural,  and 
that  any  attempt  to  bring  them  back  to  it  would 
be  vain.  Incredible  conceit  of  man !  What, 
because  in  a  corner  of  the  world  in  one  day 
among  ages  brilliant  progress  may  have  been 
made  in  natural  and  historical  science — because  in 
the  name  of  the  sciences,  and  in  brilliant  books, 
the  Supernatural  has  been  combated,  they  pro 
claim  the  Supernatural  vanquished,  abolished ;  and 
we  hear  the  judgment  pronounced,  not  merely  in 
the  name  of  the  learned,  but  of  the  people  !  Have 
you  then  completely  forgotten,  or  have  you  never 
thoroughly  comprehended,  humanity  and  the 
history  of  humanity  ?  Do  you  ignore  absolutely 


THIRD    MEDITATION.  87 

what  the  people  really  is,  and  what  all  those 
nations  are  that  cover  the  surface  of  the  earth  1 
Have  you  never  then  penetrated  into  those  mil 
lions  of  souls  in  which  the  belief  in  the  Super 
natural  is  and  abides,  present  and  active  even 
when  the  words  which  move  their  lips  disown  it  ? 
Are  you  then  unconscious  of  the  immense  dis 
tance  which  there  is  between  the  depths  and  the 
surface  of  those  souls,  between  the  variable  breaths 
which  only  ruffle  the  minds  of  men,  and  the  im 
mutable  instincts  which  preside  over  their  very 
being  ?  True,  there  are,  in  our  days,  amongst 
the  people,  many  fathers,  mothers,  children,  who 
believe  themselves  incredulous,  and  mock  scorn 
fully  at  miracles;  but  follow  them  in  the  inti 
macy  of  their  homes,  amongst  the  trials  of  their 
lives,  how  do  these  parents  act,  when  their  child 
is  ill,  those  farmers  when  their  crops  are  threat 
ened,  those  sailors  when  they  float  upon  the 
waters  a  prey  to  the  tempest  ?  They  elevate 
their  eyes  to  heaven,  they  burst  forth  in  prayer, 
they  invoke  that  Supernatural  power  said  by  you 


88  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

to  be  abolished  in  their  very  thought.  By  their 
spontaneous  and  irresistible  acts  they  give  to 
your  words  and  to  their  own  a  striking  dis 
avowal. 

But  to  advance  a  step  towards  you,  admitted  that 
the  faith  in  the  Supernatural  is  abolished ;  let  us 
enter  together  that  society  and  those  classes  to 
whom  this  moral  ruin  is  a  triumph  and  a  vaunt. 
What  then  ensues  \  In  the  place  of  God's  mira 
cles,  man's  miracles  make  their  appearance.  They 
are  searched  for,  they  are  called  for ;  men  are 
found  to  invent  them,  and  to  contrive  them  to  be 
recognised  by  thousands  of  beholders.  It  is  not 
necessary  to  go  either  far  in  time  or  wide  in 
space  to  see  the  Supernatural  of  Superstition 
raising  itself  in  the  place  of  the  Supernatural 
of  Eeligion,  and  Credulity  hurrying  to  meet 
Falsehood  half-way. 

But  away  with  these  unhealthy  paroxysms 
of  humanity ;  and  to  return  to  its  sober  and 
enduring  history.  We  will  admit  that  the 
instinctive  belief  in  the  Supernatural  has  been 


THIRD   MEDITATION.  89 

the  source  and  abides  the  foundation  of  all  reli 
gions,  of  religion  in  the  most  general  sense  of 
the  word,  and  of  essential  religion.  The  most 
serious,  at  the  same  time  the  most  perplexed,  of 
the  thinkers  who  in  our  days  have  approached 
the  subject,  M.  Edmond  Scherer,  saw  plainly 
enough  that  that  was  the  question  at  issue,  and 
he  has  so  put  it  in  the  third  of  his  "  Conversa 
tions  Theologiques,"  noble  yet  sad  imaging  forth 
of  the  fermentation  in  his  own  ideas  and  the 
struggles  which  they  occasion  in  his  soul.  "  The 
Supernatural  is  not  a  something  external  to 
religion,"  says  one  of  the  two  speakers  between 
whom  M.  Scherer  supposes  the  discussion,  "it 
is  religion  itself."  "No,"  says  the  other,  "the 
Supernatural  is  not  the  peculiar  element  of  reli 
gion,  but  rather  of  superstition  :  the  Supernatural 
fact  has  no  relation  with  the  human  soul,  for  it 
is  the  essence  of  the  Supernatural  that  it  goes 
beyond  all  those  conditions  which  constitute 
credibility  ;  its  essence  indeed  is  the  being  anti- 
Jtuinan"  The  discussion  continues  and  becomes 


90  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

animated :  the  contrary  nature  of  the  perplexi 
ties  experienced  by  the  two  speakers  becomes 
manifest.  "  Perhaps/'  says  the  Kationalist,  "  the 
Supernatural  was  a  necessary  form  of  religion  for 
ill  cultivated  minds  :  but  rightly  or  wrongly,  our 
modern  civilization  rejects  miracles  ;  without  posi 
tive  denial,  it  remains  indifferent  to  them.  Even 
the  preacher  knows  not  how  to  deal  with  them; 
the  more  he  is  in  earnest,  the  more  his  Christian 
feeling  has  inwardness  and  vitality,  the  more 
does  the  miracle  also  disappear  from  his  teaching. 
Miracles  formerly  constituted  the  great  force  of 
the  sermon,  at  the  present  day  what  are  they 
but  a  secret  source  of  embarrassment  \  Every 
body  feels  vaguely  when  confronted  by  the  mar 
vellous  accounts  in  our  sacred  volumes,  what  he 
feels  when  confronted  by  the  Legends  of  the 
Saints ;  it  is  impossible  for  that  to  be  religion, 
it  is  only  its  superfcetation."  "  It  is  true,"  ex 
claims  with  sorrow  the  hesitating  Christian,  "  we 
believe  no  longer  in  miracles ;  you  might  have 
added  that  neither  do  we  any  more  believe  in 


THIRD    MEDITATION.  91 

God  himself ;  the  two  things  go  together.  We 
hear  much  now-a-days  of  Christian  Spiritualism — 
of  the  religion  of  the  conscience,  and  you  yourself 
seem  to  see  that  men  in  giving  up  miracles  are 
making  progress  in  religion.  Ah !  why  is  it  that 
the  intimate  experience  of  my  own  heart  cannot 
express  itself  in  a  forcible  protest  against  any 
such  opinion  \  "Whenever  I  find  my  faith  in 
miraculous  agency  vacillating  within  me,  the 
image  of  my  God  seems  to  be  fading  away  from 
my  eyes :  He  ceases  to  be  for  me  God  the  free, 
the  living,  the  personal ;  the  God  with  whom 
the  soul  converses,  as  with  a  master  and  friend  ; 
and  this  holy  dialogue  once  interrupted,  what 
is  left  us  \  How  does  life  become  sad  ?  how 
does  it  lose  its  illusions  I  Keduced  to  the 
satisfaction  of  mere  physical  wants,  to  eat,  to 
drink,  to  sleep,  to  make  money,  deprived  of  all 
horizon,  how  puerile  does  our  maturity  appear, 
how  sorrowful  our  old  age,  how  meaningless  OUT 
anxieties ! 

"No  more  mystery,  no  more  innocence,  no  more 


92  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

infinity,  no  longer  any  heaven  above  our  heads, 
no  more  poesy.  Ah !  be  sure  :  the  incredulity 
which  rejects  the  miracle  has  a  tendency  to 
unpeople  heaven,  and  to  disenchant  the  earth. 
The  Supernatural  is  the  natural  sphere  of  the 
soul.  It  is  the  essence  of  its  faith,  of  its  hope, 
of  its  love.  I  know  how  specious  criticism  is, 
how  victorious  its  arguments  often  appear ;  but  I 
know  one  thing  besides,  and  perhaps  I  might 
here  even  appeal  to  your  own  testimony ;  in 
ceasing  to  believe  in  what  is  miraculous,  the  soul 
finds  that  it  has  lost  the  secret  of  divine  life  ; 
henceforth  it  is  urged  downwards  towards  the 
abyss,  soon  it  lies  on  the  earth,  and  not  seldom 
in  the  dirt." 

In  his  turn  the  disbeliever  in  the  Super 
natural  is  troubled  and  saddened :  "  Listen/'  he 
says  :  "  the  history  of  humanity  seems  to  be  some 
times  moving  in  obedience  to  the  following 
scheme.  The  world  begins  with  religion,  and, 
referring  all  phenomena  to  a  first  cause,  it  sees 
God  everywhere.  Then  comes  philosophy,  which, 


THIRD   MEDITATION.  93 

having  discovered  the  connection  of  secondary 
causes,  and  the  laws  of  their  operation,  makes  a 
corresponding  deduction  from  the  direct  inter 
vention  of  divinity,  and  then  founding  itself 
upon  the  idea  of  necessity  (for  it  is  only  neces 
sity  which  falls  within  the  domain  of  science, 
and  science  is  in  fact  but  the  knowledge  of  what 
is  necessary)  ;  philosophy  tends  in  its  very  fun 
damental  principle  to  exclude  God  from  the 
world.  It  does  more ;  it  finishes  by  denying 
human  liberty  as  it  has  denied  God.  The  reason 
is  evident :  liberty  is  a  cause  beyond  the  sphere 
of  the  necessary  connection  of  causes,  a  first 
cause,  a  cause  which  serves  as  cause  to  itself: 
and  from  that  moment  philosophy,  unequal  to 
any  explanation,  feels  itself  disposed  to  deny  that 
first  cause.  A  philosophy  true  to  itself  will  ever 
be  fatalistic.  For  from  that  moment  philosophy 
corrupts  and  destroys  itself.  When  it  has  no 
other  God  than  the  universe,  no  other  man  than 
the  chief  of  the  mammalia,  what  is  it  but  a  mere 
system  of  Zoology  \  Zoology  constitutes  the  whole 


94  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

science  of  the  epoch,  of  the  Materialists,  and  to 
speak  plainly,  that  is  our  position  at  the  present 
day.  But  materialism  can  never  be  the  be-all 
and  the  end-all  of  the  human  race.  Corrupt  and 
enervated,  society  is  passing  through  immense 
catastrophes,  is  falling  in  ruins ;  the  iron  harrow 
of  Eevolution  is  breaking  up  mankind  like  the 
clods  of  the  field ;  in  the  bloody  furrows  germi 
nate  new  races  ;  the  soul  in  the  agony  of  its  dis 
tress  believes  once  more ;  it  resumes  its  faith  in 
virtue,  it  finds  again  the  language  of  prayer. 
To  the  age  of  the  Kenaissance  succeeded  that  of 
the  Eeformation ;  to  the  Germany  of  Frederick 
the  Great,  the  Germany  of  1812.  So  faith 
springs  up  for  ever  and  ever  out  of  its  ashes. 
Ah,  that  I  must  add  it,  humanity  rises  again  but 
to  resume  the  march  which  I  have  just  described. 
But  can  it  be  said  of  it  besides,  that  like  this 
Globe  of  ours  it  is  making  any  movement  in 
advance  whilst  it  is  so  turning  round  itself,  and 
if  it  does  so  advance,  towards  what  is  it  gravi 
tating  I 


THIRD    MEDITATION.  95 

'  Whither,  whither,  O  Lord,  inarches  the  earth  in  the  heavens  ?'"  * 

But  it  is  not  towards  heaven  that  the  earth 
would  march  if  it  followed  the  path  in  which 
the  adversaries  of  the  Supernatural  are  impel 
ling  it.  It  is  this  peculiarity,  they  say,  of  the 
Supernatural,  that  being]  incredible,  it  is  in  it3 
very  essence  anti-human.  Now  it  is  precisely  to 
something  not  anti-human  but  superhuman  that 
the  human  soul  aspires,  and  there  seeks  to  realize 
these  aspirations  in  the  Supernatural.  We  should 
be  never  weary  of  repeating  it ;  the  whole  finite 
world  in  its  entirety,  with  all  its  facts  and  all  its 
laws,  comprising  indeed  man  himself,  suffices  not 
for  the  soul  of  man ;  it  requires  something  grander 
and  more  perfect  for  the  subject  of  its  contem 
plation,  the  object  of  its  love  ;  it  desires  to  fix  its 
trust  in  something  more  stable;  to  lean  upon 
something  less  fragile.  This  supreme  and  sublime 
ambition  it  is  to  which  religion,  in  its  widest 
sense,  gives  birth  and  supplies  nourishment ;  and 

*  Melange  do  Critique   Religieuse,  par  Edmoud   Scherer — 
Conversations  Thoologiqms,  pp.  U>9 — 187. 


98  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

this  supreme  and  sublime  ambition  it  is  also  that 
the  religion  of  Christ  more  particularly  responds 
to  and  satisfies.  Let  those,  therefore,  who  natter 
themselves  that  although  abolishing  the  belief  in 
the  Supernatural,  they  leave  Christians-  still  Chris 
tians,  undeceive  themselves  ;  what  they  are  abo 
lishing,  destroying,  is  very  religion,  for  their 
arguments  assail  all  religion  in  general,  and 
Christianity  in  particular.  It  may  be  that  they 
do  not  inflict  upon  themselves  all  this  evil,  and 
that  in  retaining  a  sincere  religious  sentiment  they 
really  believe  themselves  nearly  Christians ;  the 
soul  struggles  against  the  errors  of  the  thought, 
and  a  moral  suicide  is  a  rare  spectacle.  But  the 
evil  even  in  spreading  unveils  more  plainly  its 
nature  and  increases  in  intensity;  besides  men,  in 
masses,  draw  from  error  far  more  logical  con 
clusions  than  the  man  ever  did  in  whom  the  error 
had  its  origin.  The  people  are  not  the  learned, 
neither  are  they  philosophers,  and  only  once  suc 
ceed  in  destroying  in  them  all  faith  in  the  Super 
natural,  and  you  may  consider  it  certain  that  the 


THIRD   MEDITATION.  97 

faith  in  Christ  must  have  previously  disappeared. 
Have  you  well  weighed  all  this  ?  Have  you 
pictured  to  yourself  what  a  man,  what  mankind, 
what  the  soul  of  man,  what  human  society  itself 
would  become  if  religion  were  in  effect  abolished, 
if  religious  faith  entirely  disappeared  ?  I  will  not 
give  way  to  anguish  of  soul  or  sinister  presen 
timents,  but  I  do  not  hesitate  to  affirm  that  no 
imagination  can  represent  with  adequate  fidelity 
what  would  take  place  in  us  and  around  us  if  the 
place  at  present  occupied  by  Christian  belief  were 
on  a  sudden  to  become  vacant,  and  its  empire 
annihilated.  No  one  could  pronounce  to  what 
degree  of  disorder  and  degradation  humanity 
would  be  precipitated.  But  awful  indeed  would 
be  the  result  if  all  faith  in  the  Supernatural  were 
extinct  in  the  soul,  and  if  man  had  in  a  super 
natural  state  neither  trust  nor  hope. 

It  is  not  my  design,  lm\v< -\ vr,  to  confine  myself 
heiv  to  the  question  regarded  merely  in  its  moral, 
practical  light;  I  approach  the  Supernatural  as 
viewed  with  the  eyea  of  free  and  speculative  reason. 


THE   CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

It  is  condemned  for  its  very  name's  sake.  No 
thing  is  or  can  be,  it  is  said,  beyond  and  above 
nature.  Nature  is  one  and  complete  ;  everything 
is  comprised  in  it ;  in  it,  of  necessity,  all  things 
cohere,  enchain,  and  develop  themselves. 

We  are  here  in  thorough  pantheism — that  is 
to  say,  in  absolute  atheism.  I  do  not  hesitate 
to  give  to  pantheism  its  real  name.  Amongst 
the  men  who  at  the  present  day  declare  them 
selves  the  opponents  of  the  Supernatural,  most, 
certainly,  do  not  believe  that  they  are  nor  do  they 
desire  to  be  atheists.  But  let  me  tell  them  that 
they  are  leading  others  whither  they  neither  think 
nor  wish  themselves  to  go.  The  negation  of  the 
Supernatural,  and  that  in  the  name  of  the 
unity  and  universality  of  nature,  is  pantheism, 
and  pantheism  is  nothing  more  nor  less  than 
atheism.  In  the  sequel  of  these  Meditations, 
when  I  come  to  speak  particularly  of  the  actual 
state  of  the  Christian  religion,  and  of  the  different 
systems  which  combat  it,  I  will  in  this  respect 
justify  my  assertion ;  at  present,  I  have  to  repel 


THIRD    MEDITATION.  99 

direct  attacks  upon  the  Supernatural — attacks 
less  fundamental  than  those  of  pantheism,  but 
not  less  serious,  for  in  truth,  whether  men  know 
it  or  not,  and  whether  they  mean  it  or  not,  all 
attacks  in  this  warfare  reach  the  same  object, 
and  as  soon  as  the  Supernatural  is  the  aim  it  is 
religion  itself  that  receives  the  shaft. 

The  fixity  of  the  laws  of  nature  is  appealed  to  ; 
that,  say  they,  is  the  palpable  and  incontestable 
fact  established  by  the  experience  of  mankind,  and 
upon  which  rests  the  conduct  of  human  life.  In 
presence  of  the  permanent  order  of  nature  and  the 
immutability  of  its  laws,  we  cannot  admit  any 
partial,  any  momentary  infractions ;  we  cannot 
believe  in  the  Supernatural,  in  miracles. 

True,  general  and  constant  laws  do  govern 
nature.  Are  we,  therefore,  to  affirm  that  those 
laws  are  necessary,  and  that  no  deviation  from 
them  is  possible  in  nature  ?  "Who  is  there  that 
does  not  discern  an  essential,  an  absolute  difference 
between  what  is  general  and  what  is  necessary  ? 
The  permanence  of  the  actual  laws  of  nature  is  a 

H   2 


100  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

fact  established  by  experience,  but  it  is  not  the 
only  fact  possible,  the  only  fact  conceivable  by 
reason ;  those  laws  might  have  been  other  laws, 
—they  may  change.  Several  of  them  have  not 
always  been  what  they  now  are,  for  science  itself 
proves  that  the  condition  of  the  universe  has  been 
different  from  what  it  is  at  present ;  the  universal 
and  permanent  order  of  which  we  form  part,  and 
in  which  we  confide,  has  not  always  been  what  we 
now  see  it ;  it  has  had  a  beginning  ;  the  creation 
of  the  actual  system  of  nature  and  of  its  laws  is  a 
fact  as  certain  as  the  system  itself  is  certain. 
And  what  is  creation  but  a  supernatural  fact,  the 
act  of  a  Power  superior  to  the  actual  laws  of 
nature,  and  which  has  power  to  modify  them 
just  as  much  as  it  has  had  power  to  establish 
them  ?  The  first  of  miracles  is  God  himself. 

There  is  a  second  miracle — man.  I  resume 
what  I  have  already  said ;  by  his  title  as  a  moral 
being  and  free  agent,  man  lives  beyond  and  above 
the  influence  of  the  general  and  permanent  laws 
of  nature ;  he  creates  by  his  will  effects  which 


THIRD    MEDITATION.  101 

are  not  at  all  the  necessary  consequence  of  any 
pre-existent  law ;  and  those  effects  take  their 
place  in  a  system  absolutely  distinct  and  inde 
pendent  from  the  visible  order  which  governs  the 
universe.  The  moral  liberty  of  man  is  a  fact  as 
certain,  and  natural,  as  the  order  of  nature,  and  it 
is  at  the  same  time  a  supernatural  fact — that  is 
to  say,  essentially  foreign  to  the  order  of  nature 
and  to  its  laws. 

God  is  the  being  moral  and  free  par  excel 
lence,  that  is  to  say,  the  being  excellently 
capable  of  acting  as  first  cause  beyond  the  influ 
ence  of  causation.  By  his  title  as  a  moral  being 
and  free  agent,  man  is  in  intimate  relation  with 
God.  Who  shall  define  the  possible  contingen 
cies,  or  fathom  the  mysteries  of  this  relation  ? 
Who  dare  to  say  that  God  cannot  modify,  that  He 
never  does  modify,  according  to  his  plans  with 
respect  to  the  moral  system  and  to  man,  t In- 
laws  which  He  has  made  and  which  He  main 
tains  in  the  material  order  of  nature  ? 

Some   have    hesitated  absolutely  to  deny  the 


102  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

possibility  of  supernatural  facts ;  and  so  their 
attack  is  indirect.  If  those  facts,  say  they, 
are  not  impossible,  they  are  incredible,  for  no 
particular  testimony  of  man  in  favour  of  a 
miracle  can  give  a  certitude  equal  to  that  which, 
on  the  opposite  side,  results  from  the  experience 
which  men  have  of  the  fixity  of  the  laws  of 
nature. 

"  It  is  experience  only/'  says  Hume,  "which 
gives  authority  to  human  testimony;  and  it 
is  the  same  experience  which  assures  us  of 
the  laws  of  nature.  When  therefore  these  two 
kinds  of  experience  are  contrary,  we  have 
nothing  to  do,  but  subtract  the  one  from  the 
other,  and  embrace  an  opinion,  either  on  one 
side  or  the  other,  with  that  assurance  which 
arises  from  the  remainder.  But  according  to  the 
principles  here  explained,  this  subtraction,  with 
regard  to  all  popular  religions,  amounts  to  an 
entire  annihilation  :  and  therefore  we  may  estab 
lish  it  as  a  maxim,  that  no  human  testimony 
can  have  such  force  as  to  prove  a  miracle,  and 


THIRD   MEDITATION.  103 

make  it  a  just  foundation  for  any  such  system 
of  religion.""""  It  is  in  this  reasoning  of  Hume 
that  the  opponents  "of  miracles  shut  themselves 
up  as  in  an  impregnable  fortress  to  refuse  them 
all  credence. 

What  confusion  of  facts  and  ideas !  What 
a  superficial  solution  of  one  of  the  grandest 
problems  of  our  nature!  What!  a  simple  opera 
tion  of  arithmetic,  with  respect  to  two  experi 
mental  observations,  estimated  in  ciphers,  is  to 
decide  the  question  whether  the  universal  belief 
of  the  race  of  man  in  the  Supernatural  is  well- 
founded  or  simply  absurd ;  whether  God  only 
acts  upon  the  world  and  upon  man  by  laws 
established  once  for  all,  or  whether  He  still  con 
tinues  to  make,  in  the  exercise  of  his  power,  use 
of  his  liberty !  Not  only  does  the  sceptic  Hume 
here  show  himself  unconscious  of  the  grandeur 
of  the  problem ;  he  mistakes  even  in  the  motives 


*  Essays  and  Treatises  on  Several  Subjects,  by  David  Hume  ; 
Essay  on  Miracles,  vol.  iii.  p.  119—145,  Bale,  1793.  [Same 
work,  p.  91,  Loudou,  IGmo,  1800. — TRANSLATOR.] 


104  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION". 

upon  which  he  founds  his  shallow  conclusion  ;  for 
it  is  not  from  human  experience  alone  that  human 
testimony  draws  her  authority  :  this  authority 
has  sources  more  profound,  and  a  worth  anterior 
to  experience :  it  is  one  of  the  natural  bonds,  one 
of  the  spontaneous  sympathies  which  unite  with 
one  another  men  and  the  generations  of  men. 
Is  it  by  virtue  of  experience  that  the  child  trusts 
to  the  words  of  its  mother,  that  it  has  faith  in 
all  she  tells  it?  The  mutual  trust  that  men  re 
pose  in  what  they  say  or  transmit  to  each  other 
is  an  instinct,  primitive,  spontaneous,  which 
experience  confirms  or  shakes,  sets  up  again  or 
sets  bounds  to,  but  which  experience  does  not 
originate. 

I  find  in  the  same  essay  of  Hume,*  this 
other  passage:  "The  passion  of  surprise  and 
wonder,  arising  from  miracles,  being  an  agree 
able  emotion,  gives  a  sensible  tendency  towards 
the  belief  of  those  events  from  which  it  is 
derived." 

*  Hume's  Essay  on  Miracles,  p.  128,  ubi  supra. 


THIRD   MEDITATION.  105 

Thus,  if  we  arc  to  credit  Hume,  it  is  merely 
for  his  pleasure,  for  the  diversion  of  the  imagina 
tive  faculty,  that  man  believes  in  the  Super 
natural  ;  and  beneath  this  impression — though 
real,  still  only  of  a  secondary  nature — which  does 
no  more  than  skim  the  surface  of  the  human 
soul,  the  philosopher  has  no  glimpse  at  all  of  the 
profound  instincts  and  superior  requisitions  which 
have  sway  over  him. 

But  why  an  attack  of  this  character,  so  in 
direct  and  little  complete?  Why  should  Hume 
limit  himself  to  the  proposition  that  miracles  can 
never  be  historically  proved,  instead  of  at  once 
affirming  the  impossibility  of  miracles  themselves? 
This  is  what  the  opponents  of  the  Supernatural 
virtually  think  ;  and  it  is  because  they  commence 
by  regarding  miracles  as  impossible  that  they 
apply  themselves  to  destroy  the  value  of  the 
evidences  by  which  they  are  supported.  If  the 
evidence  which  surrounds  the  cradle  of  Christianity, 
if  the  fourth,  if  even  the  tenth  part  of  it  were 
adduced  in  support  of  facts  of  a  nature  extra- 


]06  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

ordinary,  unexpected,  or  unheard  of,  but  still  not 
having  a  character  positively  supernatural,  the 
proof  would  be  accepted  as  unexceptionable  :  the 
facts  for  certain.  In  appearance,  it  is  merely  the 
proof  by  witnesses  of  the  Supernatural  that  is 
contested ;  whereas,  in  reality,  the  very  possi 
bility  of  the  thing  is  denied  that  is  sought  to 
be  proved.  The  question  ought  to  be  put  as  it 
really  is,  instead  of  such  a  solution  being  offered 
as  is  a  mere  evasion. 

Lately,  however,  men  of  logical  minds  and 
daring  spirits  have  not  hesitated  to  speak  more 
frankly  and  plainly.  "  The  new  dogma,  they 
say,  the  fundamental  principle  of  criticism,  is 

the  negation  of  the  Supernatural Those 

still  disposed  to  reject  this  principle  have  nothing 
to  do  with  our  books,  and  we,  on  our  side,  have 
no  cause  to  feel  disquietude  at  their  opposition 
and  their  censure,  for  we  do  not  write  for  them. 
And  if  this  discussion  is  altogether  avoided,  it 
is  because  it  is  impossible  to  enter  into  it  with 
out  admitting  an  unacceptable  proposition,  viz., 


THIRD   MEDITATION.  107 

one  which  presumes  that  the  Supernatural  can  in 
any  given  case  be  possible.* 

I  do  not  reproach  the  disciples  of  the  school 
of  Hume  for  having  evinced  greater  timidity  :  if 
they  attacked  the  Supernatural  by  a  side  way,  not 
as  being  impossible  in  itself,  but  as  being  merely 
incapable  of  proof  by  human  testimony,  they 
did  not  do  so  designedly  and  with  deceitful 
purpose.  Let  us  render  them  more  justice, 
and  do  them  more  honour.  A  prudent  and  an 
honest  instinct  held  them  back  on  the  declivity 
upon  which  they  had  placed  themselves ;  they 
felt  that  to  deny  even  the  possibility  of  the 
Supernatural,  was  to  enter  at  full  sail  into  pan 
theism  and  fatalism,  that  is  to  say,  was  the  same 
thing  as  at  once  dispensing  with  God  and  doing 
away  with  the  free  agency  of  man.  Their  moral 
sense,  their  good  sense,  withheld  them  from 
any  such  course.  The  fundamental  error  of  the 


*  Conservation,  Involution,  rt  Positivism^,  par  M.  Littre, 
Preface,  p.  \.\\i.  :m«l  following  pages — M.  Havet,  Revue  des 
Deux  MomK-s,  1  A. nit,  1803. 


108  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

adversaries  of  the  Supernatural  is  that  they  con 
test  it  in  the  name  of  human  science,  and  that 
they  class  the  Supernatural  amongst  facts  within 
the  domain  of  science,  whereas  the  Supernatural 
does  not  fall  within  that  domain,  and  the  very 
attempt  so  to  treat  it  has  led,  indeed,  to  its  being 
entirely  rejected. 


FOUETH  MEDITATION. 

THE   LIMITS    OF    SCIENCE. 

AN  eminent  moralist,  who  was  at  the  same 
time  not  only  a  theologian,  but  a  philosopher 
well  versed  in  the  physical  sciences,  I  mean  Dr. 
Chalmers,  professor'  at  the  University  of  Edin 
burgh,  and  corresponding  member  of  the  Institute 
of  France,  wrote  in  his  work  on  Natural  The 
ology,  a  chapter  entitled  :  On  mans  partial  and 
Iim/t«l  knowledge  of  divine  things.  The  first 
pages  are  as  follows  :— 

"  The  true  modern  philosophy  never  makes 
more  characteristic  exhibition  of  itself,  than  at  the 
limit  which  separates  the  known  from  the  un 
known.  It  is  there  that  we  ln-hold  it  in  a  twofold 
aspect — that  of  tin-  utnmst  deierence  and  respect 
i'nr  all  the  findings  of  experience  within  this  limit; 


110  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

that,  on  the  other  hand,  of  the  utmost  disinclination 
and  distrust  for  all  those  fancies  of  ingenious  or 
plausible  speculation  which  have  their  place  in 
the  ideal  region  beyond  it.  To  call  in  the  aid  of 
a  language  which  far  surpasses  our  own  in  expres 
sive  brevity,  its  office  is  'indagare'  rather  than 
'  divinare!  The  products  of  this  philosophy  are 
copies  and  not  creations.  It  may  discover  a 
system  of  nature,  but  not  devise  one.  It  pro 
ceeds  first  on  the  observation  of  individual  facts 
— and  if  these  facts  are  ever  harmonised  into  a 
system,  this  is  only  in  the  exercise  of  a  more 
extended  observation.  In  the  work  of  systema- 
tising,  it  makes  no  excursion  beyond  the  territory 
of  actual  nature — for  they  are  the  actual  pheno 
mena  of  nature  which  form  the  first  materials  of 
this  philosophy — and  they  are  the  actual  resem 
blances  of  these  phenomena  that  form,  as  it  were, 
the  cementing  principle,  to  which  the  goodly 
fabrics  of  modern  science  owe  all  the  solidity 
and  all  the  endurance  that  belong  to  them.  It 
is  this  chiefly  which  distinguishes  the  philosophy 


FOURTH    MEDITATION.  Ill 

of  the  present  day  from  that  of  by-gone  ages. 
The  one  was  mainly  an  excogitative,  the  other 
mainly  a  descriptive  process — a  description  how 
ever  extending  to  the  likenesses  as -well  as  to  the 
peculiarities  of  things ;  and,  by  means  of  these 
likenesses,  these  observed  likenesses  alone,  often 
realising  a  more  glorious  and  magnificent  harmony 
than  was  ever  pictured  forth  by  all  the  imagina 
tions  of  all  the  theorists. 

"In  the  mental  characteristics  of  this  philo 
sophy,  the  strength  of  a  full-grown  understanding 
is  blended  with  the  modesty  of  childhood.  The 
ideal  is  sacrificed  to  the  actual — and,  however 
splendid  or  fondly  cherished  a  hypothesis  may 
be,  yet  if  but  one  phenomenon  in  the  real  history 
of  nature  stand  in  the  way,  it  is  forthwith  and 
conclusively  abandoned.  To  some  the  renuncia 
tion  may  IK-  as  painful  as  the  cutting  off  a  right 
hand,  or  the  plm-king  out  a  right  eye — yet,  if 
true  to  the  great  principle  of  the  Baconian 
school,  it  must  !»••  >ul>mitted  to.  With  its  hardy 
disciples  one  valid  proof  outweighs  a  thousand 


112  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

plausibilities — and  the  resolute  firmness  where 
with  they  bid  away  the  speculations  of  fancy  is 
only  equalled  by  the  childlike  compliance  where 
with  they  submit  themselves  to  the  lessons  of 
experience. 

"It  is  thus  that'  the  same  principle  which 
guides  to  a  just  and  a  sound  philosophy  in  all 
that  lies  within  the  circle  of  human  discovery, 
leads  also  to  a  most  unpresuming  and  unpro 
nouncing  modesty  in  reference  to  all  that  lies 
beyond  it.  And  should  some  new  light  spring 
up  on  this  exterior  region,  should  the  information 
of  its  before  hidden  mysteries  break  in  upon  us 
from  some  quarter  that  was  before  inaccessible, 
it  will  be  at  once  perceived  (on  the  supposition 
of  its  being  a  genuine  and  not  an  illusory  light) 
that,  of  all  other  men,  they  are  the  followers  of 
Bacon  and  Newton  who  should  pay  the  most 
unqualified  respect  to  aU  its  revelations.  In 
their  case  it  comes  upon  minds  which  are  without 
prejudice,  because  on  that  very  principle,  which 
is  most  characteristic  of  our  modern  science,  upon 


FOURTH    MEDITATION.  113 

minds  without  preoccupation  ....  The  strength 
of  his  confidence  in  all  the  ascertained  facts  of 
the  terra  cognita  is  at  one  or  in  perfect  harmony 
with  the  humility  of  his  diffidence  in  regard  to 
all  the  conceived  plausibilities  of  the  terra 
incognita. 

"And  let  it  further  be  remarked  of  the  self- 
denial  which  is  laid  upon  us  by  Bacon's  Philo 
sophy,  that,  like  all  other  self-denial  in  the  cause 
of  truth  or  virtue,  it  hath  its  reward.  In  giving 
ourselves  up  to  its  guidance,  we  have  often  to 
quit  the  fascinations  of  beautiful  theory  ;  but  in 
exchange  for  them,  we  are  at  length  regaled  by 
the  higher  and  substantial  beauties  of  actual 
nature.  There  is  a  stubbornness  in  facts  before 
which  the  specious  imagination  is  compelled  to 
give  way;  and  perhaps  the  mind  never  suffers 
more  painful  laceration  than  when,  after  having 
vainly  attempted  to  force  nature  into  a  compli 
ance  with  her  own  splendid  generalizations,  she, 
on  the  appearance  of  some  rebellious  and  imprac 
ticable  phenomenon,  has  to  practise  a  force  upon 


114  THE   CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

herself— when  she  thus  finds  the  goodly  specula 
tion   superseded  by  the  homely  and  unwelcome 
experience.       It   seemed   at  the   outset   a   cruel 
sacrifice,  when  the  world  of  speculation,  with  all 
its  manageable  and  engaging  simplicities,  had  to 
be  abandoned  ;   and  on  becoming   the  pupils  of 
observation,  we,  amid  the  varieties  of  the  actual 
world  around  us,  felt  as  if  bewildered,  if  not  lost, 
among  the  perplexities  of  a  chaos.     This  was  a 
period  of  greatest  sufferance  ;  but  it  has  had  a 
glorious  termination.     In  return  for  the  assiduity 
wherewith  the  study  of  nature  hath  been  prose 
cuted,  she  hath  made  a  more  abundant  revelation 
of  her  charms.     Order  hath  arisen  out  of  confu 
sion,  and   in  the   ascertained   structure   of    the 
universe  there  are  now  found  to  be  a  state  and  a 
sublimity  beyond  all  that  was  ever  pictured  by 
the  mind  in  the  days  of  her  adventurous  and  un 
fettered  imagination.     Even  viewed  in  the  light 
of  a  noble  and  engaging  spectacle  for  the  fancy  to 
dwell  upon,  who  would  ever  think  of  comparing 
with  the  system  of  Newton,  either  that  celestial 


FOURTH   MEDITATION.  115 

machinery  of  Des  Cartes,  which  was  impelled  by 
whirlpools  of  ether,  or  that  still  more  cumbrous 
planetarium  of  cycles  and  epicycles  which  was  the 
progeny  of  a  remoter  age  ?  It  is  thus  that  at  the 
commencement  of  the  observational  process  there 
is  the  abjuration  of  beauty.  But  it  soon  reappears 
in  another  form,  and  brightens  as  we  advance,  and 
at  length  there  arises  on  solid  foundation,  a  fairer 
and  goodlier  system  than  ever  floated  in  airy 
romance  before  the  eye  of  genius.  Nor  is  it 
difficult  to  perceive  the  reason  of  this.  What  we 
discover  by  observation  is  the  product  of  divine 
imagination  bodied  forth  by  creative  power  into  a 
stable  and  enduring  reality.  What  we  devise  by 
our  own  ingenuity  is  but  the  product  of  human 
imagination.  The  one  is  the  solid  archetype  of 
those  conceptions  which  are  in  the  mind  of  God  : 
the  other  is  the  shadowy  representation  of  those 
conceptions  which  are  in  the  mind  of  man.  It  is 
just  as  with  the  labourer,  who,  by  excavating  the 
rubbish  which  hides  and  besets  some  noble  archi 
tecture,  does  more  for  the  gratification  of  our 

i  2 


116  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

taste,  than  if  by  his  unpractised  hand  he  should 
attempt  to  regale  us  with  plans  and  sketches  of 
his  own.  And  so  the  drudgery  of  experimental 
science,  in  exchange  for  that  beauty  whose  fasci 
nations  it  withstood  at  the  outset  of  its  career, 
has  evolved  a  surpassing  beauty  from  among  the 

realities  of  truth  and  nature 

"  The  views  contemplated  through  the  medium 
of  observation,  are  found  not  only  to  have  a  just 
ness  in  them,  but  to  have  a  grace  and  a  grandeur 
in  them  far  beyond  all  the  visions  which  are 
contemplated  through  the  medium  of  fancy,  or 
which  ever  regaled  the  fondest  enthusiast  in  the 
enchanted  walks  of  speculation  and  poetry.  But 
neither  the  grace  nor  the  grandeur  alone  would, 
without  evidence,  have  secured  acceptance  for 
any  opinion.  It  must  first  be  made  to  undergo, 
and  without  ceremony,  the  freest  treatment  from 
human  eyes  and  human  hands.  It  is  at  one  time 
stretched  on  the  rack  of  an  experiment,  at  another 
it  has  to  pass  through  fiery  trial  in  the  bottom  of 
a  crucible.  In  another  it  undergoes  a  long  ques- 


FOURTH   MEDITATION.  117 

tiouing  process  among  the  fumes  and  the  filtra- 
tions  and  the  intense  heat  of  a  laboratory  ;  and 
not  till  it  has  been  subjected  to  all  this  inquisi 
torial  torture  and  survived  it,  is  it  preferred  to  a 
place  in  the  temple  of  Truth,  or  admitted  among 
the  laws  and  lessons  of  a  sound  philosophy." 

No  one  certainly  will  contest  that  this  is  the 
language  of  a  fervent  disciple  of  science.  It  is 
impossible  to  have  a  keener  apprehension  of  its 
beauty,  and  to  accept  more  completely  its  laws. 
What  mathematician,  natural  philosopher,  physio 
logist,  or  chemist,  could  speak  in  terms  of  greater 
respect  and  submission  of  the  necessity  of  obser 
vation,  and  of  the  authority  of  experience  ?  Dr. 
Chalmers  is  not  the  less  for  that  a  true  and  fer 
vent  Christian ;  his  religious  faith  equals  his 
scientific  exactitude  :  he  receives  Christ,  and  pro 
fesses  Christ's  doctrine  with  as  firm  a  voice  as  he 
does  Bacon  and  Bacon's  method.  Not  that  for 
him  religious  belief  is  the  mere  result  of  educa 
tion,  of  tradition,  of  habit ;  but  it,  on  the  contrary, 
springs  as  much  from  reflection  and  learning,  as 


118  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

his  acquirements  in  natural  science  themselves  ; 
in  each  sphere  he  has  probed  the  very  sources  and 
weighed  the  motives  of  his  convictions.  How 
did  he,  in  each  instance,  reach  such  a  haven  of 
repose  ?  "Whence  in  him  this  harmony  between 
the  philosopher  and  the  Christian  1 

Let  us  again  allow  Dr.  Chalmers  to  speak  for 
himself : — 

"It  is  of  importance  here  to  remark  that  the 
enlargement  of  our  knowledge  in  all  the  natural 
sciences,  so  far  from  adding  to  our  presumption, 
should  only  give  a  profounder  sense  of  our  natural 
incapacity  and  ignorance  in  reference  to  the  science 
of  theology.  It  is  just  as  if  in  studying  the  policy 
of  some  earthly  monarch  we  had  made  the  before 
unknown  discovery  of  other  empires  and  distant 
territories  whereof  we  knew  nothing  but  the  exis 
tence  and  the  name.  This  might  complicate  the 
study  without  making  the  object  of  it  at  all  more 
comprehensible,  and  so  of  every  new  wonder  which 
philosophy  might  lay  open  to  the  gaze  of  inquirers. 
It  might  give  us  a  larger  perspective  of  the  crea- 


FOURTH   MEDITATION.  119 

tion  than  before,  yet,  in  fact,  cast  a  deeper  shade 
of  obscurity  over  the  counsels  and  ways  of  the 
Creator.  We  might  at  once  obtain  a  deeper 
insight  into  the  secrets  of  the  workmanship,  and 
yet  feel,  and  legitimately  feel,  to  be  still  more 
deeply  out  of  reach,  the  secret  purposes  of  Him 
who  worketh  all  in  all.  Every  discovery  of  an 
addition  to  the  greatness  of  his  works  may  bring 
with  it  an  addition  to  the  unsearchableness  of  his 
ways  .... 

"  That  telescope  which  has  opened  our  way  to 
suns  and  systems  innumerable,  leaves  the  moral 
administration  connected  with  them  in  deepest 
secresy.  It  has  made  known  to  us  the  bare 
existence  of  other  worlds ;  but  it  would  require 
another  instrument  of  discovery  ere  we  could 
understand  their  relation  to  ourselves,  as  products 
of  the  same  Almighty  Hand,  as  parts  or  members 
of  a  family  under  the  same  paternal  guardianship. 
This  more  extended  survey  of  the  Material  Uni 
verse  just  tells  us  how  little  we  know  of  the 
Moral  or  Spiritual  Universe.  It  reveals  nothing 


120  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

to  us  of  the  worlds  that  roll  in  space,  but  the  bare 
elements  of  Motion,  and  Magnitude,  and  Number 
— and  so  leaves  us  at  a  more  hopeless  distance 
from  the  secret  of  the  Divine  administration  than 
when  we  reasoned  of  the  Earth  as  the  Universe, 
of  our  species  as  the  alone  rational  family  of  God 
that  He  had  implicated  with  body,  or  placed  in 
the  midst  of  a  corporeal  system  .... 

"  To  know  that  we  cannot  know  certain  things, 
is  in  itself  positive  knowledge,  and  a  knowledge  of 
the  most  safe  and  valuable  nature  ....  There 
are  few  services  of  greater  value  to  the  cause  of 
knowledge  than  the  delineation  of  its  boundaries."""" 

In  holding  this  language,  what  in  effect  is 
Dr.  Chalmers  doing  ?  He  is  separating  what  is 
finite  from  what  is  infinite,  the  thing  created  from 
the  Creator,  the  world  subject  to  government  from 
the  Sovereign  that  governs  it ;  and  in  marking 
this  line  of  demarcation,  he  says  in  his  modesty 
to  science,  what  God  in  his  power  says  to 

*  Chalmers's  Works  :  Natural  Theology,  pp.  249—265 ; 
Glasgow, 


FOURTH    MEDITATION.  121 

the  ocean:  "Thus  far  shalt  thou  go,  and  no 
farther/' 

Doctor  Chalmers  was  right ;  the  limits  of  the 
finite  world  are  those  also  of  human  science  :  how 
far  within  these  vast  limits  science  may  extend 
her  empire,  who  shall  affirm  ?  But  what  we  cer- 
t  a  inly  may  assert  is,  that  she  never  can  exceed 
them.  The  finite  world  alone  is  within  her  reach, 
the  only  world  that  she  can  fathom.  It  is  only 
in  the  finite  world  that  man's  mind  can  fully  grasp 
the  facts,  observe  them  in  all  their  extent,  and 
under  all  their  aspects,  discriminate  their  relations 
and  their  laws  (which  constitute  also  a  species  of 
facts),  and  so  verify  the  system  to  which  they  should 
be  referred.  This  it  is  that  makes  what  we  term 
scientific  processes  and  labour,  and  human  sciences 
are  the  results. 

What  need  to  mention  that  in  speaking  of  the 
finite  world,  I  do  not  mean  to  speak  of  the  mate 
rial  world  alone  ?  Moral  facts  there  also  are  which 
fall  under  observation,  and  enter  into  the  domain 
of  science.  The  study  of  man  in  his  actual  con- 


122  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

dition,  whether  considered  as  an  individual  or  as 
forming  a  member  of  a  nation,  is  also  a  scientific 
study,  subject  to  the  same  method  as  that  of  the  ma 
terial  world :  and  it  is  its  legitimate  province  also  to 
detect  in  the  actual  order  of  this  world  the  laws  of 
those  particular  facts  to  which  it  addresses  itself. 

But  if  the  limits  of  the  finite  world  are  those  of 
human  science,  they  are  not  those  of  the  human 
soul.  Man  contains  in  himself  ideas  and  ambi 
tious  aspirations  extending  far  beyond  and  rising 
far  above  the  finite  world,  ideas  of  and  aspirations 
towards  the  Infinite,  the  Ideal,  the  Perfect,  the 
Immutable,  the  Eternal.  These  ideas  and  aspi 
rations  are  themselves  realities  admitted  by  the 
human  mind  ;  but  even  in  admitting  them  man's 
mind  comes  to  a  halt ;  they  give  him  a  presenti 
ment  of,  or  to  speak  with  more  precision,  a  reve 
lation  of,  an  order  of  things  different  from  the 
facts  and  laws  of  the  finite  world  which  lies  under 
his  observation ;  but  whilst  man  has  of  this  supe 
rior  order  the  instinct  and  the  perspective,  he  can 
have  of  it  no  positive  knowledge.  It  proceeds 


FOURTH   MEDITATION.  123 

from  the  sublimity  of  his  nature  if  he  has  a  glimpse 
of  Infinity — if  he  aspires  to  it;  whereas  it  results 
from  the  infirmity  of  his  actual  condition  if  his 
positive  knowledge  is  limited  by  the  world  in 
which  he  exists. 

I  was  born  in  the  south,  under  the  very  sun. 
I  have  yet,  for  the  most  part,  lived  in  regions  either 
of  the  north,  or  bordering  upon  the  north,  regions 
so  frequently  immersed  in  mists.  When  under  their 
pale  sky  we  look  towards  the  horizon,  a  fog  of 
greater  or  less  density  limits  the  view  ;  the  vision 
itself  might  penetrate  much  farther,  but  an 
external  obstacle  arrests  it ;  it  does  not  find  there 
the  light  it  needs.  Kegard  now  the  horizon  under 
the  pure  and  brilliant  sky  of  the  south;  the  plains, 
distant  as  well  as  near,  are  bathed  in  light ;  the 
human  eye  can  penetrate  there  as  far  as  its  orga 
nization  permits.  If  it  pierces  no  farther,  it  is 
not  for  want  of  light,  but  because  its  proper  and 
natural  force  has  attained  its  limit :  the  mind 
knows  that  there  are  spaces  beyond  that  which 
the  eye  traverses,  but  the  eye  penetrates  them  not. 


124  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

This  is  an  image  of  what  happens  to  the  mind 
itself  when  contemplating  and  studying  the 
universe  :  it  reaches  a  point  where  its  clear  sight, 
that  is  to  say  its  positive  appreciation,  halts,  not 
that  it  finds  there  the  end  of  things  themselves,  but 
the  limit  of  man's  scientific  appreciation  of  them  ; 
other  realities  present  themselves  to  him  ;  he  has 
a  glimpse  of  them  ;  he  believes  in  them  sponta 
neously  and  naturally  ;  it  is  not  given  to  him 
to  grasp  them  and  to  measure  them;  but  he 
can  neither  ignore  them,  nor  know  them,  neither 
have  positive  knowledge  of  them,  nor  refrain  from 
having  faith  in  them. 

I  cannot  deny  myself  the  pleasure  of  citing 
what  I  wrote  thirteen  years  ago  upon  the  same 
subject,  when  philosophically  examining  the  real 
meaning  of  the  word  faith.  "  The  object  of  every 
religious  belief/'  said  I,  "is  in  a  certain,  a  large 
measure,  inaccessible  to  human  science.  Human 
science  may  establish  that  object's  reality ;  it  may 
arrive  at  the  boundary  of  this  mysterious  world  ; 
and  assure  itself  of  the  existence  there  of  facts 


FOURTH    MEDITATION.  125 

with  which  man's  destiny  is  connected ;  but  it  is 
not  given  to  it  so  to  attain  the  facts  themselves  as 
to  subject  them  to  its  examination. 

"Their  incapacity  to    do  so  has  struck  more 
than  one  philosopher,  and  has  led  them  to  the 
conclusion  that  no  such  reality  exists,  that  every 
religious  belief  contemplates  subjects  simply  chi 
merical.     Others,  shutting  their  eyes  to  their  own 
incompetency,    have   dashed    daringly    forwards 
towards  the  sphere  of  the  supernatural ;  and  just 
as  if  they  had  succeeded  in  penetrating  into  it,  they 
have   described   its  facts,  resolved  its  problems, 
assigned   its   laws.      It  is   difficult   to   say  who 
shows  more  foolish  arrogance,  the  man  who  main 
tains  that  that  of  which  he  cannot  have  positive 
knowledge   has  no   real   existence,    or  the   man 
who    pretends   to   be    able  to   know   everything 
that    actually   exists.      However   this   may    be, 
mankind  has  never  for  a  single  day  assented  to 
either  assertion  :  man's  instincts  and  his  actions 
have  constantly  disavowed  both  the  negation  of 
the  disbeliever  and  the  confidence  of  the  theo- 


126  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

logian.  In  spite  of  the  former,  he  has  persisted 
in  believing  in  the  existence  of  the  unknown 
world,  and  in  the  reality  of  the  relations  which 
connect  him  with  it :  and  notwithstanding  the 
powerful  influences  of  the  latter,  he  has  refused 
to  admit  their  having  attained  their  object — 
raised  the  veil;  and  so  man  has  continued  to  agi 
tate  the  same  problems,  to  pursue  the  same  truths, 
as  ardently  and  as  laboriously  as  at  the  first  day, 
just  as  if  nothing  had  been  done  at  all."* 

I  have  just  read  again  the  excellent  com 
pendium  given  by  M.  Cousin  in  his  General 
History  of  Philosophy  from  the  most  Ancient 
Times  to  the  End  of  the  Eighteenth  Century. 
He  establishes  that  all  the  philosophical  labours 
of  the  human  understanding  have  terminated  in 
four  great  systems — sensualism,  idealism,  scepti 
cism,  and  mysticism — the  sole  actors  in  that 
intellectual  arena  where,  in  aU  ages  and  amongst 
all  nations,  they  are  in  turn  in  the  position  of 
combatants  and  of  sovereigns.  And,  after  having 

*  Meditations  et  fitudes  Morales,  p.  170.     Paris,  1851. 


FOURTH   MEDITATION.  127 

clearly   characterised   in   their   origin   and   their 
development  these  four  systems,  M.  Cousin  adds, 
"As  for  their  intrinsic  merits,  habituate  yourselves 
to  this  principle:  they  have  existed;  therefore  they 
had  their  reason  to  exist ;  therefore  they  are  true 
at  least  in  part.   Error  is  the  law  of  our  nature :  to 
it  we  are  condemned ;  and  in  all  our  opinions  and 
all  our  words  there  is  always  a  large  allowance  to 
be  made  for  error,  and  too  often  for  absurdity. 
But  absolute  absurdity  does  not  enter  into  the 
mind   of   man ;    it  is   the   excellence   of   man's 
thought,  that  without  some  leaven  of   truth   it 
admits  nothing,  and  absolute  error  is  impossible. 
The  four  systems  which  have  just  been  rapidly 
laid  before  you  have  had  each  their  existence  ; 
therefore  they  contain  truth,  still  without  being 
entirely  true.     Partially  true,  and  partially  false, 
these  systems  reappear  at  all  the  great  epochs. 
Time  cannot  destroy  any  one  of  them,  nor  can  it 
beget  any  new  one,  because  time  develops  and  per 
fects  the  human  mind,  though  without  changing 
its  nature  and  its  fundamental  tendencies.     Time 


128  THE    CHRISTIAN   KELTG10N. 

does  no  more  than  multiply  and  vary  almost 
infinitely  the  combinations  of  the  four  simple 
and  elementary  systems.  Hence  originate  those 
countless  systems  which  history  collects  and 
which  it  is  its  office  to  explain/'* 

M.  Cousin  excels  in  explaining  these  number 
less  philosophical  combinations,  and  in  tracing 
them  all  back  to  the  four  great  systems  which 
he  has  defined ;  but  there  is  a  fact  still  more 
important  than  the  variety  of  these  combinations, 
and  which  calls  itself  for  explanation.  Why  did 
these  four  essential  systems — sensualism,  idealism, 
scepticism,  and  mysticism,  appear  from  the  most 
ancient  times  ?  why  have  they  continued  to  re 
produce  themselves  always  and  everywhere,  with 
deductions  more  or  less  logical,  with  greater  or 
less  ability,  but  still  fundamentally  always  and 
everywhere  the  same?  Why,  upon  these  supreme 
questions,  did  the  human  mind  achieve  at  so  early 

*  Histoire  GenSrale  de  la  Philosophic  depuis  les  temps  les 
plus  anciens  jusqu'a  la  fin  du  XVIII  Siecle,  par  M.  Victor 
Cousin,  pp.  4—31.  1863. 


FOURTH    MEDITATION.  129 

a  period,  what  may  be  termed,  it  is  true,  but 
essays  at  a  solution,  but  which  essays  in  some 
sort  have  exhausted  the  mind  rather  than  satis 
fied  it  ?  How  is  it  that  these  different  systems, 
invented  with  such  promptitude,  have  never  been 
able  either  to  come  to  an  accord,  nor  has  any 
one  been  able  to  prevail  decidedly  against  another 
and  to  cause  itself  to  be  received  as  the  truth  I 
Why  has  philosophy,  or,  to  speak  more  pre 
cisely,  why  have  metaphysics,  remained  essentially 
stationary ;  great  at  their  birth,  but  destined  not 
to  grow :  whereas  the  other  sciences — those  styled 
natural  sciences — have  been  essentially  progres 
sive:  at  first  feeble,  and  making  in  succession 
conquest  after  conquest ;  these  they  have  been 
able  to  retain,  until  they  have  formed  a  domain 
day  by  day  more  extended  and  less  contested  ? 

The  very  fact  that  suggests  these  questions 
contains  the  answer  to  them.  Man  has,  upon 
the  fundamental  subject  of  metaphysics,  a  primi 
tive  light,  rather  the  heritage  and  dowiy  of 
human  nature,  than  the  conquest  of  human 


130  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

science.  The  metaphysician  appropriates  it  as 
a  torch  to  lighten  him  on  his  obscure  and  ill- 
defined  path.  He  finds  in  man  himself  a  point 
of  departure  at  once  profound  and  certain ;  but 
his  aim  is  God  ;  that  is  to  say,  an  aim  above  his 
reach. 

Must  we,  then,  renounce  the  study  of  the  great 
(questions  which  form  the  subject  of  metaphysics 
as  a  vain  labour,  where  the  human  mind  is  turn 
ing  indefinitely  in  the  same  circle,  incapable  not 
only  of  attaining  the  object  which  it  is  pursuing, 
but  of  making  any  advance  in  its  pursuit  \ 

Often,  and  with  more  ability  than  has  been 
evinced  by  the  Positive  school  of  the  present 
day,  has  this  judgment  been  pronounced  against 
metaphysics.  But  that  judgment  man's  mind 
has  never  accepted,  and  never  will  accept ;  the 
great  problems  which  pass  beyond  the  finite 
world  lie  propounded  before  him ;  never  will 
he  renounqe  the  attempt  to  solve  them ;  he  is 
impelled  to  it  by  an  irresistible  instinct,  an 
instinct  full  of  faith  and  of  hope,  in  spite  of  the 


FOURTH   MEDITATION.  }31 

repeated  failure  of  his  efforts.  As  man  is  in  the 
sphere  of  action,  so  is  he  also  in  that  of  thought  ; 
he  aspires  higher  than  it  is  possible  to  achieve : 
this  is  his  nature  and  his  glory ;  to  renounce  his 
aspirations  would  be  declaring  his  own  forfeiture. 
But  without  any  such  abdication,  it  is  still  neces 
sary  that  he  should  know  himself,  it  is  necessary 
that  he  should  understand  that  his  strength  here 
below  is  infinitely  less  than  his  ambition,  and 
that  it  is  not  given  him  to  have  any  positive 
scientific  knowledge  of  that  infinite  and  ideal 
world  towards  which  he  dashes.  The  facts  and 
the  problems  which  he  there  encounters  are  such, 
that  the  methods  and  the  laws  which  direct  the 
human  mind  in  the  study  of  the  finite  world  are 
inapplicable.  The  infinite  is  for  us  the  object  not 
of  science  but  belief,  and  it  is  alike  impossible 
for  us  either  to  reject  or  penetrate  it.  Let  man, 
then,  feel  a  profound  sentiment  of  that  double 
truth  :  let  him,  without  sacrificing  the  ambitious 
aspirations  of  his  intelligence,  recognise  the  limits 
imposed  upon  his  achievements  in  science  ;  he 

K   2 


132  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

will  not  then  be  long  in  also  recognising  that,  in 
the  relations  of  the  finite  with  the  infinite — of 
himself  with  God — he  stands  in  need  of  super 
human  assistance,  and  that  this  does  not  fail  him. 
God  has  given  to  man  what  man  never  can  con 
quer,  and  revelation  opens  to  him  that  world  of 
the  infinite  over  which,  by  its  own  exertions  and 
of  itself  alone,  man's  mind  never  could  spread 
light.  The  light  man  receives  from  God  himself. 


FIFTH  MEDITATION. 

REVELATION. 

WHEN  it  was  objected  to  Leibnitz  "  that  there 
is  nothing  in  the  intelligence  that  has  not  first 
been  in  the  sense,"  Leibnitz  replied,  "  if  not  the 
intelligence  itself."  * 

In  the  answer  of  Leibnitz  I  will  change  but  a 
single  word,  and  substitute  for  intelligence,  soul. 
Soul  is  a  term  more  comprehensive  and  more 
complete  than  intelligence ;  it  embraces  every 
thing  in  the  human  being  that  is  not  body  and 
matter ;  it  is  not  the  mere  intelligence,  a  special 
faculty  of  man  ;  it  is  all  the  intellectual  and 
moral  man. 

The  soul  possesses   itself  and  carries  with   it 

Nihil  est  in  intellectu  quod  non  prius  fuerit  in  sensu. — 
Nisi  iutellectus  ipse. 


134  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

into  life  native  faculties  and  an  inborn  light : 
these  manifest  and  develop  themselves  more  and 
more  as  they  come  into  relation  with  the  exterior 
world ;  but  they  had  still  an  existence  prior  to 
those  relations,  and  they  exercise  an  important 
influence  upon  what  results.  The  external  world 
does  not  create  nor  essentially  change  the  intel 
lectual  and  moral  being  that  has  just  come  into 
life,  but  it  opens  to  it  a  stage  where  that  being 
acts  in  accordance  at  once  with  its  proper  nature, 
and  the  conditions  and  influences  in  the  midst  of 
which  the  action  takes  place.  The  hypothesis  of 
a  statue  endowed  with  sensibility  is  a  contradic 
tion  ;  in  seeking  to  explain  man's  first  growth,  it 
loses  sight  of  the  entire  intellectual  and  moral 
being. 

When,  as  I  said  before,  man  first  entered  the 
world,  he  did  not  enter  it,  he  could  not  enter  it, 
as  a  new-born  babe,  with  the  mere  breath  of  life ; 
he  was  created  full  grown,  with  instincts  and 
faculties  complete  in  their  power  and  capable 
of  immediate  action.  We  must  either  deny  the 


FIFTH    MEDITATION.  135 

creation  and  be  driven  to  monstrous  hypotheses, 
or  admit  that  the  human  being  who  now  de 
velops  himself  slowly  and  laboriously,  was  at 
his  first  appearance  mature  in  body  and  in  mind. 
The  creation  implies  then  the  Eevelation,  a 
revelation  which  lighted  man  at  his  entrance  into 
the  world,  and  qualified  him  from  that  very 
moment  to  use  his  faculties  and  his  instincts. 
Do  we,  can  we,  picture  to  ourselves  the  first 
man,  the  first  human  couple,  with  a  complete 
physical  development,  and  yet  without  the  essen 
tial  conditions  of  intellectual  activity,  physically 
strong  and  morally  a  nonentity,  the  body  of 
twenty  years  and  the  soul  in  the  first  hour  of 
infancy?  Such  a  fact  is  self-contradictory,  and 
impossible  of  conception. 

AVI i at  was  the  positive  extent  of  this  primal 
revelation,  the  necessary  attendant  upon  creation, 
which  occurred  in  the  first  relation  of  God 
with  man  ?  No  man  can  say.  I  open  the  book 
of  Genesis  and  there  I  read  : 

"  And  the  Lord  God  took  the  man,  and  put 


136  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

him  into  the  garden  of  Eden  to  dress  it  and  to 
keep  it.  And  the  Lord  God  commanded  the  man, 
saying,  Of  every  tree  of  the  garden  thou  mayest 
freely  eat :  But  of  the  tree  of  the  knowledge 
of  good  and  evil,  thou  shalt  not  eat  of  it :  for  in 
the  day  that  thou  eatest  thereof  thou  shalt  surely 
die.  And  the  Lord  God  said,  It  is  not  good  that 
the  man  should  be  alone ;  I  will  make  him  an  help 
meet  for  him.  And  out  of  the  ground  the  Lord 
God  formed  every  beast  of  the  field,  and  every 
fowl  of  the  air;  and  brought  them  unto  Adam 
to  see  what  he  would  call  them :  and  whatsover 
Adam  called  every  living  creature,  that  was  the 
name  thereof.  And  Adam  gave  names  to  all 
cattle,  and  to  the  fowl  of  the  air,  and  to  every 
beast  of  the  field ;  but  for  Adam  there  was  not 
found  an  help  meet  for  him.  And  the  Lord  God 
caused  a  deep  sleep  to  fall  upon  Adam,  and  he 
slept  :  and  he  took  one  of  his  ribs,  and  closed 
up  the  flesh  instead  thereof ;  and  the  rib,  which 
the  Lord  God  had  taken  from  man,  made  he  a 
woman,  and  brought  her  unto  the  man.  And 


FIFTH   MEDITATION.  187 

Adam  said,  This  is  now  bone  of  my  bones,  and 

flesh  of  my  flesh Therefore  shall  a  man 

leave  his  father  and  his  mother,  and  shall  cleave 
unto  his  wife  :    and  they  shall   be  one  flesh."*'1 
According,    then,    to    the    Bible,    the    primitive 
revelation  essentially  bore  upon  the  three  points, 
-marriage,  language,   and  the    duty   of  man's 
obedience  to  God  his  Creator:  Adam  received  at 
the  hand  of  God  the  moral  law  of  his  liberty,  the 
companion  of  his  life,  and  the  faculty  by  which 
he  was  enabled  to  name  the  creatures  that  were 
around  him  :   in  other  words,  the  three  sources 
of  religion,  of  family,  and  of  science  were  im 
mediately  unclosed  to  him.     It  is  not  necessary 
here  to  enter  upon  any  of  the  questions  which 
have   been  raised,  as   to    the    human   origin  of 
language,  the  primitive  language,  or  the  formation 
of  families,  with  their  influence  upon  the  great 
organisation  of  society :  the  limits  of  the  primi 
tive  revelation  cannot  be  determined  scientifically  ; 
the  fact  of  the  revelation  itself  is  certain.     This 

*  Genesis  ii.  15—24. 


138  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

is  the  light  which  lighted  the  first  man  from  his 
first  entrance  upon  life,  and  without  which  it 
is  impossible  to  conceive  that  he  could  have  sur 
vived. 

The  primitive  revelation  did  not  abandon  man 
kind  on  its  development  and  dispersion ;  it 
accompanied  it  everywhere,  as  a  general  and 
permanent  revelation.  The  light  which  had 
lighted  the  first  man  spread  amongst  all  nations 
and  throughout  all  ages,  assuming  the  character 
of  ideas,  universal  and  uncontested  ;  of  instincts, 
spontaneous  and  indestructible.  No  nation  has 
been  without  this  light,  none  left  to  its  own  un 
assisted  efforts  to  grope  its  way  through  the 
darkness  of  life.  Let  not  the  human  understand 
ing  pride  itself  too  much  upon  its  works  ;  the 
glory  does  not  belong  to  it  alone :  what  it  has 
accomplished  it  has  accomplished  by  aid  of  the 
primitive  principles  received  from  God ;  in  all 
his  works  and  all  his  progress  man  has  had  for 
point  of  departure  and  support  that  primitive 
revelation.  All  the  grand  doctrines,  all  the  mighty 


FIFTH   MEDITATION.  139 

institutions,  which  have  governed  the  world, 
whatever  intermixture  of  monstrous  and  fatal 
errors  they  may  have  contained,  have  preserved 
a  trace  of  the  fundamental  verities  which  were 
the  dowry  of  humanity  at  its  birth.  God  has 
forsaken  no  portion  of  the  human  race ;  and  not 
less  amidst  the  errors  into  which  it  has  fallen, 
than  in  the  noble  developments  which  constitute 
its  glory,  we  recognise  signs  of  the  primitive 
teaching  derived  from  its  Divine  Author. 

After  the  revelation  made  to  the  first  man,  and 
in  the  midst  of  the  general  revelation  diffused 
over  all  mankind,  a  great  event  occurs  in  history  : 
a  special  revelation  takes  place,  and  has  for  its 
seat  the  bosom  of  an  inconsiderable  nation,  that 
had  been  shut  in  during  sixteen  centuries  in  a 
little  corner  of  the  world  ;  and  it  was  thence  that, 
nineteen  centuries  ago,  that  revelation  proceeded 
to  enlighten  and  to  subdue,  according  to  the 
predictions  of  its  Author,  all  the  human  race. 

A  man  of  an  imagination  as  fertile  as  his 
knowledge  is  profound,  who,  with  an  admirable 


140  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

candour  has  in  his  works  associated  hpyothesis 
and  faith,  M.  Ewald,  professor  at  the  University 
of  Gottingen,  has  recently  thus  characterised  this 
event : — "  The  history  of  the  old  Jewish  people  is 
fundamentally  the  history  of  the  true  religion, 
proceeding  from  step  to  step  to  its  complete 
development,  rising  through  all  kinds  of  struggles, 
until  it  achieves  a  supreme  victory,  and  finally 
manifesting  itself  in  all  its  majesty  and  power,  in 
order  to  spread  irresistibly,  by  its  proper  virtue, 
so  as  to  become  the  eternal  possession  and  blessing 
of  all  nations."  * 

How  is  the  great  event  thus  characterised  by 
M.  Ewald  proved  ?  By  what  marks  can  we  dis 
tinguish  the  Divine  origin  of  this  special  revelation 
that  became  the  Christian  religion  \  What  does 
it  affirm  itself  in  support  of  its  claim  to  the  moral 
conquest  of  mankind  ? 

At  the  very  outset,  in  proving  her  dogmas  and 
precepts  to  have  come  from  God,  the  Christian 

*  H.  Ewald,  Geschichte  des  Volkes  Israel,  bis  Christus.     2nd 
ed.,  vol.  i.  p.  9.     Gottingen,  1851. 


FIFTH   MEDITATION.  141 

revelation  asserts  that  the  documents  in  which  it 
is  written  are  themselves  of  divine  origin.  The 
divine  inspiration  of  the  sacred  volume  is  the  first 
basis  of  the  Christian  Faith,  the  external  title  of 
Christianity  to  authority  over  souls.  What  is 
the  full  import  of  this  title  \  What  the  signi 
fication  of  the  inspiration  of  the  sacred  volumes  ? 


SIXTH  MEDITATION. 

THE    INSPIRATION   OF   THE    SCRIPTURES. 

I  HAVE  read  the  sacred  volumes  over  and  over 
again,  I  have  perused  them  in  very  different 
dispositions  of  mind,  at  one  time  studying  them 
as  great  historical  documents,  at  another  admiring 
them  as  sublime  works  of  poetry.  I  have  expe 
rienced  an  extraordinary  impression,  quite  diffe 
rent  from  either  curiosity  or  admiration.  I  have 
felt  myself  the  listener  of  a  language  other  than 
that  of  the  chronicler  or  the  poet ;  and  under  the 
influence  of  a  breath  issuing  from  other  sources 
than  human.  Not  that  man  does  not  occupy  a 
great  place  in  the  sacred  volumes ;  he  displays 
himself  there,  on  the  contrary,  with  all  his  pas 
sions,  his  vices,  his  weaknesses,  his  ignorance,  his 
errors  ;  the  Hebrew  people  shows  itself  rude,  bar 
barous,  changeable,  superstitious,  accessible  to  all 


SIXTH    MEDITATION.  143 

the  imperfections,  to  all  the  failings,  of  other 
nations.  But  the  Hebrew  is  not  the  sole  actor 
in  his  history ;  he  has  an  Ally,  a  Protector,  a 
Master,  who  intervenes  incessantly  to  command, 
inspire,  direct,  strike,  or  save.  God  is  there, 
always  present,  acting— 

"  Et  ce  n'est  pas  un  Dieu  comme  vos  dieux  frivoles, 
Insensibles  et  sourds,  impuissants,  mutiles, 
De  bois,  de  marbre,  ou  d'or,  comme  vous  le  voulez. "  * 

"  Not  such  a  god  as  are  your  friv'lous  gods, 
Insensible  and  deaf,  weak,  mutilated, 
Of  wood,  or  stone,  or  gold,  as  you  will  have  them." 

It  is  the  God  One  and  Supreme,  All  Powerful, 
the  Creator,  the  Eternal.  And  even  in  their  for- 
getfulness  and  their  disobedience,  the  Hebrews 
believe  still  in  God :  He  is  still  the  object  at  once 
of  their  fear,  of  their  hope,  and  of  a  faith  that  per 
sists  in  the  midst  of  the  infidelity  of  their  lives. 
The  Bible  is  no  poem  in  which  man  recounts  and 
sings  the  adventures  of  his  God  combined  with  his 
own  ;  it  is  a  real  drama,  a  continued  dialogue  be 
tween  God  and  man  personified  in  the  Hebrews ; 

*  Corneille,  Polyeucte,  acte  iv.  sc.  3. 


144  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

it  is,  on  the  one  side,  God's  will  and  God's  action, 
and,  on  the  other,  man's  liberty  and  man's  faith, 
now  in  pious  association,  now  at  fatal  variance. 

The  more  I  have  perused  the  Scriptures,  the 
more  surprised  I  feel  that  earnest  readers  should 
not  have  been  impressed  as  I  have  been,  and  that 
several  should  have  failed  to  see  the  characteristic 
of  divine  inspiration,  so  foreign  to  every  other 
book,  so  remarkable  in  this  one.     That  men  who 
absolutely  deny  all  supernatural  action  of  God  in 
the  world,  should  not  be  more  disposed  to  admit  it 
in  the  sources  of  the  Bible  than  elsewhere,  is  per 
fectly  comprehensible  ;  but  the  attack  upon  the 
divine  inspiration  of  the  sacred  books  has  another 
motive,  and  one  more  likely  to  prove  contagious. 
It  is   not   without   deep   regret   that   I  proceed 
in  this  place  to  contradict  ancient  traditions,  at 
once  respected  and  respectable,  and  perhaps  to 
offend  sober  and   sincere   convictions.     But  my 
own  conviction  is  stronger  than  my  regret,  and  it 
is  still  more  so  because  accompanied  by  another 
conviction,  which  is,  that  the  system  that  it  is  my 


SIXTH   MEDITATION.  145 

intention  to  contest,  has  occasioned,  continues  to 
occasion,  and  may  still  occasion,  an  immense  ill  to 
Christianity. 

Whoever  reads  without  prejudice  in  the  Hebrew 
and  Greek  the  original  texts  of  the  Scriptures, 
whether  of  the  Old  or  New  Testament,  meets 
there  often  in  the  midst  of  their  sublime  beauties, 
I  do  not  say  merely  faults  of  style,  but  of  gram 
mar,  in  violation  of  those  logical  and  natural  rules 
of  language  common  to  all  tongues.  Are  we  to 
infer  that  these  faults  have  the  same  origin  as  the 
doctrines  with  which  they  are  intermixed,  and 
that  they  are  both  divinely  inspired  ?  * 

And  yet  this  is  what  is  pretended  by  fervent 
and  learned  men,  who  maintain  that  all,  abso 
lutely  all,  in  the  Scriptures  is  divinely  inspired — 
the  words  as  well  as  the  ideas,  all  the  words  used 
upon  all  subjects,  the  material  of  language  as 
well  as  the  doctrine  which  lies  at  its  base. 

*  I  indicate,  in  a  note  placed  at  the  end  of  this  volume,  some 
instances  of  these  grammatical  faults  met  with  in  the  Scriptures, 
and  to  which  it  is  impossible  to  assign  the  character  of  divine 
inspiration. 


146  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

In  this  assertion  I  see  but  deplorable  confusion, 
leading  to  profound  misapprehension  both  of  the 
meaning  and  the  object  of  the  sacred  books.     It 
was  not  God's  purpose  to  give  instruction  to  men 
in  grammar,  and  if  not  in  grammar,  neither  was  it, 
any  more   God's  purpose  to  give  instruction  in 
geology,    astronomy,    geography,    or    chronology. 
It  is  on  their  relations  with  their  Creator,  upon 
duties  of  men  towards  Him  and   towards  each 
other,  upon  the  rule  of  faith  and  of  conduct  in 
life,  that  God   has   lighted  them  by  light  from 
heaven.     It   is   to   the    subject   of  religion   and 
morals,  and  to  these  alone,  that  the  inspiration  of 
the  Scriptures  is  directed. 

Amongst  the  principal  arguments  alleged  to 
prove  that  everything  in  the  sacred  volumes  is 
divinely  inspired,  particular  use  has  been  made 
of  the  Second  Epistle  of  St.  Paul  to  Timothy, 
where  in  effect  we  find  the  passage  :— 

"  All  Scripture  is  given  by  inspiration  of  God, 
and  is  profitable  for  doctrine,  for  reproof,  for 
correction,  for  instruction  in  righteousness  : 


SIXTH    MEDITATION.  117 

"That  the  man  of  God  may  be  perfect,  tho 
roughly  furnished  unto  all  good  works."  * 

Is  it  possible  to  determine  in  words  of  greater 
precision  the  religious  and  moral  object  of  the 
inspiration  ? 

Appeal  is  made  to  a  consideration  of  a  different 
description.  If,  it  is  said,  we  at  the  same  time 
admit,  on  the  one  side,  the  inspiration  of  the  sacred 
books,  and  on  the  other,  that  this  inspiration  is 
not  universal  and  absolute,  who  shall  make  the 
selection  between  these  two  parts  ? — who  mark 
the  limit  of  the  inspiration  \ — who  say  which 
texts,  which  passages  are  inspired,  and  which  are 
not  ?  So  to  divide  the  Holy  Scriptures  is  to 
strip  them  of  their  supernatural  character,  to 
destroy  their  authenticity,  by  surrendering  them 
to  all  the  incertitudes,  all  the  disputes  of  men  :  a 
complete  and  uninterrupted  inspiration  alone  is 
capable  of  commanding  faith. 

Never-dying  pretension  of  man's  weakness ! 
Created  intelligent  and  free,  he  proposes  to  use 

*  2  Timothy  iii.  1C,  17. 

L  2 


148  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

largely  his  intelligence  and  his  freedom ;  at  the 
same  time,  conscious  how  feeble  his  means  are, 
how  inadequate  to  his  aspirations,  he  invokes  a 
guide,  a  support ;  and  from  the  very  moment 
that  his  hope  fixes  upon  it,  he  will  have  it  immu 
table,  infallible.  He  searches  a  fixed  point  to 
which  to  attach  himself  with  absolute  and  perma 
nent  assurance.  In  creating  man,  God  did  not 
leave  him  without  fixed  points  ;  the  Divine  reve 
lation,  and  the  inspiration  of  the  Scriptures,  had 
precisely  for  object  and  effect  to  supply  these,  but 
not  on  all  subjects  alike  and  without  distinction. 
I  refer  here  again  to  what  I  lately  said  respecting 
the  separation  of  the  finite  and  the  infinite,  of  the 
world  created,  and  of  its  Creator.  At  the  same 
time  that  the  limits  of  the  finite  world  are  those 
of  human  science,  it  is  to  human  study  and 
human  science  that  God  has  surrendered  the  finite 
world  ;  it  is  not  there  that  God  has  set  up  his 
divine  torch ;  He  has  dictated  to  Moses  the  laws 
which  regulate  the  duties  of  man  towards  God, 
and  of  man  towards  man;  but  He  has  left  to 


SIXTH   MEDITATION.  M-9 

Newton  the  discovery  of  the  laws  which  preside 
over  the  universe.  The  Scriptures  speak  upon  all 
subjects  ;  circumstances  connected  with  the  finite 
world  are  there  incessantly  mixed  with  perspectives 
of  infinity ;  but  it  is  only  to  the  latter,  to  that 
future  of  which  they  permit  us  to  snatch  a  view, 
and  to  the  laws  which  they  impose  upon  men, 
that  the  divine  inspiration  addresses  itself ;  God 
only  pours  his  light  in  quarters  which  man's  eye 
and  man's  labour  cannot  reach ;  for  all  that 
remains,  the  sacred  books  speak  the  language 
used  and  understood  by  the  generations  to  whom 
they  are  addressed.  God  does  not,  even  when  He 
inspires  them,  transport  into  future  domains  of 
science  the  interpreters  He  uses,  or  the  nations  to 
whom  He  sends  them ;  He  takes  them  both  as  He 
finds  them,  with  their  traditions,  their  notions, 
their  degree  of  knowledge  or  ignorance  as  respects 
the  finite  world,  of  its  phenomena  and  its  laws.  It 
is  not  the  condition,  the  scientific  progress  of  the 
human  understanding  ;  it  is  the  condition  and 
moral  progress  of  the  human  soul  which  are  the 


150  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

object  of  the  Divine  action,  and  God  requires  not 
for  the  exercise  of  his  power  on  the  human  sou], 
science  either  as  a  precursor  or  a  companion  ;  He 
addresses  himself  to  instincts  and  desires  the  most 
intimate  and  most  sublime  as  well  as  the  most 
universal  in  man's  nature,  to  instincts  and  desires 
of  which  science  is  neither  the  object  nor  the 
measure,  and  which  require  to  be  satisfied  from 
other  sources.  Whatever  true  or  false  science  we 
find  in  the  Scriptures  upon  the  subject  of  the  finite 
world,  proceeds  from  the  writers  themselves  or 
their  contemporaries ;  they  have  spoken  as  they 
believed,  or  as  those  believed  who  surrounded 
them  when  they  spoke  :  on  the  other  hand,  the 
]ight  thrown  over  the  infinite,  the  law  laid  down, 
and  the  perspective  opened  by  that  same  light, 
these  are  what  proceed  from  God,  and  which  He 
has  inspired  in  the  Scriptures.  Their  object  is 
essentially  and  exclusively  moral  and  practical ; 
they  express  the  ideas,  employ  the  images,  and 
speak  the  language  best  calculated  to  produce  a 
powerful  effect  upon  the  soul,  to  regenerate  and  to 


SIXTH    MEDITATION.  151 

save  it.     I  open  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  Luke, 
and  I  there  read  the  admirable  parable  : — 

"  There  was  a  certain  rich  man,  which  was  clothed  in 
purple  and  fine  linen,  and  fared  sumptuously  every  day : 

"  And  there  was  a  certain  beggar  named  Lazarus,  which 
was  laid  at  his  gate,  full  of  sores, 

"  And  desiring  to  be  fed  with  the  crumbs  which  fell  from 
the  rich  man's  table  :  moreover  the  dogs  came  and  licked 
his  sores. 

"  And  it  came  to  pass,  that  the  beggar  died,  and  was 
carried  by  the  angels  into  Abraham's  bosom  :  the  rich  man 
also  died,  and  was  buried  ; 

"  And  in  hell  he  lift  up  his  eyes,  being  in  torments,  and 
seeth  Abraham  afar  off,  and  Lazarus  in  his  bosom. 

"  And  he  cried  and  said,  Father  Abraham,  have  mercy 
on  me,  and  send  Lazarus,  that  he  may  dip  the  tip  of  his 
finger  in  water,  and  cool  my  tongue  ;  for  I  am  tormented 
in  this  flame. 

"But  Abraham  said,  Son,  remember  that  thou  in  thy 
lifetime  receivedst  thy  good  things,  and  likewise  Lazarus 
evil  things  ;  but  now  he  is  comforted,  and  thou  art  tor 
mented. 

"  And  beside  all  this,  between  us  and  you  there  is  a  great 
gulf  fixed  :  so  that  they  which  would  pass  from  hence  to 
you  cannot ;  neither  can  they  pass  to  us,  that  would  come 
from  thence. 

"  Then  he  said,  I  pray  thee  therefore,  father,  that  thou 
wouldest  send  him  to  my  father's  house  : 


152  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

"  For  I  have  five  brethren ;  that  he  may  testify  unto 
them,  lest  they  also  come  into  this  place  of  torment. 

"  Abraham  saith  unto  him,  They  have  Moses  and  the 
prophets ;  let  them  hear  them. 

"  And  he  said,  Nay,  father  Abraham  :  but  if  one  went 
unto  them  from  the  dead,  they  will  repent. 

"  And  he  said  unto  him,  If  they  hear  not  Moses  and  the 
prophets,  neither  will  they  be  persuaded,  though  one  rose 
from  the  dead."* 

Was  it  the  intention  of  Jesus,  and  of  the  Evan 
gelist  who  has  repeated  his  words,  to  describe,  as 
they  really  are,  the  condition  of  men  after  their 
earthly  existence,  their  positive  local  position  after 
God's  judgment,  and  their  relations  either  with 
each  other  or  with  the  world  which  they  have 
quitted  ?  Certainly  not ;  the  material  circum 
stances  intermixed  with  this  dialogue  are  only 
images  borrowed  from  actual  common  life.  But 
what  images  so  strike,  so  penetrate  the  soul  ? 
What  more  solemn  warning  addressed  to  men  in 
this  life,  to  rouse  them  to  a  sense  of  their  duties 
towards  God  and  their  fellow  creatures,  in  the 
name  of  the  mysterious  future  that  awaits  them  ? 

*  Luke  xvi.  19—31. 


SIXTH   MEDITATION.  153 

Nothing  is  further  from  my  thought  than  to 
see  in  the  sacred  books  mere  poetical  images  and 
symbols ;  those  books  are  really,  with  respect  to 
the  religious  problems  that  beset  man's  thoughts, 
the  Light  and  the  voice  of  God ;  still,  that  Light 
only  lights,  that  voice  only  reveals  revelations  of 
God  with  man,  duties  which  God  enjoins  men 
in  the  course  of  their  present  life,  and  prospects 
which  He  opens  to  them  beyond  the  imperfect  and 
limited  world  where  this  life  passes.  As  for  this 
life  itself,  it  is  the  object  of  human  study  and 
science,  not  of  the  inspiration  of  the  sacred  Scrip 
tures.  In  disregarding  this  limit,  in  pretending  to 
attribute  to  the  language  of  the  Scriptures,  used 
with  reference  to  the  phenomena  of  the  finite 
world,  the  character  of  divine  inspiration,  men  have 
fallen  with  respect  both  to  thought  and  act  into 
deplorable  errors.  Hence  proceeded  the  trial  of 
Galileo,  and  numerous  other  controversies,  nume 
rous  other  condemnations  still  more  absurd,  still 
more  to  be  regretted,  in  which  Christianity 
was  immediately  placed  in  opposition  to  human 


154  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

science,  and  constrained  to  inflict  or  receive  re 
markable  disavowals.  The  same  is  the  case  at 
the  present  day  with  respect  to  numerous  objec 
tions  made  in  the  name  of  the  natural  sciences  to 
Christianity,  and  which  from  the  learned  circles 
where  they  have  their  birth,  spread  over  a  world 
at  once  curious  and  frivolous,  where  they  cause 
the  Christian  faith  itself  to  be  regarded  as  ignorant 
credulity.  Nothing  of  this  kind  could  ever  occur, 
no  necessity  of  such  conflict  could  await  the 
Christian  religion,  if  on  the  one  side  the  limits  of 
human  science,  and  on  the  other  those  of  divine 
inspiration,  were  recognised  as  they  really  are, 
and  respected  according  to  their  rightful  claims. 

I  might  cite  in  aid  of  the  opinion  I  support 
numerous  and  great  authorities.  I  will  refer  to 
but  three,  appealed  to  by  Galileo  himself  in  1615 
in  his  letters  to  the  Grand  Duchess  Christina  of 
Lorraine"'" — (who  could  appeal  to  authorities  more 
august  ?) — "  Many  things,"  says  St.  Jerome,  "  are 

*  Opere  Complete  di  Galileo-Galilei,  t.  ii.  chap.  ii.  pp.  26 — 
64.  Florence,  1843. 


SIXTH    MEDITATION.  155 

recounted  in  the  Scriptures  according  to  the 
judgment  of  the  times  when  they  happened,  and 
not  according  to  the  truth."  *  "  The  purpose  of 
the  Holy  Scriptures,"  says  the  Cardinal  Baronius, 
"is  to  teach  us  how  to  go  to  heaven,  and  not  how 
the  heavens  go."  "This,"  says  Kepler,  "is  the 
counsel  I  give  to  the  man  so  ill  informed  as  not 
to  understand  the  science  of  astronomy,  or  so 
weak  as  to  regard  adhesion  to  Copernicus  as 
proof  of  want  of  piety  : — Let  him  at  once  leave 
the  study  of  astronomy  and  the  examination  of 
the  opinions  of  philosophers ;  instead  of  devoting 
himself  to  those  arduous  researches,  let  him  remain 
at  home,  till  his  fields,  and  occupy  himself  with 
his  proper  business ;  and  thence,  raising  towards 
the  admirable  vault  of  heaven  his  eyes,  which 
constitute  for  him  his  sole  mode  of  vision,  let  him 
pour  forth  his  heart  in  thanksgivings  and  praises 
to  God  his  Creator.  He  may  rest  assured  that  he 
is  thus  rendering  to  God  a  worship  as  perfect  as 

*  CEuvres  de  St.  Jerome,  Comment,  in  Jereniiam,  ed.  Vallars. 
t.  ix.  p.  1040. 


156  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

that  of  the  astronomer  himself,  to  whom  God  has 

accorded  the  gift  of  seeing  clearer  with  the  eyes 
of  his  intelligence ;  but  who,  above  all  the  worlds 
and  all  the  heavens  that  he  attains,  knows  and 
wills  to  find  his  God."  * 

I  discard,  then,  as  absolutely  foreign  to  the 
grand  question  that  occupies  me,  all  the  diffi 
culties  suggested  to  the  Scriptures  in  the  name  of 
those  sciences  whose  province  is  finite  nature.  I 
seek  and  consider  in  these  books  only  what  is 
their  sole  object, — the  relations  of  God  with  man, 
and  the  solution  of  those  problems  which  these 
relations  cause  to  weigh  upon  the  human  soul. 
The  deeper  we  go  in  the  study  of  the  sacred 
volumes,  restored  to  their  real  object,  the  more 
the  divine  inspiration  becomes  manifest  and 
striking.  God  and  man  are  there  ever  both 
present,  both  actors  in  the  same  history.  Of  this 
history  it  is  my  present  object  to  illustrate  the 
grand  features. 

*  Kepler,  Nova  Astronomi.i,  Introductio,  p.  9.     Prague,  1609. 


SEVENTH  MEDITATION. 

GOD   ACCORDING   TO    THE   BIBLE. 

IT  is  far  from  my  intention  to  evade  the 
questions  which  concern  the  authenticity  of  the 
Bible,  and  of  the  respective  books  which  compose 
it.  I  shall  enter  upon  them  in  the  second  series 
of  these  Meditations,  when  I  touch  upon  the 
history  of  the  Christian  religion.  Those  questions, 
however,  have  no  bearing  upon  the  subject  which 
occupies  me  at  the  present  moment ;  the  Bible, 
whatever  its  antiquity,  whatever  the  comparative 
antiquity  of  its  different  parts,  has  been  ever  that 
witness  of  God  in  which  the  Hebrews  believed, 
and  under  the  law  of  which  they  lived,  the  great 
monument  of  the  religion  in  the  bosom  of  which 
the  Christian  religion  took  its  birth.  It  is  this 
God  of  whom  in  the  Bible,  and  in  the  Bible  alone, 


158  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

it  is  my  purpose  to  seek  the  peculiar  and  true 
character. 

The  nations  of  Semitic  origin  have  been  honoured 
for  their  primitive  and  persistent  faith  in  the  unity 
of  God.  Under  different  forms,  and  amidst  events 
very  dissimilar,  nearly  all  nations  have  been  poly 
theistic  ;  the  Semitic  nations  alone  have  believed 
firmly  in  the  one  God.  This  great  moral  fact  has 
been  attributed  to  different  and  to  complex 
causes ;  but  the  fact  itself  is  generally  acknow 
ledged  and  admitted. 

In  two  respects  in  this  assertion  there  is  exag 
geration.  On  one  side,  among  the  nations  of 
Semitic  origin,  several  were  polytheistic ;  the 
descendants  of  Abraham,  the  Hebrews,  and  the 
Arab  Ishmaelites,  alone  remained  really  mono 
theistic  ;  on  the  other  side,  the  idea  of  the  unity 
of  God  was  not  entirely  strange  even  to  the 
polytheistic  nations.  The  greater  part,  like  the 
Hindoos  and  the  Greeks,  admitted  one  sole  and 
primordial  Power  anterior  and  superior  to  their 
gods  ; — idea,  vague  and  searched  from  afar, 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  159 

derived  from  the  instinct  of  man  or  the  reflection 
of  the  philosopher,  and  which  amongst  those  na 
tions  became  neither  the  basis  of  any  religion  that 
deserves  the  name,  nor  any  efficacious  obstacle  to 
idolatry.  The  God  of  the  Bible  is  no  such  sterile 
abstraction ;  He  is  the  one  God  at  the  present 
time  as  in  the  origin  of  all  things,  the  personal 
God,  living,  acting,  and  presiding  efficiently  over 
the  destinies  of  the  world  that  He  has  created. 

He  has  besides  another  characteristic,  one  far 
more  striking,  which  belongs  to  Him  more  exclu 
sively  than  that  of  Unity.  The  gods  of  the 
polytheistic  nations  have  histories  filled  with 
events,  vicissitudes,  transformations,  adventures. 
The  mythology  of  the  Egyptians,  of  the  Hindoos, 
of  the  Greeks,  of  the  Scandinavians,  and  numerous 
others,  is  but  the  poetical  or  symbolical  recital  of 
the  varied  and  agitated  lives  of  their  gods.  We 
detect  in  these  recitals  sometimes  the  personi 
fication  of  the  fancies  of  nations  described  in 
accordance  with  their  actual  phenomena,  some 
times  the  reminiscences  of  human  personages  who 


160  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

have  struck  the  imagination  of  the  people.  But 
whatever  their  origin,  whatever  their  name,  each 
of  those  gods  has  his  individual  history  more  or 
less  overladen  with  incidents  and  acts,  now  heroic, 
now  licentious,  now  elegantly  fantastic,  now 
grossly  eccentric.  All  the  polytheistic  religions 
are  collections  of  biographies,  divine  or  legendary, 
allegorical  or  completely  fabulous,  in  which  the 
careers  and  the  passions,  the  actions  and  the 
dreams  of  men,  reproduce  themselves  under  the 
forms  and  names  of  deities. 

The  God  of  the  Bible  has  no  biography,  neither 
has  He  any  personal  adventures.  Nothing  occurs 
to  Him  and  nothing  changes  in  Him ;  He  is 
always  and  invariably  the  same,  a  Being  real  and 
personal,  absolutely  distinct  from  the  finite  world 
and  from  humanity,  identical  and  immutable  in 
the  bosom  of  the  universal  diversity  and  move 
ment.  "  I  Am  That  I  Am/'  is  the  sole  definition 
that  He  vouchsafes  of  himself,  and  the  constant 
expression  of  what  He  is  in  all  the  course  of  the 
history  of  the  Hebrews,  to  which  He  is  present 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  161 

and  over  which  He  presides  without  ever  receiving 
from  it  any  reflex  of  influence.  Such  is  the  God 
of  the  Bible,  in  evident  and  permanent  contrast 
with  all  the  gods  of  polytheism,  still  more  distinct 
and  more  solitary  by  his  nature  than  by  his 
Unity. 

This  is,  indeed,  so  peculiarly  the  proper  and 
essential  character  of  the  God  of  the  Bible,  that 
this  character  has  passed  into  the  very  language 
of  the  Hebrews,  and  has  become  there  the  very 
name  of  God.  Several  words  are  employed  in 
the  Bible  as  appellations  of  God.  One  of  these 
El,  Eloah,  in  the  plural  EloTiim,  expresses  force, 
creative  power,  and  is  applied  to  the  manifold 
gods  of  Paganism  as  well  as  to  the  one  God  of 
the  Hebrews.  El  Shadddi  is  translated  by  the 
all-powerful.  Adonai  signifies  Lord.  The  word 
Yahwe  or  Yehwe,  which  becomes  in  Hebrew 
pronunciation  Jehovah,  means  simply  He  isy 
and  means  self-existence,  the  Being  Absolute  and 
Eternal.  This  name  occurs  in  no  other  of  the 
Semitic  languages,  and  it  is  at  the  epoch  of 


162  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

Moses  that  it  appears  for  the  first  time  amongst 
the  Hebrews  :  "And  God  spake  unto  Moses, 
and  said  unto  him,  I  am  the  Eternal"  (Yahwe, 
Jehovah}.  "And  I  appeared  unto  Abraham, 
Isaac,  and  unto  Jacob,  by  the  name  of  the  All- 
powerful  (El  Shaddal),  but  by  my  name  Eternal 
was  I  not  known  to  them/'*  Yaliwe,  Jehovah, 
is  at  once  the  true  God  and  the  national  God  of 
Israel,  f 

The  history  of  the  Hebrews  is  neither  less  sig 
nificant  nor  less  expressive  than  their  language  ; 
it  is  the  history  of  the  relations  of  the  God,  One 
and  Immutable  with  the  people  chosen  by  Him 
to  be  the  special  representative  of  the  religious 
principle,  and  the  regenerating  source  of  religious 
life  in  the  human  race.  This  people  undergoes 
the  destiny  and  trials  common  to  all  nations  ;  it 


*  Exodus  vi.  2,  3. 

f  I  have  consulted  respecting  the  precise  sense  and  the  dif 
f  erent  shades  of  meaning  of  the  terms  expressing  God  in  Hebrew, 
my  learned  confrere  at  the  Academy  of  Inscriptions,  M.  Munk, 
who  has  replied  to  all  my  inquiries  with  as  much  clearness  as 
courtesy. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  163 

demands,  and  becomes  subject  to,  a  variety  of 
different  governments  ;  it  falls  into  the  errors 
and  faults  usual  to  nations  ;  it  frequently  suc 
cumbs  to  the  temptations  of  idolatry  ;  like  the 
others,  it  has  its  days  of  virtue  and  of  vice,  of 
prosperity  and  of  reverses,  of  glory  and  of  abase 
ment.  Amidst  all  the  vicissitudes  and  errors  of 
the  people  of  the  Bible,  the  God  of  the  Bible 
remains  invariably  the  same,  without  any  tincture 
of  anthropomorphism,  without  any  alteration  in 
the  idea  which  the  Hebrews  conceive  of  his 
nature,  either  during  their  fidelity  or  disobedience 
to  his  Commandments.  It  is  always  the  God 
who  has  said,  "  I  Am  That  I  Am,"  of  whom  his 
people  demand  no  other  explanation  of  himself, 
and  who,  ever  present  and  sovereign,  pursues 
the  designs  of  his  providence  with  men,  who 
either  use  or  abuse  the  liberty  of  action  which 
that  God  had  accorded  to  them  at  their  creation. 
I  wish  to  retrace,  according  to  the  Bible,  the 
principal  phases  and  the  principal  actors  in  this 
history.  The  more  I  study,  the  more  I  feel  that 

M  2 


164*  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

I  am  watching,  as  M.  Ewald  lias  expressed  it, 
"the  career  of  the  true  religion,  advancing  step 
by  step  to  its  complete  development,"  that  is  to 
say,  that  I  am  there  observing  the  action  of  God 
upon  the  first  steps  and  upon  the  religious  progress 
of  the  human  race. 


I.  GOD  AND  ABRAHAM. 

THE  history  of  the  Hebrews,  temporal  and 
spiritual,  opens  with  Abraham.  At  his  first 
appearance  in  the  Bible,  Abraham  is  a  nomad 
chief,  who  has  quitted  Chaldsea  and  the  town 
of  Haran,  where  his  father,  Terah,  descended 
from  Shem,  is  still  living.  He  is  wandering 
with  his  family,  his  servants,  and  his  flocks,  at 
first  on  the  frontiers  and  afterwards  in  the  interior 
of  the  land  of  Canaan,  halting  wherever  he  finds 
water  and  pasturage,  and  conducting  his  tents  and 
his  tribe  at  one  time  through  the  mountainous 
districts,  at  another  along  the  plains  below.  Why 
has  he  left  Chaldsea  ?  According  to  the  Bible 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  165 

itself,  his  father  was  an  idolater  :  "  Your  fathers," 
said  Joshua  to  the  people  of  Israel,  "  dwelt  on  the 
other  side  of  the  flood"  (the  Euphrates)  "in  old 
time,  even  Terah,  the  father  of  Abraham,  and  the 
father  of  Nachor  :  and  they  served  other  gods."* 
The  book  of  Judith  contains  a  similar  assertion  ;  f 
and  the  Jewish  and  Arabian  traditions  confirm,  at 
the  same  time  that  they  amplify,  the  statement : 
the  father  of  Abraham,  they  say,  was  an  idolatrous 
fanatic,  and  his  son  Abraham,  having  set  himself 
against  the  practice  of  idolatry,  was  upon  his 
charge  thrown  into  a  burning  furnace,  from  which 
a  miracle  alone  preserved  him.  The  historian 
Josephus  speaks  of  the  insurrections  which  took 
place  amongst  the  Chaldaeans  on  the  occasion  of 
their  religious  dissensions. 

The  Bible  makes  no  allusion  to  these  traditions ; 
from  the  very  beginning  God  intervenes  in  the 
history  of  the  father  of  the  Hebrews.  "The 
Eternal  had  said  unto  Abram,  Get  thee  out  of 
thy  country,  and  from  thy  kindred,  and  from 

*  Joshua  xxiv.  2.  f  Judith  v.  6—9. 


166  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

thy  father's  house,  unto  a  land  that  I  will  shew 
thee :  I  will  make  thee  a  great  nation,  and  I  will 
bless  thee,  and  make  thy  name  great ;  . . . .  and  in 

thee  shall  all  families  of  the  earth  be  blessed 

So  Abram  departed,  .  .  .  andAbram  took  Sarai 
his  wife,  and  Lot  his  brother's  son,  and  all  their 
substance  that  they  had  gathered,  and  the  sons  that 
they  had  gotten  in  Haran ;  and  they  went  forth 
to  go  into  the  land  of  Canaan ;  and  into  the  land 
of  Canaan  they  came."  *  How  had  God  spoken 
to  Abraham  1  By  a  voice  from  without  or  by  an 
internal  inspiration  1  The  writer  of  the  Biblical 
narrative  occupies  himself  in  no  respect  with  the 
question.  God  is  for  him,  present  and  an  actor 
in  the  history  just  as  much  as  Abraham  is  ;  the 
intervention  of  God  has  in  his  eyes  nothing  but 
what  is  perfectly  simple  and  natural.  The  same 
faith  animates  Abraham ;  he  issues  forth  from 
Chaldaea  and  wanders  through  Palestine,  accord 
ing  to  the  word  and  under  the  direction  of  the 
Eternal. 

*  Genesis  xii.  1 — 5. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  167 

He  wanders  through  the  midst  of  populations 
already  established  upon  the  land  of  Canaan,  and 
with  these  he  lives  in  peace,  but  still,  not  uniting 
with  them ;  bringing  them  succour  when  attacked 
by  foreign  chieftains ;  fighting  in  their  behalf  as  a 
faithful  ally,  sometimes,  perhaps,  in  the  character 
of  a  valiant  condottiere,  but  remaining  isolated  in 
his  capacity  of  nomad  Patriarch,  with  his  family 
and  his  tribe ;  repelling  even  the  gifts  and  favours 
which  might  perhaps  lower  his  character  or  affect 
his  independence.  Everywhere  that  he  halts,  or 
that  any  incident  of  importance  occurs  to  him, 
at  Sichem,  Bethel,  Beersheba,  Hebron,  he  raises  an 
altar  to  his  God.  In  his  wandering  uncertain  life 
a  famine  impels  him  on  one  occasion  even  as  far 
as  Egypt : — the  first  perhaps  of  those  shepherd 
chiefs  who  issued  from  Asia,  and  who  were  so 
soon  to  invade  that  rich  country.  Abraham 
passes  in  Egypt  several  years,  well  treated  by  the 
reigning  Pharaoh ;  on  excellent  terms  with  the 
Egyptian  priests,  imparting  to  them  and  receiving 
from  them  such  knowledge  of  astronomy  or  of 


168  THE    CHKISTIAN    RELIGION. 

natural  philosophy  as  they  mutually  possessed ; 
but  maintaining  ever  carefully  the  isolation  of 
his  family,  of  his  tribe,  and  of  his  religion.  Of 
his  own  accord,  or  at  the  instance  of  the  Pharaoh, 
he  quits  Egypt,  carrying  with  him  not  only  his 
flocks  and  his  camels,  but  his  Egyptian  slaves,  and 
amongst  others  Hagar.  He  returns  to  the  country 
of  Canaan,  again  wanders  through  several  of  its 
districts,  takes  part  in  different  events — internal 
troubles  or  foreign  wars,  and  finally  settles  with 
his  family  and  dependents  at  Hebron,  near  the 
oaks  of  Mamre,  amongst  the  tribe  of  the  children 
of  Heth  ;  but  still  always  in  his  capacity  as  a 
foreigner,  and  always  careful  as  such  to  preserve 
his  character  and  his  independence.  When  his 
wife  Sarah  died,  the  book  of  Genesis  tells  us  that, 

"Abraham  stood  up  from  before  his  dead,  and  spake  unto 
the  sons  of  Heth,  saying, 

"  I  am  a  stranger  and  a  sojourner  with  you  :  give  me  a 
possession  of  a  buryingplace  with  you,  that  I  may  bury 
my  dead  out  of  my  sight. 

"  And  the  children  of  Heth  answered  Abraham,  saying 
unto  him, 

"  Hear  us,  my  lord :  thou  art  a  mighty  prince  among 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  1G9 

us :  in  the  choice  of  our  sepulchres  bury  thy  dead  ;  none 
of  us  shall  withhold  from  thee  his  sepulchre,  but  that  thou 
mayest  bury  thy  dead. 

"And  Abraham  stood  up,  and  bowed  himself  to  the 
people  of  the  land,  even  to  the  children  of  Heth. 

"And  he  communed  with  them,  saying,  If  it  be  your 
mind  that  I  should  bury  my  dead  out  of  my  sight ;  hear 
me,  and  entreat  for  me  to  Ephron  the  son  of  Zohar, 

"  That  he  may  give  me  the  cave  of  Machpelah,  which  he 
hath,  which  is  in  the  end  of  his  field  ;  for  as  much  money 
as  it  is  worth  he  shall  give  it  me  for  a  possession  of  a 
buryingplace  amongst  you. 

"  And  Ephron  dwelt  among  the  children  of  Heth  :  and 
Ephron  the  Hittite  answered  Abraham  in  the  audience  of 
the  children  of  Heth,  even  of  all  that  went  in  at  the  gate 
of  his  city,  saying, 

"  Nay,  my  lord,  hear  me  :  the  field  give  I  thee,  and  the 
cave  that  is  therein,  I  give  it  thee  ;  in  the  presence  of  the 
sons  of  my  people  give  I  it  thee  :  bury  thy  dead. 

"And  Abraham  bowed  down  himself  before  the  people 
of  the  land. 

"And  he  spake  unto  Ephron  in  the  audience  of  the 
people  of  the  land,  saying,  But  if  thou  wilt  give  it,  I  pray 
thee,  hear  me  :  I  will  give  thee  money  for  the  field ;  take  it 
of  me,  and  I  will  bury  my  dead  there. 

"  And  Ephron  answered  Abraham,  saying  unto  him, 

"My  lord,  hearken  unto  me:  the  land  is  worth  four 
hundred  shekels  of  silver ;  what  is  that  betwixt  me  and 
thee  ?  bury  therefore  thy  dead. 


170  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

"  And  Abraham  hearkened  unto  Ephron  ;  and  Abraham 
weighed  to  Ephron  the  silver,  which  he  had  named  in  the 
audience  of  the  sons  of  Heth,  four  hundred  shekels  of  silver, 
current  money  with  the  merchant. 

"  And  the  field  of  Ephron,  which  was  in  Machpelah,  which 
was  before  Mamre,  the  field,  and  the  cave  which  was  therein, 
and  all  the  trees  that  were  in  the  field,  that  were  in  all  the 
borders  round  about,  were  made  sure 

"  Unto  Abraham  for  a  possession  in  the  presence  of  the 
children  of  Heth,  before  all  that  went  in  at  the  gate  of  his 
city. 

"And  after  this,  Abraham  buried  Sarah  his  wife  in  the 
cave  of  the  field  of  Machpelah  before  Mamre  :  the  same  is 
Hebron  in  the  land  of  Canaan. 

"  And  the  field,  and  the  cave  that  is  therein,  were  made 
sure  unto  Abraham  for  a  possession  of  a  buryingplace  by 
the  sons  of  Heth."* 

Little  importance  does  Abraham  attach  to  his 
precarious  condition  as  a  wanderer  and  a  stranger ; 
he  has  faith  in  God.  God  commands,  and  Abra 
ham  obeys.  God  promises,  and  Abraham  trusts. 
One  day,  however,  with  a  feeling  of  anxious 
humility,  Abraham  makes  the  following  prayer 
to  God  : — "  Lord  Eternal,  what  wilt  thou  give 
me,  seeing  I  go  childless,  and  there  is  Eliezer  of 

*  Genesis  xxiii.  3 — 20. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  171 

Damascus  shall  be  my  heir  \  And  behold  the 
word  of  the  Lord  came  unto  him,  saying,  This 
shall  not  be  thine  heir,  but  he  that  shall  come 
forth  out  of  thine  own  bowels  shall  be  thine  heir. 
I  am  God,  the  mighty,  all-powerful ;  walk  before 
my  face,  be  thou  perfect.  I  will  establish  my 
covenant  between  me  and  thee,  and  thy  seed  after 
thee,  in  their  generation,  for  an  everlasting  posses 
sion,  and  I  will  be  their  God.  But  thou  shalt 
keep  my  covenant  therefore,  thou  and  thy  seed 
after  thee,  in  their  generations.  And  Abraham 
believed  in  the  Lord ;  and  the  Eternal  counted 
it  to  him  for  righteousness."  * 

In  these  days,  in  the  bosom  of  Christian  civili 
zation,  obedience  to  God  and  confidence  in  God 
are  the  first  precepts,  the  first  virtues  of  Christi 
anity.  They  were  also  the  virtues  of  Abraham, 
and  the  precepts  inculcated  by  Abraham's  history 
in  the  Bible.  And  the  God  of  Abraham,  the  God 
of  the  Bible,  is  the  same  who  is  the  object  of 
adoration  to  the  Christian  of  the  present  day  ;  the 

*  Genesis  xv.  1 — G.  and  xvii.  1 — 9. 


172  THE   CHRISTIAN   EELIGION. 

same  conception  as  that  of  those  philosophers  of 
the  present  day  who  believe  in  God,  and  believe 
in  Him  as  in  God  Absolute  and  Perfect,  Self- 
dependent,  Eternal,  without  the  possibility  or 
attempt  to  define  Him  otherwise.  Thousands  of 
years  have  changed  nothing  as  to  the  biblical 
notion  of  God  in  the  human  soul,  nor  as  to  the 
essential  laws  regulating  the  relation  of  man  with 
God. 

Historical  tradition  fully  confirms  the  moral  fact 
here  mentioned.  Abraham  has  not  been  the  object 
of  any  mystical  conception,  or  any  mythological 
metamorphosis  ;  nowhere  has  he  been  transformed 
into  demigod  or  son  of  God;  he  has  ever  remained 
the  model  of  religious  faith  and  submission,  the 
type  of  the  pious  man  in  intimate  relation  with  God. 
Throughout  all  antiquity,  and  in  all  the  East,  as 
much  for  the  primitive  Christians  as  for  the  Jews 
and  Arabs,  as  much  for  the  Mussulmans  as  for  the 
Jews  and  Christians,  God  is  the  God  of  Abraham  ; 
Abraham  is  the  friend  of  God,  the  father  and  the 
prince  of  believers  ;  these  are  the  very  names  that 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  173 

the  Gospel  gives  him  ;  *  and  the  Koran,  too,  cele 
brates  him  in  these  words  : — 

"And  when  the  night  overshadowed  him,  he 
saw  a  star,  and  he  said,  This  is  my  Lord ;  but 
when  it  set,  he  said,  I  like  not  gods  which  set. 
And  when  he  saw  the  moon  rising,  he  said,  This 
is  my  Lord ;  but  when  he  saw  it  set,  he  said, 
Verily,  if  my  Lord  direct  me  not,  I  shall  become 
one  of  the  people  who  go  astray.  And  when  he 
saw  the  sun  rising,  he  said,  This  is  my  Lord,  this 
is  the  greatest ;  but  when  it  set,  he  said,  0  my 
people,  verily  I  am  clear  of  that  which  ye  associate 
with  God.  I  direct  my  face  unto  him  who  hath 
created  the  heavens  and  the  earth."  t 

The  Eternal,  the  God  One  and  Immutable,  is 
the  God  of  Abraham ;  Abraham  is  the  servant 
and  adorer  of  the  true  God. 


*  St.    Paul's   Epistle   to   the   Romans   iv.  ;     Galatians   iii.  ; 
Epistle  of  St.  James  ii.  23.  t  Koran  vi. 


174  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

II.  GOD  AND  MOSES. 

THE  true  idea  of  God,  and  the  faith  in  his 
effectual  and  continued  providence,  are  the  two 
great  religious  principles  which  the  name  of  Abra 
ham  suggests.  This  is  the  beginning  of  the  history 
of  the  Hebrews,  and  the  origin  of  that  ancient 
Covenant  which,  in  passing  from  the  Pentateuch 
to  the  Gospel,  has  become  the  new  Covenant, 
the  Christian  Eeligion. 

About  five  centuries  later,  we  find  the  Hebrews 
settled  in  Egypt,  in  the  land  of  Goshen,  between 
the  lower  Nile,  the  Eed  Sea,  and  the  Desert,  in 
a  condition  very  different  from  that  in  which 
they  had  first  been  when  attracted  to  the  court 
of  Pharaoh  by  the  prosperity  of  Joseph,  the 
great-grandson  of  Abraham.  The  new  Pharaoh 
oppresses  them  cruelly  ;  they  are  a  prey  to  the 
miseries  of  slavery,  the  contagion  of  idolatry, 
to  all  the  evils,  all  the  perils,  physical  and  moral, 
which  can  afflict  a  nation  numerically  weak,  fallen 
under  the  yoke  of  one  powerful  and  civilized. 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  175 

The  Hebrews  nevertheless  persist  in  their  religious 
faith,  cling  to  their  national  reminiscences ;  they 
do  not  suffer  their  nationality  to  be  lost  in  and 
confounded  with  that  of  their  masters  ;  they  en 
dure  without  offering  any  active  resistance  ;  they 
will  not  deliver  themselves,  but  they  have  never 
ceased  to  believe  in  their  God,  and  they  await 
their  Deliverer. 

Moses  has  been  saved  from  the  waters  of  the 
Nile  by  Pharaoh's  own  daughter.  He  has  been 
brought  up  at  Heliopolis,  in  the  midst  of  the 
pomp  of  the  court,  and  instructed  in  the  sciences 
of  the  Egyptian  priests.  He  has  served  the 
sovereign  of  Egypt ;  he  has  commanded  his  troops 
and  made  war  for  him  against  the  ^Ethiopians. 
He  has  received  an  Egyptian  name,  Osarsiph,  or 
Tisithen.  Everything  seems  to  concur  to  make 
him  an  Egyptian.  But  he  remains  a  faithful 
Israelite :  true  to  the  faith  and  to  the  fortunes  of 
his  brethren.  Their  oppression  rouses  his  indig 
nation  ;  he  avenges  one  of  them  by  killing  his 
oppressor.  The  victims  of  oppression,  alarmed, 


176  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

disavow  Moses,  instead  of  supporting  him.  Moses 
flees  from  Egypt  and  takes  refuge  in  the  Desert, 
amongst  a  tribe  of  wandering  Arabs,  the  Midian- 
ites,  sprung,  like  himself,  from  Abraham.  Their 
chief,  the  sheick  of  the  tribe,  Jethro,  called  also 
Hobab,  receives  him  as  a  son,  and  gives  him 
his  daughter  Zipporah  in  marriage.  The  proud 
Israelite,  who  has  declined  to  remain  an  Egyptian, 
becomes  an  Arab,  and  leads,  several  years,  the 
nomadic  life  of  the  hospitable  tribe.  It  is  now 
in  the  peninsula  of  Sinai  that  Moses  wanders 
with  the  servants  and  flocks  of  his  father-in-law. 
In  the  centre  of  that  peninsula,  of  yore  a  province 
in  the  empire  of  the  Pharaohs,  but  which  had 
fallen  into  the  possession  of  the  pastoral  Arabs, 
rises  Sinai,  a  mount  with  which  from  time  im 
memorial,  among  the  neighbouring  tribes,  have 
been  connected  as  many  sacred  traditions  as 
have  ever  been  assigned  to  Mount  Ararat  in 
Armenia,  or  the  Himalayas  in  India.  In  this 
venerable  spot,  before  a  burning  bush,  Moses,  with 
a  heart  full  of  faith,  hears  God  calling  him  and 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  177 

commanding  him  to  lead  his  people,  the  children 
of  Israel,  out  of  Egypt.  Moses  is  humble,  dis 
trustful  of  himself,  just  as  Abraham  before  him 
had  been.  "Who  am  I,  that  I  should  go  unto 
Pharaoh,  and  that  I  should  bring  forth  the  chil 
dren  of  Israel  out  of  Egypt  ?  .  .  When  I 
come  ynto  the  children  of  Israel,  and  shall  say 
unto  them,  The  God  of  your  fathers  hath  sent  me 
unto  you  ;  and  they  shall  say  to  me,  What  is  his 
name  ?  What  shall  I  say  unto  them  ?  And  God 
said  unto  Moses  I  AM  THAT  I  AM  :  and  he  said, 
Thus  shalt  thou  say  unto  the  children  of  Israel, 
I  AM  hath  sent  me  unto  you/'* 

Moses  receives  his  mission  from  Jehovah,  and 
feels  no  other  disquietude  than  arises  from  the 
desire  to  accomplish  it. 

In  presence  of  such  facts,  with  this  association 
of  God  and  man  in  the  same  work,  the  opponents 
of  the  Supernatural  still  clamour :  "  Why,"  ask 
they,  "this  confusion  of  divine  action  and  of 
human  action  ?  Has  God  need  of  man's  con- 

*  Exodus  iii.  11,  13,  14. 

N 


178  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

currence  ?  Can  He  not,  if  He  will,  accomplish  all 
his  designs  by  himself,  and  through  the  fulness 
of  his  omnipotence  V  In  my  turn,  I  would  ask 
them  if  they  know  why  God  created  man,  and 
if  God  has  put  them  into  the  secret  of  his  inten 
tions  towards  the  instrument  whom  He  employs 
for  his  designs  ?  There  precisely  lies  the  privi 
lege  of  humanity :  man  is  God's  associate,  subject 
to  Him,  yet  a  free  agent  independent  of  Him ; 
he  intervenes  by  his  proper  action  in  plans  of 
which  only  an  infinitely  small  part  is  revealed  to 
his  intelligence  and  reserved  for  his  execution. 
Western  Asia  and  its  history  are  full  of  the  name 
of  Moses  :  'Jews,  Christians,  and  Mahometans 
style  him  the  First  Prophet,  the  Great  Lawgiver, 
the  Great  Theologian ;  everywhere,  in  the  scene 
of  the  events  themselves,  the  places  retain  a 
memory  of  him :  the  traveller  meets  there  the 
Well  of  Moses,  the  Ravine  of  Moses,  the  Moun 
tain  of  Moses,  the  Valley  of  Moses.  In  other 
countries  and  other  ages,  this  name  has  been 
given  as  the  most  glorious  that  the  saints  could 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  179 

receive :  St.  Peter  has  been  styled  the  Moses  of 
the  Christian  Church ;  St.  Benedict,  the  Moses  of 
the  Monastic  Orders ;  Ulphilas,  the  Moses  of  the 
Goths.  What  did  Moses  do  to  obtain  a  renown 
so  great  and  so  enduring?  He  gained  no  battles ; 
he  conquered  no  territory ;  he  founded  no  cities  ; 
he  governed  no  state ;  he  was  not  even  a  man  in 
whom  eloquence  replaced  other  sources  of  influ 
ence  and  power  :  "  And  Moses  said  unto  the 
Lord,  0  my  Lord,  I  am  not  eloquent,  neither 
heretofore,  nor  since  thou  hast  spoken  unto  thy 
servant :  but  I  am  slow  of  speech,  and  of  a  slow 
tongue."  * 

There  is  not  in  this  whole  history  a  single 
grand  human  action,  a  single  grand  event,  pro 
ceeding  from  human  agency  ;  all,  all  is  the  work 
of  God ;  and  Moses  is  nothing  on  any  occasion 
but  the  interpreter  and  instrument  of  God  :  to 
this  mission  he  has  consecrated  soul  and  life ;  it 
is  only  by  virtue  of  this  title  that  he  is  powerful, 
and  that  he  shares,  as  far  as  his  capacity  as  a 

*  Exodus  iv.  10. 

v  2 


180  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

man  permits,  a  work  infinitely  grander  and  more 
enduring  than  that  accomplished  by  all  the 
heroes  and  all  the  masters  that  the  world  ever 
acknowledged. 

I  know  no  more  striking  spectacle  than  that 
of  the  unshakeable  faith  and  inexhaustible  energy 
of  Moses  in  the  pursuit  of  a  work  not  his  own, 
in  which  he  executes  what  he  has  not  con 
ceived,  in  which  he  obeys  rather  than  commands. 
Obstacles  and  disappointments  meet  him  at  each 
turn ;  he  has  to  struggle  with  weaknesses,  infi 
delity,  caprices,  jealousies,  and  seditions,  and  these 
not  merely  in  his  own  nation,  but  in  his  own 
family.  He  has  himself  his  moments  of  sad 
ness,  of  disquietude :  "  And  Moses  cried  unto 
the  Lord,  saying,  What  shall  I  do  unto  this 
people  ?  they  be  almost  ready  to  stone  me.*~  .  .  . 
I  beseech  thee,  shew  me  thy  glory/'  And  God 
answers  him,  "  I  will  make  all  my  goodness  pass 

before  thee Thou  canst  not  see  my  face  : 

for  there  shall  no  man  see  me,  and  live."     And 

*  Exodus  xvii.  4  j  xxxiii.  18—20. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  181 

Moses  trusts  in  God,  and  continues  to  triumph 
whilst  he  obeys  Him. 

The  work  of  deliverance  is  consummated ; 
Moses  has  led  the  people  of  Israel  out  of  Egypt, 
has  surmounted  the  first  perils  and  the  first 
sufferings  of  the  Desert.  They  advance  through 
the  group  of  mountains  in  the  peninsula  of  Sinai 
Passing  from  valley  to  valley,  they  arrive  "at  the 
entrance  of  a  large  basin  surrounded  by  lofty 
peaks.  Of  these  the  one  which  commands  the 
most  extensive  view  is  covered  with  enormous 
blocks,  as  if  the  mountain  had  been  overthrown 
by  an  earthquake.  A  deep  cleft  divides  the 
peak  into  two. 

"  No  one  who  has  approached  the  Ras  Sufsafeh 
through  that  noble  plain,  or  who  has  looked  down 
upon  the  plain  from  that  majestic  height,  will 
willingly  part  with  the  belief  that  these  are  the 
two  essential  features  of  the  view  of  the  Israelitish 
camp.  That  such  a  plain  should  exist  at  all  in 
front  of  such  a  cliff  is  so  remarkable  a  coincidence 
with  the  sacred  narrative,  as  to  furnish  a  strong 


182  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION 

internal  argument,  not  merely  of  its  identity  with 
the  scene,  but  of  the  scene  itself  having  been 
described  by  an  eyewitness.  The  awful  and 
lengthened  approach,  as  to  some  natural  sanc 
tuary,  would  have  been  the  fittest  preparation 
for  the  coming  scene.  The  low  line  of  alluvial 
mounds  at  the  foot  of  the  cliff  exactly  answers  to 
the  i  bounds ?  which  were  to  keep  the  people  off 
from  '  touching  the  Mount/  *  The  plain  itself 
is  not  broken  and  uneven,  and  narrowly  shut  in, 
like  almost  all  others  in  the  range,  but  presenting 
a  long  retiring  sweep,  against  which  the  people 
could  'remove  and  stand  afar  off/  The  cliff, 
rising  like  a  huge  altar  in  front  of  the  whole 
congregation,  and  visible  against  the  sky  in  lonely 
grandeur  from  end  to  end  of  the  whole  plain,  is 
the  very  image  of  the  'mount  that  might  not 
be  touched/  and  from  which  '  the  voice '  of  God 
might  be  heard  far  and  wide  over  the  stillness 
of  the  plain  below,  widened  at  that  point  to  its 
utmost  extent  by  the  confluence  of  all  the  con- 

*  Exodus  xix.  12. 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  183 

tiguous  valleys.  Here,  beyond  all  other  parts  of 
the  peninsula,  is  the  adytum,  withdrawn,  as 
if  'in  the  end  of  the  world/  from  all  the  stir 
and  confusion  of  earthly  things."*  Such  was  three 
thousand  five  hundred  years  ago,  and  such  is 
still,  the  place  where  Moses  received  from  God 
and  gave  to  the  people  of  Israel  that  law  of  the 
Ten  Commandments  which  resound  still  through 
all  the  Christian  Churches  as  the  first  foundation 
of  their  faith  and  the  first  moral  rule  of  Christian 
nations. 

The  Hebrews,  at  the  moment  when  the  Deca 
logue  became  their  fundamental  law,  were  in  a 
crisis  of  social  transformation ;  they  were  upon 
the  point  of  passing  from  the  pastoral  nomadic 
condition  to  that  of  farmers  and  settlers.  It 
seems  that,  at  such  an  epoch,  the  political  insti 
tutions  of  a  people  would,  as  the  basis  of  their 
government,  be  its  most  natural  and  most  urgent 


*  Sinai  and  Palestine  in  connection  with  their  History.  By 
Arthur  Stanley,  Dean  of  Westminster,  pp.  42,  43.  London, 
1862. 


184  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

business.  The  Decalogue  leaves  the  subject 
entirely  untouched;  makes  to  it  not  the  remotest, 
the  most  indirect  allusion.  It  is  a  law  exclu 
sively  religious  and  moral,  which  only  busies 
itself  about  the  duties  of  man  to  God  and  to  his 
fellow-creatures,  and  admits  by  its  very  silence 
all  the  varying  forms  of  government  that  the 
external  or  internal  state  of  society  may  seem  to 
require.  Characteristic,  grand,  and  original,  not 
to  be  met  with  in  the  primitive  laws  of  any 
other  nascent  state,  and  an  admirable  and  re 
markable  manifestation  of  the  Divine  origin  of 
this  one  !  It  is  to  man's  natural  and  his  moral 
destiny  that  the  Decalogue  addresses  itself;  it  is 
to  guide  man's  soul  and  his  inmost  will  that  it 
lays  down  rules  ;  whereas  it  surrenders  his  exter 
nal,  his  civil  condition  to  all  the  varying  chances 
of  place  and  of  time. 

Another  characteristic  of  this  law  is  not  less 
original  or  less  urgent :  it  places  God,  and  man's 
duties  towards  God,  at  the  head  and  front  of 
man's  life  and  man's  duties ;  it  unites  intimately 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  185 

religion  arid  morality,  and  regards  them  as  inse 
parable.  If  philosophers,  in  studying,  discri 
minate  between  them  ;  if  they  seek  in  human 
nature  the  special  principle  or  principles  of 
morality;  if  they  consider  the  latter  by  itself 
and  apart  from  religion,  it  is  the  right  of  science 
to  do  so.  But  still  the  result  is  but  a  scientific 
work — only  a  partial  dissection  of  man's  soul, 
addressed  to  only  one  part  of  its  faculties,  and 
holding  no  account  of  the  entirety  and  the  reality 
of  the  soul's  life.  The  Human  Body,  taken  as 
one  whole,  is  by  nature  at  once  moral  and  reli 
gious  ;  the  moral  law  that  he  finds  in  himself 
needs  an  author  and  a  judge;  and  God  is  to  him 
the  source  and  guarantee,  the  Alpha  and  Omega 
of  morality. 

A  metaphysician  may,  from  time  to  time,  affirm 
the  moral  law,  and  yet  forget  its  Divine  Author. 
A  man  may,  now  and  then,  admit,  may  respect 
the  principles  of  morality,  and  yet  remain 
estranged  from  religion;  all  this  is  possible,  for 
all  this  we  see.  So  small  a  portion  of  Truth 


186  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

sometimes  satisfies  the  human  mind  !  Man  is 
so  ready  and  so  prone  to  misconceive  and  to 
mutilate  himself !  His  ideas  are  by  nature  so  in 
complete  and  inconsequent,  so  easily  dimmed  or 
perverted  by  his  Passions  or  the  action  of  his  free 
will !  These  are  but  the  exceptional  conditions 
of  the  human  mind,  mere  scientific  abstrac 
tions  ;  if  men  admit  them,  their  influence  is 
neither  general  nor  durable.  In  the  natural  and 
actual  life  of  the  human  race,  Morality  and  Eeli- 
gion  are  necessarily  united ;  and  it  is  one  of  the 
divine  characteristics  of  the  Decalogue,  as  it  is 
also  one  of  the  causes  of  that  authority  which  has 
remained  to  it  after  the  lapse  of  so  many  centuries, 
that  it  has  proclaimed  and  taken  as  its  foundation 
their  intimate  union. 

This  is  not  the  place  to  consider  the  laws  of 
Moses  in  civil  and  penal  matters,  nor  to  refer  to 
his  ordinances  respecting  the  worship,  or  to  those 
that  regard  the  organization  of  the  priesthood  of 
the  Hebrews.  In  the  former  of  these  two  branches 
of  the  Mosaic  code,  numerous  dispositions,  singu- 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  187 

larly  moral,  equitable,  and  humane,  are  found  in 
connection  with  circumstances  indicating  a  state 
of  manners  gross  and  cruel  even  to  barbarism. 

The  legislator  is  evidently  under  the  empire 
of  ideas  and  sentiments  infinitely  superior  to  those 
of  the  people,  to  whom,  nevertheless,  his  strong 
sympathies  attach  him.  When  we  consider  the 
Mosaic  Legislation,  we  find  that  in  everything 
which  concerns  the  external  forms  and  practices  of 
worship,  the  ideas  of  Egypt  have  made  great  im 
pression  upon  the  mind  of  the  Lawgiver,  and  the 
frequent  use  that  he  has  made  of  Egyptian  customs 
and  ceremonies  is  not  less  visible.  But  far  above 
these  institutions  and  these  traditions,  which  seem 
not  seldom  out  of  place  and  incoherent,  soars  and 
predominates  constantly  the  Idea  of  the  God  of 
Abraham  and  of  Jacob,  of  the  God  One  and 
Eternal,  of  the  True  God.  The  Laws  of  Moses 
omit  no  occasion  of  inculcating  the  belief  in  that 
God,  and  of  recalling  Him  to  the  recollection  of 
the  Hebrews.  And  this,  not  as  if  they  were 
recalling  a  principle,  an  institution,  a  system  ;  but 


188  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION, 

as  if  they  propose  to  place  a  sovereign,  a  lawful 
and  living  sovereign,  in  the  presence  of  those 
whom  he  governs,  and  to  whom  they  owe  obe 
dience  and  fidelity. 

Moses  never  speaks  in  his  own  name,  or  in  the 
name  of  any  human  power,  or  of  any  portion  of 
the  Hebrew  nation.  God  alone  speaks  and  com 
mands.  God's  word  and  his  commands  Moses 
repeats  to  the  people.  At  his  first  ascending  Mount 
Sinai,  when  he  had  received  the  first  inspiration 
from  the  Eternal,  "Moses  came  and  called  for  the 
elders  of  the  people,  and  laid  before  their  faces  all 
these  words  which  the  Lord  commanded  him.  And 
all  the  people  answered  together,  and  said,  All 
that  the  Lord  hath  spoken  we  will  do/'  * 

When  Moses,  again  ascending  Mount  Sinai, 
had  received  from  God  the  Decalogue,  he  re 
turned,  "  And  he  took  the  book  of  the  covenant, 
and  read  in  the  audience  of  the  people  :  and  they 
said,  All  that  the  Lord  hath  said  will  we  do,  and 
be  obedient."  t 

*  Exodus  xix.  7,  8.  f  Exodus  xxiv.  7. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  189 

As  the  events  develop  themselves,  the  Hebrews 
are  found  far  from  rendering  a  constant  obedience : 
they  forget,  they  infringe — and  that  frequently — 
these  laws  of  God  which  they  have  accepted; 
and  God  sometimes  punishes,  sometimes  pardons 
them  ;  still  it  is  always  God  alone  that  is  acting ; 
it  is  from  Him  alone  that  all  emanates ;  neither 
the  priests  who  preside  over  the  ceremonies  of 
his  worship,  nor  the  elders  of  Israel  whom  He 
summons  to  prostrate  themselves  from  afar  before 
Him,  nor  Moses  himself — his  sole  and  constant 
interpreter — do  anything  by  themselves,  demand 
anything  for  themselves.  The  Pentateuch  is  the 
history  and  the  picture  of  the  personal  government 
by  God  of  the  Israelites.  "  Our  legislator,"  says 
the  historian  Josephus,  "  had  in  his  thoughts  not 
monarchies,  nor  oligarchies,  nor  democracies,  nor 
any  one  of  those  political  institutions:  he  com 
manded  that  our  government  should  be  (if  it  is 
permitted  to  make  use  of  an  expression  somewhat 
exaggerated)  what  may  be  styled  a  Theocracy/'* 

*  Joseph,  contra  Apionem,  ii.  c.  17. 


190  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

The  eminent  writers  who  have  recently  studied 
most  profoundly  the  Mosaic  system — M.  Ewald 
in  Germany,*  Mr.  Milman  and  Mr.  Arthur  Stanley 
in  England,  M.  Nicolas  in  France — have  adopted 
the  expression  of  Josephus,  attaching  to  it  its  real 
and  complete  sense.  "  The  term  Theocracy,"  says 
Mr.  Stanley,  "has  been  often  employed  since  the 
time  of  Moses,  but  in  the  sense  of  a  sacerdotal 
government :  a  sense  the  very  contrary  to  that  in 
which  its  first  author  conceived  it.  The  theo 
cracy  of  Moses  was  not  at  all  a  government  by 
priests,  or  opposed  to  kings  ;  it  was  the  govern 
ment  by  God  himself,  as  opposed  to  a  govern 
ment  by  priests  or  by  kings/'  t 

"Mosaism,"  says  M.  Nicolas,  "is  a  theocracy 
in  the  proper  sense  of  the  word.  It  would  be  a 
complete  error  to  understand  this  word  in  the 
sense  which  usage  has  given  to  it  in  our  language. 
There  is  no  question  here  in  effect  of  a  govern- 


*  Geschichte  des  Voltes  Israel,  bis  Christus,  ii.  188.      Got- 
tingen,  1853. 

f  Lectures  on  the  Jewish  Church,  p.  157. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  101 

ment  exercised  by  a  sacerdotal  caste  in  the 
name  and  under  the  inspiration,  real  or  pre 
tended,  of  God.  In  the  Mosaic  legislation  the 
priests  are  not  the  ministers  and  instruments 
of  the  Divine  Will ;  God  reigns  and  governs  by 
himself.  It  is  He  who  has  given  his  laws  to  the 
Hebrews.  Moses  has  been,  it  is  true,  the  medium 
between  the  Eternal  and  the  people,  but  the 
people  has  taken  part  in  the  grand  spectacle  of 
the  Eevelation  of  the  Law ;  of  this  the  people,  in 
the  exercise  of  its  freedom,  has  evinced  its  ac 
ceptance  ;  and  in  the  covenant  set  on  foot  be 
tween  the  Eternal  and  the  family  of  Jacob,  Moses 
has  been,  if  I  may  be  allowed  the  expression,  only 
the  public  officer  who  has  propounded  the  con 
tract.  He  was  himself,  besides,  not  within  the 
pale  of  the  sacerdotal  caste ;  and  the  charge  of 
keeping,  amending,  and  seeing  to  the  carrying 
out  of  the  body  of  laws  was  not  confided  to  the 
priests."  * 

Let  the  learned  men  who  thus  characterise  the 

*  Etudes  Critiques  sur  la  Bible— Ancien  Testament,  p.  172. 


192  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

Mosaic  theocracy  pause  here  and  measure  the 
whole  bearing  of  the  fact  which  they  comprehend 
so  well.  It  is  a  fact  unique  in  the  history  of  the 
world.  The  idea  of  God  is,  amongst  all  nations, 
the  source  of  religions  ;  but  in  every  case,  except 
that  of  the  Hebrews,  scarcely  has  the  source 
appeared  before  it  deviates  and  becomes  troubled  ; 
men  take  the  place  of  God ;  God's  name  is  made 
to  cover  every  kind  of  usurpation  and  falsehood ; 
sometimes  sacerdotal  corporations  take  possession 
of  all  government,  civil  and  religious  ;  sometimes 
secular  power  overrules  and  enslaves  Eeligious 
Faith  and  Eeligious  Life.  In  the  Mosaic  Dis 
pensation  we  have  nothing  of  the  kind ;  its  very 
origin  and  its  fundamental  principles  condemn 
and  prohibit  even  the  attempt  at  any  such 
deviations.  No  paramount  priesthood  here  ;  no 
secular  power  playing  the  part  of  the  oppressor. 
God  is  constantly  present,  and  sole  Master.  All 
passes  between  God  and  the  people  ;  all,  I  say,  so 
passes  through  the  agency  of  a  single  man  whom 
God  inspires,  and  in  whom  the  people  have  faith, 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  193 

asking  no  other  authority  than  that  of  the  reve 
lation  which  he  receives.  No  sign  here  of  a  fact 
of  human  origin  :  just  as  the  God  of  the  Bible  is 
the  true  God,  the  religion  that  descended,  by 
Moses,  from  Sinai  upon  the  elect  people  of  God 
is  the  true  Eeligion  destined  to  become,  when 
Jesus  Christ  ascends  Calvary,  the  Religion  of  the 
Human  Race. 


III.  GOD  AND  THE   KINGS. 

MOSES  having  brought  out  of  Egypt  the  people 
of  Israel,  and  having  conducted  it  through  the 
Desert  as  far  as  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Jordan,  in 
sight  of  Canaan,  the  Promised  Land,  his  mission 
terminates.  "  Get  thee  up,"  says  the  Eternal  to 
him ;  "  get  thee  up  into  the  top  of  Pisgah,  and 
lift  up  thine  eyes  westward,  and  northward,  and 
southward,  and  eastward,  and  behold  it  with  thine 
eyes  :  for  thou  shalt  not  go  over  this  Jordan. 
But  charge  Joshua,  and  encourage  him,  and 
strengthen  him  :  for  he  shall  go  over  before  this 


194  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

people,  and  he  shall  cause  them  to  inherit  the 
land  which  thou  shalt  see/'  * 

Moses  has  been,  in  the  name  of  Jehovah,  the 
liberator  and  the  legislator;  Joshua  is  the  con 
queror,  the  rough  warrior,  of  yet  signal  piety  and 
modesty,  the  ardent  servant  of  Jehovah,  the 
faithful  disciple  of  Moses.  After  passing  the 
Jordan,  traversing  the  land  of  Canaan  in  every 
direction,  and  giving  battle  in  succession  to  the 
greater  part  of  the  tribes  that  inhabit  it,  he 
destroys,  or  expels,  or  negotiates  with  them,  and 
divides  their  lands  among  the  twelve  tribes  of 
Israel.  These  exchange  their  wandering  life  for 
that  settled  agricultural  life  of  which  Moses  has 
given  them  the  law.  The  descendants  of  Abraham 
settle  as  masters  in  the  soil  in  which  Abraham 
had  demanded  as  a  favour  the  privilege  of  pur 
chasing  a  tomb. 

The  consequences  of  this  new  situation  are 
not  long  in  showing  themselves.  The  conquest  is 
protracted  and  difficult :  the  violence  and  rapine 

*  Deut.  iii.  27,  28. 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION. 

that  characterise  a  state  of  war — one  of  dispos 
session  and  of  extermination — replace  amongst  the 
Hebrews  the  adventures  and  the  pious  emotions 
of  the  Desert.  In  spite  of  their  successes,  the 
conquest  nevertheless  remains  incomplete  :  seve 
ral  of  the  Canaanitish  tribes  defend  themselves 
efficaciously,  and  cling,  side  by  side  with  the  new 
comers,  to  their  territory,  their  laws,  their  gods. 
The  twelve  tribes  of  Israel  disperse  and  settle, 
each  on  its  own  account,  upon  different  and 
distant  points,  some  being  even  separated  by  the 
Jordan.  The  unity  of  the  Hebrew  nation,  of  its 
faith,  of  its  law,  of  its  government,  and  of  its  des 
tiny  weakens  rapidly ;  the  tendency  to  idolatry, 
which  the  Hebrews  had  so  often  evinced  when 
wandering  in  the  Desert,  reappears  and  developes 
itself,  fomented  by  the  vicinity  of  the  Polytheistic 
tribes  of  Canaan.  Not,  however,  that  we  can 
precisely  say  that  Polytheism  prevails  against 
the  One  God  ;  but  rather  that  material  images  of 
Jehovah  become,  in  the  midst  of  particular  tribes, 
the  object  of  the  idolatrous  worship  so  strongly 


196  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

prohibited  by  the  Decalogue.  "  And  the  children 
of  Israel  did  evil  in  the  sight  of  the  Lord,  and 
forgat  the  Lord  their  God,  and  served  Baalim  and 
the  groves."  * 

Under  such  influences  the  moral  and  social 
state  of  the  people  of  Israel  undergoes  profound 
changes  ;  the  barbarism,  which  had  been  formerly 
amongst  them  fanatical  and  austere,  becomes  un 
ruly  and  licentious  ;  their  chiefs,  their  Judges, 
during  the  epoch  which  bears  their  name,  no  longer 
possess,  sometimes  no  longer  merit,  their  confi 
dence  ;  even  the  heroic  acts  of  some  amongst 
them — of  Gideon,  of  Deborah,  of  Samson, — present 
rather  a  strange  than  an  august  character.  The 
Mosaic  Theocracy  veils  itself ;  the  Hebrew  nation 
becomes  disorganized ;  day  by  day,  the  religious 
and  political  anarchy  in  Israel  extends  and 
becomes  aggravated. 

But  where  the  Divine  Light  has  once  shone, 
it  is  never  completely  extinguished  ;  and  when 
the  voice  of  God  has  once  spoken,  the  sound  is 

*  Judges  iii.  7. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  197 

never  entirely  lost,  even  to  ears  that  no  longer 
listen.  It  has  been  affirmed  that  after  Joshua,  in 
the  lapse  of  time  that  took  place  between  the 
government  of  the  Judges  and  the  end  of  the 
reign  of  Solomon,  the  recollection  of  Moses,  of  his 
actions  and  his  laws,  had  almost  entirely  disap 
peared — had  lost  all  authority  in  Israel.  Some 
passages  from  the  biblical  narrative  will  suffice 
to  remove  this  error.  I  read  in  the  Book  of 
Judges,  with  respect  to  the  Canaanitish  tribes 
who  resisted  and  survived  in  their  countries  the 
conquest  and  settlement  of  the  Hebrew  tribes  :— 
These  nations  "were  to  prove  Israel,  to  know 
whether  they  would  hearken  unto  the  command 
ments  of  the  Lord,  which  he  commanded  their 
fathers  by  the  hand  of  Moses."  *  And  again, 
in  the  Book  of  Samuel,  it  is  the  Eternal  "that 
advanced  Moses  and  Aaron  ....  which  brought 
forth  your  fathers  out  of  the  land  of  Egypt, 
and  made  them  dwell  in  this  place."  f  And  in 
the  Book  of  Kings,!  David,  on  the  point  of  ex- 

*  Judges  iii.  4.        f  1  Samuel  xii.  G,  8.       £  1  Kings  ii.  3. 


198  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

piling,  says  to  his  son  Solomon,  "  Keep  the  charge 
of  the  Lord  thy  God,  to  walk  in  his  ways,  to 
keep  his  statutes,  and  his  commandments,  and  his 
judgments,  and  his  testimonies,  as  it  is  written 
in  the  law  of  Moses."  And  when  Solomon,  after 
the  solemn  dedication  of  his  Temple,  had  addressed 
to  God  his  prayer  of  thanksgiving,  "  he  stood,  and 
blessed  all  the  congregation  of  Israel  with  a  loud 
voice,  saying,  Blessed  be  the  Lord,  that  hath 
given  rest  unto  his  people  Israel,  according  to  all 
that  he  promised  :  there  hath  not  failed  one  word 
of  all  his  good  promise,  which  he  promised  by 
the  hand  of  Moses  his  servant/'  * 

In  the  customs  and  lives  of  the  Israelites  these 
"good  promises"  had  not  practically,  it  is  true, 
preserved  all  their  efficacy  :  the  worship  of  Jeho 
vah  and  the  legislation  of  Moses  had  fallen  into 
sad  oblivion,  and  undergone  serious  changes. 
But,  in  the  national  sentiment,  Jehovah  the 
Eternal  was  ever  the  One  God,  the  True  God ; 
and  Moses  his  interpreter.  Moral  and  social 

*  1  Kings  viii.  55,  56. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  109 

disorder  had  invaded  the  Hebrew  Confederation  ; 
the  Divine  Law  and  Tradition  were  incessantly 
violated,  still  not  ignored  :  they  ever  continued 
the  Divine  Law  and  Tradition,  the  objects  of  the 
faith  and  veneration  of  Israel. 

When  the  evil  of  anarchy  had  brought  with  it 
great  national  reverses, — when  the  Philistines  on 
the  south,  the  Ammonites  on  the  east,  and  the  Meso- 
potamians  on  the  north,  had  placed  in  jeopardy 
the  Hebrew  settlement  in  Canaan, — a  general  cry 
arose ;  on  all  sides,  the  tribes  demanded  a  strong 
government,  a  single  chief,  one  capable  of  main 
taining  order  within,  and  supporting  abroad  the 
position  and  the  honour  of  Israel.  A  great  and 
faithful  servant  of  Jehovah,  the  last  of  the  judges, 
and  the  greatest  of  the  prophets  since  Moses, — 
Samuel, — had  recently  governed  Israel,  and  strenu 
ously  struggled  to  arrest  the  progress  of  popular 
vice  and  misfortune ;  but  he  had  become  old,  and 
his  sons  whom  he  had  made  "judges  over  Israel 
.  walked  not  in  his  ways,  but  turned  aside  after 
lucre,  and  took  bribes,  and  perverted  judgment. 


200  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

Then  all  the  elders  of  Israel  gathered  themselves 
together,  and  came  to  Samuel  unto  Kamah,  and 
said  unto  him,  Behold,  thou  art  old,  and  thy  sons 
walk  not  in  thy  ways  :  now  make  us  a  king  to 
judge  us  like  all  the  nations/'  * 

The  demand  had  in  it  nothing  singular ;  even 
at  the  epoch  when  God,  by  his  servant  Moses, 
was  personally  governing  Israel,  the  chance  of  the 
establishment  of  a  human  kingdom  had  been 
foreseen  and  provided  for  beforehand  by  the 
Divine  Law  :  "  When  thou  art  come  unto  the 
land  which  the  Lord  thy  God  giveth  thee,  and 
shalt  possess  it,  and  shalt  dwell  therein,  and  shalt 
say,  I  will  set  a  king  over  me,  like  as  all  the 
nations  that  are  about  me  ;  thou  shalt  in  any  wise 
set  him  king  over  thee,  whom  the  Lord  thy  God 
shall  choose  :  one  from  among  thy  brethren  shalt 
thou  set  king  over  thee  :  thou  mayest  not  set  a 
stranger  over  thee,  which  is  not  thy  brother."  t 

Although  thus  provided  for  by  the  Divine  Law, 
the  demand  of  a  king  was  extremely  displeasing 

*  1  Samuel  viii.  1—5.  f  Deut.  xvii.  14,  15. 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  20  L 

to  Samuel ;  "  for  the  kingly  rule  was  odious  to 
him,"  says  the  historian  Josephus ;  "  he  had  an 
innate  love  of  justice,  and  was  ardently  attached 
to  the  aristocratical  form  of  government,  as  to  the 
form  of  polity  which  rendered  men  happy  and 
worthy  of  God."  *  But  the  Eternal  "  said  unto 
Samuel,  Hearken  unto  the  voice  of  the  people  in 
all  that  they  say  unto  thee  :  for  they  have  not 
rejected  thee,  but  they  have  rejected  me,  that  I 
should  not  reign  over  them  .  .  .  Now  therefore 
hearken  unto  their  voice ;  howbeit  yet  protest 
solemnly  unto  them,  and  shew  them  the  manner 
of  the  king  that  shall  reign  over  them."  f 

Samuel  predicted  to  the  Hebrews  how  much 
the  kingly  form  of  government  would  cost  them, 
all  that  they  would  have  to  suffer  in  their  families, 
their  property,  and  their  liberties  :  "  Nevertheless 
the  people  refused  to  obey  the  voice  of  Samuel ; 
and  they  said,  Nay  ;  but  we  will  have  a  king  over 
us  ;  that  \ve  also  may  be  like  all  the  nations  ;  and 
that  our  king  may  judge  us,  and  go  out  before  us, 

*  Josephus,  Ant.  Jud.  vol.  vi.  ch.  iii.  3.     f  1  Sam.  viii.  7 — 9. 


202  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

and  fight  our  battles.  And  Samuel  heard  all  the 
words  of  the  people,  and  he  rehearsed  them  in  the 
ears  of  the  Lord.  And  the  Lord  said  to  Samuel, 
Hearken  unto  their  voice,  and  make  them  a  king."  * 
The  world's  history  offers  no  example  where  the 
merits  and  defects  of  absolute  monarchy  were  so 
rapidly  developed,  where  they  were  displayed  so 
strikingly,  as  in  this  little  Hebrew  monarchy, 
instituted  with  the  view  of  escaping  from  anarchy 
by  the  express  desire  of  the  people  itself.  Three 
kings  succeed  to  the  throne,  in  origin,  character, 
conduct,  and  reign  absolutely  dissimilar.  Saul 
is  a  warrior,  chosen  by  Samuel  for  his  strength, 
bodily  beauty,  and  courage  ;  ever  ready  for  the 
combat,  but  without  foresight,  without  perse 
verance  in  his  military  operations  ;  easily  intoxi 
cated  with  good  fortune ;  hurried  away  by  brutal, 
capricious,  or  jealous  passions ;  now  engaged  in 
furious  struggles,  now  appearing  in  a  dependent 
position,  with  his  patron  Samuel,  his  son  Jonathan, 
his  son-in-law  David  ;  a  genuine  barbarian  king, 

*  1  Samuel  viii.  19—22. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  203 

arrogant,  changeable  of  humour,  impatient  of  con 
trol,  prone  to  superstition,  a  moment  serving  Israel 
against  her  enemies,  but  incapable  of  governing 
Israel  in  the  name  of  its  God.  David,  on  the  con 
trary,  is  the  faithful  and  consistent  representative 
of  religious  faith  and  religious  life  in  Israel ;  the  fer 
vent  and  submissive  adorer  of  the  Eternal ;  he  is  so 
at  all  the  epochs  and  in  the  most  varying  aspects 
of  his  career,  whether  of  humility  or  of  grandeur  ; 
at  once  warrior,  king,  prophet,  poet ;  as  ardent  to 
celebrate  his  God  in  his  character  of  poet,  as  to 
serve  Him  in  the  capacity  of  warrior,  or  to  obey 
Him  in  that  of  king ;  equally  sublime  in  his 
thanksgiving  to  the  Eternal  for  his  triumphs  as  in 
his  invocation  to  Him  in  his  distresses;  accessible 
to  the  most  culpable  human  weaknesses,  but 
prompt  to  repent  the  offence  once  committed  ; 
and  giving  always  to  impulses  of  joy  or  pious 
sadness  the  first  place  in  his  soul ;  very  king  of 
the  nation  that  adores  the  very  God.  David 
accomplishes  the  work  of  his  time  :  he  obtains 
the  object  for  which  the  monarchy  had  been 


204  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

demanded  and  instituted :  he  leaves  behind  him 
the  tribes  of  Israel  reunited  at  home,  and  reassured 
against  foreign  enemies,  proceeding  too  in  the 
path  of  good  order  and  confidence.  Heir  to  his 
father's  work,  his  father's  success,  Solomon  comes 
next,  and  reigns  forty  years — years  of  almost  as 
much  repose  as  splendour :  "  God  gave  Solomon 
wisdom  and  understanding  exceeding  much,  and 
largeness  of  heart,  even  as  the  sand  that  is  on 
the  sea  shore."*  "And  he  had  peace  on  all  sides 
round  about  him.  And  Judah  and  Israel  dwelt 
safely,  every  man  under  his  vine  and  under  his 
fig  tree,  from  Dan  even  to  Beersheba,  all  the 
days  of  Solomon."  f 

The  kingdom  and  the  kingly  authority  rose 
under  the  government  of  Solomon,  and  through 
out  all  Western  Asia,  to  a  degree  of  power 
and  splendour  before  unknown  to  the  Hebrews. 
A  prosperity  out  of  all  proportion  with  the 
position  of  a  new  king  and  a  small  state,  and 
which  reminds  us  of  the  rapid  histories  and  the 

*  1  Kings  iv.  29.          f  Ibid.  24,  25. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  205 

political  comets  of  the  East.  Solomon  at  tins 
point  lost  sight  of  both  wisdom  and  virtue  :  the 
first  hereditary  prince  of  the  Hebrew  monarchy 
terminated  his  life  like  a  voluptuous  sovereign 
of  Ecbatana  or  of  Nineveh ;  the  son  of  the  pious 
King  David  became  a  sceptical  moralist ;  although 
a  profound  observer  of  the  nature  and  destiny  of 
man,  such  observation  had  led  but  to  feelings 
of  disgust.  Nor  did  the  monarchy  survive  the 
monarch  :  the  nation  became  effeminate  and 
corrupt,  in  the  effeminacy  and  corruption  of  its 
sovereign.  Scarcely  was  Solomon  dead,  when  his 
monarchy  was  divided  into  two  kingdoms,  which, 
at  first  rivals,  became  soon  openly  hostile  to  each 
other ;  sometimes  a  prey  to  tyranny,  sometimes  to 
anarchy,  and  almost  always  to  war.  It  was  not, 
as  formerly,  merely  a  bad  phase  of  transition  in 
the  history  of  the  Hebrew  nation  ;  it  was  the 
commencement  of  national  decline — decline  irre 
mediable,  hopeless. 

But  what,  in  this  decline,  will  become  of  the 
law  revealed  on  Sinai  to  Moses  ?     Is  it  destined 


206  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

to  fall  with  the  monarchy  of  Solomon,  or  to  lan 
guish  and  die  out  in  the  midst  of  the  struggles 
and  disasters  of  Judah  and  of  Israel  ?  Quite  the 
contrary :  the  religious  faith  and  law  of  the 
Hebrews  will  not  only  perpetuate  themselves,  but 
will  again  shine  forth  at  this  epoch  of  political 
ruin. 

Above  the  fortune  of  states  are  the  designs  of 
God,  to  which  instruments  are  never  wanting  ; 
the  kings  continue  to  perpetrate  acts  of  violence, 
and  the  people  to  show  marks  of  weakness ;  but 
amidst  all,  the  prophets  of  Israel  will  maintain 
the  ancient  Covenant,  and  prepare  the  coming  of 
that  new  Covenant  which  is  to  make  of  the  God 
of  Israel  the  God  of  mankind. 


IV.  GOD  AND  THE  PROPHETS. 

A  CELEBRATED  political  writer — a  freethinker 
belonging  to  the  Eadical  school,  somewhat  also  to 
the  school  of  Positivism — Mr.  John  Stuart  Mill,  has 
recently  said,  in  his  work  on  Government,  "  The 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  207 

Egyptian  hierarchy,  the  paternal  despotism  of 
China,  were  very  fit  instruments  for  carrying 
those  nations  up  to  the  point  of  civilisation  Avhich 
they  attained.  But,  having  reached  that  point, 
they  were  brought  to  a  permanent  halt,  for  want 
of  mental  liberty  and  individuality  ;  requisites  of 
improvement  which  the  institutions  that  had 
carried  them  thus  far,  entirely  incapacitated  them 
from  acquiring ;  and,  as  the  institutions  did  not 
break  down  and  give  place  to  others,  further 
improvement  stopped.  In  contrast  with  these 
nations,  let  us  consider  the  example  of  an  opposite 
character  afforded  by  another  and  a  comparatively 
insignificant  Oriental  people — the  Jews.  They, 
too,  had  an  absolute  monarchy  and  a  hierarchy,  and 
their  organised  institutions  were  as  obviously  of 
sacerdotal  origin  as  those  of  the  Hindoos.  These 
did  for  them  what  was  done  for  other  Oriental  races 
by  their  institutions — subdued  them  to  industiy 
and  order,  and  gave  them  a  national  life.  But 
neither  their  kings  nor  their  priests  ever  obtained, 
as  in  those  other  countries,  the  exclusive  moulding 


208  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

of  their  character.  Their  religion,  which  enabled 
persons  of  genius  and  a  high  religious  tone  to  be 
regarded  and  to  regard  themselves  as  inspired 
from  Heaven,  gave  existence  to  an  inestimably 
precious  unorganized  institution — the  Order  (if  it 
may  be  so  termed)  of  Prophets.  Generally  under 
the  protection — it  was  not  always  effectual — of 
their  sacred  character,  the  prophets  were  a  power 
in  the  nation,  often  more  than  a  match  for  kings 
and  priests,  and  kept  up  in  that  little  corner  of 
the  earth  the  antagonism  of  influence,  which  is  the 
only  real  security  for  continued  progress.  Eeligion 
consequently  was  not  there — what  it  has  been  in 
so  many  other  places— a  consecration  of  all  that 
was  once  established,  and  a  barrier  against  further 
improvement.  The  remark  of  a  distinguished 
Hebrew,  M.  Salvador,  that  the  prophets  were, 
in  Church  and  State,  the  equivalent  to  the 
modern  liberty  of  the  press,  gives  a  just  but  not 
an  adequate  conception  of  the  part  fulfilled  in 
national  and  universal  histories  by  this  great 
element  of  Jewish  life  ;  by  means  of  which,  the 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  209 

canon  of  inspiration  never  being  complete,  the 
persons  most  eminent  in  genius  and  moral  feeling 
could  not  only  denounce  and  reprobate,  with  the 
direct  authority  of  the  Almighty,  whatever  ap 
peared  to  them  deserving  of  such  treatment,  but 
could  give  forth  better  and  higher  interpretations 
of  the  national  religion.  Conditions  more  favour 
able  to  progress  could  not  easily  exist ;  accordingly 
the  Jews,  instead  of  being  stationary  like  other 
Asiatics,  were,  next  to  the  Greeks,  the  most  pro 
gressive  people  of  antiquity,  and,  jointly  with 
them,  have  been  the  starting-point  and  main 
propelling  agency  of  modern  cultivation."* 

Mr.  Mill  is  right,  only  he  does  not  go  far 
enough.  Modern  civilization  is  in  effect  derived 
from  the  Jews  and  from  the  Greeks.  To  tin- 
latter  it  is  indebted  for  its  human  and  intellectual, 
to  the  former  for  its  Divine  and  moral,  element. 
Of  these  two  sources,  we  owe  to  the  Jews,  if 
not  the  more  brilliant,  at  all  events  the  more 

*  Considerations  on  Representative  Government.       By  Job  i 
Stuart  Mill,  pp.  41—43.     London. 


210  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

sublime  and  dearly  acquired  one.  After  the 
development  of  power  and  grandeur  which  took 
place  amongst  the  Jews  in  the  reigns  of  David 
and  Solomon,  their  history  is  but  a  long 
series  of  misfortunes  and  reverses, — an  eventful, 
painful  decline.  The  Hebrew  state  is  divided 
into  two  kingdoms,  almost  constantly  at  war 
with  each  other.  And  whilst  the  kingdom  of 
Israel  is  a  prey  to  continual  usurpations  and 
revolutions,  making  it  the  scene  of  all  the  violence 
and  all  the  vicissitudes  of  a  tyranny,  the  king 
dom  of  Judah  has  a  line  of  princes,  in  turn  good 
or  bad,  who  keep  it  unceasingly  in  a  state 
of  trouble  and  of  jeopardy.  Religion  falls  be 
neath  the  yoke  of  secular  government;  idolatry 
appears  in  the  kingdom  of  Israel,  and  braves 
audaciously  the  ancient  national  faith.  The  king 
dom  of  Judah,  however,  remains  more  faithful  to 
Jehovah  and  his  law,  to  the  traditions  of  Moses, 
and  to  the  race  of  David  ;  but  its  languishing 
faith  is  no  longer  strong  enough  to  arrest  its 
march  in  the  path  of  decline.  In  the  two  king- 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  211 

doms,  internal  disorders  are  aggravated  by  reverses 
abroad  ;  in  the  meantime,  around  them  mighty 
empires  spring  up  and  succeed  to  each  other. 
First  Israel  and  then  Judah  are  invaded  by 
strangers ;  they  are  subjugated  in  turn  by  the 
Assyrians,  the  Egyptians,  the  Syrians,  the  Baby 
lonians.  The  Hebrews  are  not  only  vanquished 
and  reduced  to  subjection,  but  exiled,  transported, 
led  captive  far  from  their  country.  A  new  con 
queror,  Cyrus,  permits  them  to  return  to  Jerusa 
lem  ;  but  not  to  resume  their  independence  ;  at 
first  subjects  of  the  Persian  kings,  they  soon  pass 
from  their  empire  to  that  of  the  Greek  generals, 
who  have  divided  amongst  one  another  the  con 
quests  of  Alexander ;  then  to  the  rule  of  the 
Greeks  succeeds  that  of  the  Eomans.  During 
this  succession  of  servitudes,  scarcely  are  they 
allowed  any  moments  of  existence  as  a  free 
nation,  and  even  this  freedom  is  more  apparent 
than  real.  Judea,  like  Greece,  is  subjugated,  but 
under  circumstances  of  greater  humiliation  and 

distress. 

p  2 


212  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

And  shall,  then,  the  Hebrews  oppose  no  effica 
cious  resistance  to  these  reverses  ?  What  is  to 
become,  in  this  absolute  ruin  of  the  nationality  of 
the  Jews,  of  their  God,  and  their  faith  ?  Shall  the 
miracles  of  Sinai  have  no  more  virtue  than  the 
mysteries  of  Eleusis,  and  Jehovah  languish  away 
and  vanish  in  the  routine  of  sacerdotal  cere 
monies,  or  in  philosophical  scepticism  ? 

By  no  means  :  in  the  midst  of  his  people's 
decay,  the  God  of  Israel  maintains  interpreters 
who  struggle  with  indomitable  fidelity  against 
public  calamities  and  popular  errors.  The  first 
of  the  prophets,  Moses,  had  spoken  in  the  name 
and  according  to  the  commandment  of  Jehovah. 
After  him  there  never  were  wanting  to  Israel 
men  who  inherited  or  pretended  to  the  heritage 
of  the  same  Divine  mission.  "  I  will  raise  them 
up  a  Prophet  from  among  their  brethren,  like 
unto  thee,"  said  the  Eternal  unto  Moses,  "  and  will 
put  my  words  in  his  mouth;  and  he  shall  speak 
unto  them  all  that  I  shall  command  him.  .  .  . 
But  the  prophet,  which  shall  presume  to  speak 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  213 

a  word  in  my  name,  which  I  have  not  com 
manded  him  to  speak,  or  that  shall  speak  in 
the  name  of  other  gods,  even  that  prophet  shall 
die."* 

From  Moses  to  Samuel,  the  series  of  the 
prophets  is  continued ;  some  of  them  are  of 
renown,  like  Nathan  in  the  reigns  of  David  and 
Solomon  ;  but  the  greater  number,  without  name 
in  history,  and  appearing  scattered  over  a  long 
course  of  years.  They  are  called  the  Seers,\  or 
the  Inspired.^  Their  speech  gushes  forth  like 
a  well  under  the  breath  of  God.  When  the 
government  of  the  Judges  gives  place  to  that 
of  the  Kings,  the  great  actor  in  this  drama  of 
transition,  Samuel,  opens  for  the  prophets  a  new 
era ;  dedicated  from  his  infancy  to  God's  service, 
he  feels  beforehand  and  abides  the  divine 
inspiration  :  "  Speak,  Lord  ;  for  thy  servant 
heareth."§ 

Not  long  after,  his  renown  spreads  amongst  the 

*  Dent,  xviii.  18,  20.  f  Roeh  or  Chozeli,  in  Hebrew. 

J  Nabi.  §  1  Samuel  iii.  9, 10. 


214  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

people  ;  he  is  not  pontiff,  he  is  not  even  priest.* 
But  he  is  pre-eminently  the  seer  :  "  Is  not  the 
seer  here  1 "  Such  is  the  question  addressed  to 
some  young  maidens  by  the  men  who  are  in 
search  of  Samuel.  Saul  meets  him  without 
knowing  him,  and  says  to  him,  "I  pray  thee 
tell  me  where  the  house  of  the  seer  is."  "I 
am  the  seer,"  replied  Samuel ;  and  soon  after, 
it  is  Samuel  himself,  who,  in  compliance  with 
the  popular  vote,  approved  by  God,  proclaims 
Saul  king.  But  at  the  moment  when  he  thus 
changes  the  theocracy  in  Israel  into  a  monarchy, 
he  foresees  the  vices  and  perils  attendant  upon 
the  new  government,  and  opposes  to  them  the 
element  of  resistance  drawn  from  their  national 
beliefs  and  traditions ;  he  transforms  the  order 
of  prophets  into  a  permanent  institution ;  he 
founds  schools  of  prophets,  independent  ser 
vants  of  Jehovah,  consecrated  to  the  defence 
of  his  law  and  the  enunciation  of  his  will; 

*  Samuel  propheta  fuit,  judex  fuit,  levita  fuit,  non  pontifex, 
lie  saoerdos  quidem. — St.  Jeroni  adv.  Jovinianum. 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  215 

constituting    a    sort    of    congregation    indepen 
dent  of   both    Church    and    State;    leading,    in 
fixed   and    appointed  places, — at   Kama,  Bethel, 
Jericho,  Jerusalem, — a  life  in  common,  but  with 
out  exclusive  privileges  ;  the  sons  of  the  prophets 
are  brought  up  near  their  fathers  ;  but  still  tin- 
mission  of  prophecy  is  accessible  to  all  who  have 
the  call  from   God  :  "  Go,   thou  seer,"   said  the 
priest   Amaziah,    in    his    anger,  to   the  prophet 
Amos,  "  flee  thee  away  into  the  land  of  Judah, 
and  there  eat  bread,  and   prophesy  there  :    but 
prophesy  not  again  any  more  at  Bethel :  for  it 
is  the  king's  chapel,  and  it  is  the  king's  court. 
Then  answered  Amos,  and   said   to  Amaziah,  I 
was  no  prophet,  neither  was  I  a  prophet's  son  : 
but  I  was  a  herdman,  and  a  gatherer  of  syco- 
more  fruit :    and  the  Eternal  took  me  as  I  fol 
lowed   the   flock,  and   the  Lord  said   unto   inc. 
Go,  prophesy  unto  my  people  Israel."  * 

The  prophets  are  neither  priests  nor  monks: 
sprung  from  all  the  classes  of  the  Jewish  nation, 

*  Amos  vii.  12 — 15. 


216  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

their  vocation  is  essentially  independent.  They 
belong  to  God  alone,  and  await  divine  inspira 
tion  to  oppose,  as  it  may  happen,  at  one  time 
the  tyranny  of  the  kings,  at  another  the  passions 
of  the  populace,  at  another  the  corruption  of 
the  priesthood:  their  only  arms,  the  com 
mands  of  God  and  the  gift  of  prophecy.  The 
functions  assigned  to  them  are  as  different  as 
the  places  and  circumstances  of  their  life;  but 
they  are  ready  to  take  any  part  and  to  encounter 
any  peril :  some  of  them,  like  Elijah  and  Elisha, 
are  men  of  action  and  of  combat ;  the  others, 
like  Isaiah,  Jeremiah,  Ezekiel,  Amos,  are  narra 
tors,  moralists,  prophets ;  some  devote  them 
selves  to  attacks  upon  the  acts  of  violence  and 
impiety  committed  by  the  kings,  the  others  to 
the  vices  and  corruption  of  the  people ;  the  same 
spirit,  however,  animates  them  all ;  they  are  all 
interpreters  and  labourers  of  Jehovah ;  they 
defend,  all  of  them,  the  faith  of  God  against 
idolatry,  justice  and  right  against  tyranny,  the 
national  independence  against  foreign  dominion. 


SEVEXTH   MEDITATION.  217 

In  the  name  of  the  God  of  Abraham  and  of 
Jacob,  they  labour  and  succeed  in  maintaining 
or  in  reanimating  religious  and  moral  life  amidst 
the  decay  and  servitude  of  Israel.  "  All  the 
time,"  says  St.  Augustine,  "from  the  epoch  when 
the  holy  Samuel  began  to  prophesy,  to  the  day 
when  the  people  of  Israel  was  led  captive  into 
Babylonia,  is  the  period  of  the  prophets."  * 

To  accomplish  their  mission,  to  ensure  their 
hard-earned  successes,  they  had  other  arms 
than  lamentations  and  exhortations,  arising  out 
of  what  was  past  and  inevitable;  other  expe 
dients  than  pious  reproaches  and  expressions  of 
regret.  These  defenders  of  the  ancient  faith  of 
Moses  do  not  shut  themselves  up  within  the 
external  forms  and  rites  of  their  religion;  they 
pursue  the  moral  object  that  it  proposes ;  they 
insist  upon  the  spirit  that  vivifies  it.  "Your 
new  moons  and  your  appointed  feasts  my  soul 
hateth"  (said  the  Lord,  according  to  Isaiah)  : 
"they  are  a  trouble  unto  me  ;  I  am  weary  to  b«-ar 

*  De  Civitatc  Dei,  1.  xvii.  ch.  1. 


218  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

them.  And  when  ye  spread  forth  your  hands, 
I  will  hide  mine  eyes  from  you  :  yea,  when 
ye  make  many  prayers,  I  will  not  hear  :  your 
hands  are  full  of  blood.  Wash  you,  make  you 
clean ;  put  away  the  evil  of  your  doings  from 
before  mine  eyes ;  cease  to  do  evil ;  learn 
to  do  well ;  seek  judgment,  relieve  the  oppressed, 
judge  the  fatherless,  plead  for  the  widow."  * 

"Wherewith  shall  I  come  before  the  Lord" 
(said  the  prophet  Micah),  "and  bow  myself 
before  the  high  God  I  shall  I  come  before  him 
with  burnt  offerings,  with  calves  of  a  year  old  ? 
Will  the  Lord  be  pleased  with  thousands  of  rams, 
or  with  ten  thousands  of  rivers  of  oil?  shall  I 
give  my  firstborn  for  my  transgression,  the  fruit 
of  my  body  for  the  sin  of  my  soul  ?  He  hath 
shewed  thee,  0  man,  what  is  good;  and  what 
doth  the  Lord  require  of  thee,  but  to  do  justly, 
and  to  love  mercy,  and  to  walk  humbly  with  thy 
God?"t 

Even  whilst  calling  the  people  of  Israel  back 

*  Isaiah  i.  14—17.  t  Micah  vi.  6—8. 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  219 

to  the  faith  of  their  fathers,  the  prophets  open 
to  them  new  perspectives :  whilst  reproaching 
them  with  the  errors  that  have  led  to  their  decay 
and  servitude,  they  permit  them  yet  to  see  the 
future  delivery  and  regeneration.  It  is  their 
divine  character  to  live  at  once  in  the  past  and 
in  the  future ;  to  confide  alike  to  the  ordinances 
of  the  Eternal  and  to  his  promises :  they  move 
forward,  but  they  change  not ;  they  believe,  they 
hope ;  they  are  faithful  to  Moses  whilst  they 
announce  the  Messiah. 


V.  EXPECTATION   OF  THE   MESSIAH. 

CONTROVERSY  has  the  mischievous  power  of 
the  Homeric  Jupiter :  it  collects  clouds  amidst 
which  the  light  that  we  seek  for  disappears. 

The  Old  and  the  New  Testament,  the  history 
of  the  Jews  and  the  history  of  Jesus  Christ,  lie 
before  us.  Do  these  two  monuments  form  but 
one  single  edifice  ?  That  second  history,  is  it 
comprised  and  written  beforehand  in  the  first  1 


220  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

Such  is  the  question  which  has  for  the  last 
eighteen  centuries  occupied  and  divided  the 
learned.  Some  affirm  that  Jesus  Christ  was  fore 
seen  and  predicted  among  the  Jews,  and  that 
the  series  of  prophecies  continued  from  the  very 
time  of  Moses  until  the  advent  of  Christ.  Others 
lay  stress  upon  the  hiatus — the  want  of  connection 
and  cohesion — the  contradictions  to  be  detected 
here  between  the  Old  and  New  Testament ;  and 
thence  they  conclude  that  the  text  of  the  Old 
Testament  by  no  means  contains  the  facts  that 
appear  in  the  New  Testament,  and  that  the 
miraculous  history  of  Jesus  Christ  was,  in  the 
bosom  of  Israel,  neither  miraculously  foreseen  nor 
predicted. 

Why  was  it,  and  how  was  it  possible,  that 
two  assertions  so  contradictory  came  to  be  both 
adopted  and  maintained  by  men  most  of  them  as 
sincere  as  learned  ? 

They  have  all  committed  the  fault  of  plunging 
into  the  petty  details  of  facts  and  texts,  searching 
in  all  places,  without  exception,  for  the  complete 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  221 

demonstration  of  their  particular  theses,  and 
losing  sight  of  the  great  fact,  the  general  and 
dominant  fact  to  which  we  should  refer  as  alone 
capable  of  solving  the  question.  They  descend 
into  the  mazy  paths  which  perplex  the  plain 
below,  instead  of  grasping  from  the  summit  of 
the  mountains,  the  whole  comprehensive  view, 
and  the  grand  road  leading  to  the  goal  itself. 
Believers  have  insisted  upon  discovering,  fact  by 
fact,  in  the  biblical  prophecies  the  whole  mission 
and  all  the  life  of  Jesus.  The  incredulous,  on  the 
other  hand,  have  minutely  adverted  to  all  the 
discrepancies,  all  the  difficulties,  suggested  by  a 
comparison  of  the  texts  of  the  Old  Testament 
and  of  the  Gospel  narrative ;  they  have  contrasted 
the  glories  of  the  Messiah,  the  powerful  King  of 
Israel,  so  often  announced  by  the  prophets,  with 
the  humble  life,  the  cruel  death  of  Jesus,  and 
with  the  ruin  of  Jerusalem.  In  my  opinion,  they 
have  on  both  sides  lost  sight  of  the  inward  and 
essential  characteristic  of  this  sublime  history ; 
the  special  action  of  God  is  revealed  therein,  but 


222  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

without  suppressing  the  action  of  men ;  miracles 
take  their  place  in  the  midst  of  the  natural  course 
of  events ;  the  ambitious  aspirations  of  the  Jews 
connect  themselves  with  the  religious  perspective 
opened  to  them  by  the  prophets  ;  the  divine  and 
the  human,  the  inspiration  from  on  high  and  the 
impulse  of  the  national  imagination,  appear  toge 
ther.  These  two  elements  should  be  disentangled: 
the  mind  should  be  raised  above  the  perplexing 
influences  which  they  exercise,  and  the  attention 
directed  to  that  heavenly  beam  which  pierces  the 
vapours  of  this  earthly  atmosphere.  Thus,  all 
the  embarrassment  that  controversy  occasioned 
vanishing,  the  history  yields  to  us  its  profound 
meanings,  and,  in  spite  of  complications  having 
their  origin  in  the  wordy  explanations  of  man,  the 
design  of  God  makes  itself  manifest  in  all  its 
majestic  simplicity. 

Discarding  all  discussion  and  commentary,  let 
us  merely  collect,  from  epoch  to  epoch,  the  prin 
cipal  texts  which  speak  of  the  advent  of  the 
future  Messiah.  I  might  here  multiply  citations, 


SEVENTH    MEDITATION.  223 

but  I  limit  myself  to  those  where  the  allusion  is 
evident.  It  is  the  Bible,  and  the  Bible  alone,  that 
is  speaking. 

The  first  act  of  disobedience  to  God,  the  act 
of  original  sin,  has  just  been  committed.  The 
Eternal  God  says  to  the  serpent  that  has  seduced 
Eve  :  "  Because  thou  hast  done  this,  thou  art 
cursed  above  all  cattle,  and  above  every  beast  of 

the  field And  I  will  put  enmity  between 

tliee  and  the  woman,  and  between  thy  seed  and 
her  seed  ;  it  shall  bruise  thy  head,  and  thou  shalt 
bruise  his  heel."  * 

He  that  shall  bruise  the  head  of  the  serpent 
shall  belong,  says  the  Book  of  Genesis,  to  the 
race  of  Shem,  to  the  posterity  of  Abraham  and 
Jacob,  to  the  kingdom  of  Judah.  "But  thou, 
Beth-lehem  Ephratah,  though  thou  be  little- 
among  the  thousands  of  Judah,  yet  out  of  th<M>. 
shall  he  come  forth  unto  me  that  is  to  be  Ruin- 
in  Israel. "t 


*  Genesis  iii.  14,*  15. 
f  Genesis  ix.  26  ;  xii.  3  ;  xlix.  10  ;  Micah  v.    2. 


224  THE    CHRISTIAN   EELIGION. 

Israel  is  at  its  apogee  of  splendour :  David 
prophesies  alike  the  sufferings  and  the  glory  of 
that  Saviour  of  the  world  who  is  to  be  not  merely 
the  King  of  Zion,  but  "  the  Son  and  the  Anointed 
of  the  Eternal:"  "My  God,  my  God,  why  hast 
thou  forsaken  me  ?  "  is  the  expression  attributed 
to  him  by  the  prophet  king.  .  .  .  "All  they  that 
see  me  laugh  me  to  scorn  :  they  shoot  out  the  lip, 

they  shake  the  head They  gave  me  also 

gall  for  my  meat,  and  in  my  thirst  they  gave  me 

vinegar  to  drink They  part  my  garments 

among  them,  and  cast  lots  upon  my  vesture.  .  .  . 
He  trusted  on  the  Lord  that  he  would  deliver 
him ;  let  him  deliver  him,  seeing  he  delighted  in 
him.  ...  Ye  that  fear  the  Lord,  praise  him ;  all 
ye  the  seed  of  Jacob,  glorify  him  ;  and  fear  him, 

all  ye  the  seed  of  Israel All  the  ends  of 

the  earth  shall  remember  and  turn  unto  the 
Lord :  and  all  the  kindreds  of  the  nations  shall 
worship  before  thee."*  The  kingdom  of  David 

*  Psalms  ii.  2,  6,  7  ;    xxii.   1,  7  ;     Ixix.  21  ;    xxii.  18,  8, 
23,  27. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  2:25 

and  of  Solomon  has  begun  to  decay  ;  Judah  and 
Israel  are  separating  ;  both  kingdoms  have  their 
prophets,  who  at  one  time  struggle  against  the 
crimes  and  evils  of  their  respective  ages,  and, 
at  another,  occupy  themselves  in  disclosing 
prospects  of  the  future. 

"  Hear  ye  now,  0  house  of  David 

"Therefore  the  Lord  himself  shall  give  you  a  sign; 
Behold,  a  virgin  shall  conceive,  and  bear  a  son,  and  shall 
call  his  name  Immanuel 

"  The  people  that  walked  in  darkness  have  seen  a  great 
light :  they  that  dwell  in  the  land  of  the  shadow  of  death, 
upon  them  hath  the  light  shined 

"  For  unto  us  a  child  is  born,  unto  us  a  son  is  given : 
and  the  government  shall  be  upon  his  shoulder :  and  his 
name  shall  be  called  Wonderful,  Counsellor,  The  mighty 
God,  The  everlasting  Father,  The  Prince  of  Peace 

"  And  there  shall  come  forth  a  rod  out  of  the  stem  of 
Jesse,  and  a  Branch  shall  grow  out  of  his  roots : 

"And  the  spirit  of  the  Lord  shall  rest  upon  him, 
the  spirit  of  wisdom  and  understanding,  the  spirit  of 
counsel  and  might,  the  spirit  of  knowledge  and  of  the  fear 
of  the  Lord ; 

" and  he  shall  not  judge  after  the  sight  of  his 

eyes,  neither  reprove  after  the  hearing  of  his  ears : 

"  But  with  righteousness  shall  he  judge  the  poor,  and 
reprove  with  equity,  for  the  meek  of  the  earth 


THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 


"  Listen,  0  isles,  unto  me  ;  and  hearken,  ye  people,  from 
far  ;  The  Lord  hath  called  me  from  the  womb  ;  from  the 
bowels  of  my  mother  hath  he  made  mention  of  my 
name  ..... 

"  And  said  unto  me,  Thou  art  my  servant,  0  Israel,  in 
whom  I  will  be  glorified. 

"  Then  I  said,  I  have  laboured  in  vain,  I  have  spent  my 
strength  for  nought,  and  in  vain  :  yet  surely  my  judgment 
is  with  the  Lord,  and  my  work  with  my  God. 

"And  now,  saith  the  Lord  that  formed  me  from  the 
womb  to  be  his  servant,  to  bring  Jacob  again  to  him, 
Though  Israel  be  not  gathered,  yet  shall  I  be  glorious 
in  the  eyes  of  the  Lord,  and  my  God  shall  be  my 
strength. 

"  And  he  said,  It  is  a  light  thing  that  thou  shouldest  be 
my  servant  to  raise  up  the  tribes  of  Jacob,  and  to  restore 
the  preserved  of  Israel  :  I  will  also  give  thee  for  a  light  to 
the  Gentiles,  that  thou  mayest  be  my  salvation  unto  the 
end  of  the  earth  ..... 

"  Eejoice  greatly,  0  daughter  of  Zion  ;  shout,  0  daughter 
of  Jerusalem  :  behold,  thy  King  cometh  unto  thee  :  he  is 
just,  and  having  salvation  ;  lowly,  and  riding  upon  an  ass, 
and  upon  a  colt  the  foal  of  an  ass. 

".  .  .  .  For  he  shall  grow  up  before  him  as  a  tender 
plant,  and  as  a  root  out  of  a  dry  ground  :  he  hath  no  form 
nor  comeliness;  and  when  we  shall  see  him,  there  is  no 
beauty  that  we  should  desire  him. 

"  He  is  despised  and  rejected  of  men  ;  a  man  of  sorrows, 
and  acquainted  with  grief:  and  we  .hid  as  it  were  our 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  227 

faces  from  him;  he  was  despised,  and  we  esteemed  him 
not. 

"  Surely  he  hath  borne  our  griefs,  and  carried  our  sor 
rows  :  yet  we  did  esteem  him  stricken,  smitten  of  God,  and 
afflicted. 

"But  he  was  wounded  for  our  trangressions,  he  was 
bruised  for  our  iniquities:  the  chastisement  of  our  peace 
was  upon  him ;  and  with  his  stripes  we  are  healed. 

"All  we  like  sheep  have  gone  astray;  we  have  turned 
every  one  to  his  own  way ;  and  the  Lord  hath  laid  on  him 
the  iniquity  of  us  all. 

"  He  was  oppressed,  and  he  was  afflicted,  yet  he  opened 
not  his  mouth :  he  is  brought  as  a  lamb  to  the  slaughter, 
and  as  a  sheep  before  her  shearers  is  dumb,  so  ke  openeth 
not  his  mouth. 

"  He  was  taken  from  prison  and  from  judgment :  and 
who  shall  declare  his  generation  ?  for  he  was  cut  off  out  of 
the  land  of  the  living :  for  the  transgression  of  my  people 
was  he  stricken 

"Yet  it  pleased  the  Lord  to  bruise  him;  he  hath  put 
him  to  grief :  when  thou  shalt  make  his  soul  an  offering 
for  sin,  he  shall  see  his  seed,  he  shall  prolong  his  days,  and 
the  pleasure  of  the  Lord  shall  prosper  in  his  hand. 

"  He  shall  see  of  the  travail  of  his  soul,  and  shall  be 
satisfied:  by  his  knowledge  shall  my  righteous  servant 
justify  many ;  for  he  shall  bear  their  iniquities. 

"  Therefore  will  I  divide  him  a  portion  with  the  great, 
and  he  shall  divide  the  spoil  with  the  strong ;  because  he 
hath  poured  out  his  soul  unto  death :  and  he  was  numbered 


228  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

with  the  transgressors ;  and  he  bare  the  sin  of  many,  and 
made  intercession  for  the  transgressors."  * 

Whatever  controversies  may  arise  out  of  these 
texts,  and  many  others  which  I  might  cite,  one 
fact  subsists  and  rises  above  all  question  and  all 
controversy.  Seventeen  centuries  passed  in  the 
interval  between  the  Decalogue  being  received  by 
Moses  upon  Mount  Sinai,  and  the  actual  approach 
of  the  Messiah  announced  by  the  prophets ;  and 
at  the  end  of  these  seventeen  centuries,  the  God, 
from  whom  Moses  received  the  Decalogue,  He 
who  defined  himself  to  be  "  I  am  that  I  am." 
Jehovah,  still  is,  has  never  ceased  to  be  the  God, 
the  sole  God  of  Israel.  Israel  has  passed  through 
all  governments,  undergone  all  vicissitudes,  fallen 
into  all  the  errors  to  which  it  is  possible  for 
a  nation  to  succumb :  the  Jews  have  had  a 
hierarchy,  and  judges,  and  kings;  they  have  been 
alternately  conquerors  and  conquered,  masters 
and  slaves  ;  they  have  had  their  days  of  power 

*    Isaiah   vii.    13—14 ;    ix.    2—6  ;    xi.    1—4  ;     xlix.    1—6 
Zechariah  ix.  9  ;  Isaiah  liii. 


SEVENTH   MEDITATION.  22(.) 

and  their  days  of  humiliation,  their  temptation 
to  idolatry  and  paroxysms  of  impiety ;  still  they 
have  ever  returned  to  the  One  God  :  to  the  true 
God  ;  their  faith  has  survived  all  their  faults  and 
all  their  misfortunes ;  and  after  those  seventeen 
centuries,  Israel  is  waiting  at  the  hand  of  Jehovah 
a  Messiah,  to  be,  according  to  the  affirmation  of  its 
greatest  prophets,  the  Liberator  and  the  Saviour, 
not  of  Israel  alone,  but  of  all  nations.  Fact 
without  parallel  in  history !  In  vain  shall  men 
exhaust  against  it  all  their  science,  and  all  their 
scepticism  :  there  is  here  more  than  the  work 
of  man ;  the  fact  itself  is  not  human.  But 
what  more  shall  that  fact  become,  and  what  shall 
be  our  belief,  when  all  shall  have  received  its 
consummation, — the  prophecies  their  accomplish 
ment, — when  Jehovah  shall  have  given  to  the 
world  Jesus  Christ  ? 


EIGHTH  MEDITATION. 

JESUS    CHE1ST   ACCORDING   TO    THE    GOSPEL. 

NEED  I  say  that  by  the  words,  "  the  Gospel," 
here  used,  I  understand  the  four  Gospels,  the  Acts 
of  the  Apostles,  the  Epistles,  all  the  books,  in  fact, 
which  compose  the  Canon  of  the  New  Testament 
as  it  is  received  by  all  Christians  ? 

These  books  have  been  variously  studied :  now 
with  the  design  of  disproving,  now  of  explaining 
the  life  of  Jesus  Christ ;  now  with  the  object  of  a 
Controversialist,  now  with  that  of  a  Commentator. 
I  approach  the  subject  in  neither  character.  I 
would  wish  to  study  Jesus  Christ  in  the  New 
Testament  solely  to  know  Him  well,  and  to  make 
Him  well  known ;  to  place  Him  before  the  reader, 
and  to  depict  Him  faithfully  according  to  the 
evidence  of  his  history.  I  propose  hereafter,  in  a 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  231 

second  scries  of  these  Meditations,  to  examine  its 
authenticity,  and  the  degree  of  credit  to  which 
it  is  entitled.  For  the  moment  I  assume  the  testi 
mony  as  good  and  valid.  Beyond  all  doubt,  at  the 
outset,  it  is  at  least  entitled  to  this  respect.  The 
powerful  influence  of  these  books,  and  of  the 
accounts  which  they  contain,  such  as  they  remain 
to  us,  has  been  put  to  the  test  and  proved.  They 
have  overcome  Paganism.  They  have  conquered 
Greece,  Eome,  and  barbarous  Europe.  They 
are  actually  overcoming  the  world.  And  the 
sincerity  of  the  authors  is  no  less  certain  than 
the  virtue  of  the  books  :  however  possible  it  may 
be  to  contest  the  enlightenment,  the  critical 
sagacity  of  the  original  historians  of  Jesus  Christ, 
their  good  faith  is  beyond  all  question :  it  appears* 
in  their  language  ;  they  believed  what  they  said  ; 
they  sealed  their  assertions  with  their  blood  :  "  I 
believe/'  said  Pascal,  "only  those  histories,  the 
witnesses  to  which  confirm  their  attestation  by 
submitting  to  death."  Although  not  always  a 
sufficient  reason  to  believe  an  account,  it  consti- 


232  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

tutes  a  decisive  motive  to  believe  in  the  sincerity 
of  the  witness. 

I  have  before  cited  from  the  Old  Testament 
some  of  the  texts  which  contain  the  promises 
made  to  Israel  of  the  Messiah.  These  promises 
had  evidently  excited  lively  attention  amongst 
the  Jews ;  the  satisfaction  felt  at  their  accom 
plishment  expressed  itself  loudly  at  the  birth  of 
Jesus  Christ  :  "  And  behold,  there  was  a  man  in 
Jerusalem,  whose  name  was  Simeon  ....  wait 
ing  for  the  consolation  of  Israel:  and  the  Holy 
Ghost  was  upon  him.  .  .  .  Lord,  now  lettest  thou 
thy  servant  depart  in  peace,  according  to  thy 
word :  For  mine  eyes  have  seen  thy  salvation, 
which  thou  hast  prepared  before  the  face  of  all 
people;  a  light  to  lighten  the  Gentiles,  and  the 
glory  of  thy  people  Israel."* 

Besides  Simeon,  a  pious  woman,  Anna,  "of 
about  fourscore  and  four  years,  which  departed 
not  from  the  temple,  but  served  God  with  fast 
ings  and  prayers  night  and  day.  And  she  coming 

*  Luke  ii.  25—32. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION. 

in  that  instant  gave  thanks  unto  the  Lord,  and 
spake  of  him  to  all  them  that  looked  for  redemp 
tion  in  Jerusalem."* 

But  there  was  far  more  than  merely  the 
demonstrations  of  Simeon  and  Anna,  -  -  than 
these  impulses  of  joy  on  the  part  of  the  faithful 
followers  of  Jehovah :  "  In  those  days  came 
John  the  Baptist,  preaching  in  the  wilderness 

of    Judaea And  the    same    John    had 

Ins  raiment  of  camel's  hair,  and  a  leathern 
girdle  about  his  loins  ;  and  his  meat  was 

locusts   and    wild  honey And  saying, 

Kepent  ye,  for  the  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at 
hand.  For  this  is  he  that  was  spoken  of  by  the 
prophet  Esaias,  saying,  The  voice  of  one  crying 
in  the  wilderness,  Prepare  ye  the  way  of  the 

Lord,  make  his  paths  straight I  indeed 

baptize  you  with  water  unto  repentance 

But  there  standeth  one  among  you,  whom  ye 
know  not.  He  it  is  who,  coming  after  me,  is 
preferred  before  me,  whose  shoe's  latchet  I  am 

*  Luke  ii.  37,  38. 


234  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

not  worthy  to  unloose And  I  knew  him 

not :  but  that  he  should  be  made  manifest  to 
Israel,  therefore  am  I  come  baptizing  with  water. 
....  And  I  saw,  and  bare  record  that  this  is 
the  Son  of  God."* 

Attempts  have  sometimes  been  made,  although 
with  no  very  great  confidence  on  the  part  of  the 
propounders  of  the  theory,  to  represent  Jesus 
as  the  most  eminent  among  several  reformers, 
who,  about  the  same  epoch,  aspired  to  the  title 
and  character  of  the  Messiah  predicted  by  the 
prophets  and  expected  by  Israel.  Eeference 
has  been  particularly  made  to  one  of  His  pre 
decessors,  Judas  the  Gaulonite,  who,  a  few  years 
after  the  birth  of  Jesus,  on  the  occasion  of  a 
census  ordered  by  the  Imperial  Legate  Quirinius, 
undertook  to  raise  Judaea  in  insurrection  against 
this  measure — against  the  tribute  that  it  imposed, 
and  against  the  Emperor  himself — proclaiming 
that  to  God  alone  belonged  the  appellation 

*  Matt.  iii.  1—5  ;  Mark  i.  2—11 ;  Luke  iii.  1—18  ;  John  i. 
26—34. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  235 

Master,  and  that  liberty  was  worth  more  than 
life.* 

These  comparisons — I  forbear  to  use  the  word 
assimilations — are  entirely  without  foundation. 
These  men,  who,  as  it  is  pretended,  anticipated 
the  career  of  Jesus,  were  simply  men  who  op 
posed  the  Eoman  dominion,  and  who  stood  up, 
like  the  Maccabees  before  them,  in  the  name  of 
national  independence,  and  in  a  spirit  of  re 
action  in  favor  of  the  Mosaic  government.  Jesus 
was  not  so  anticipated :  His  mission  had  no 
relation  with  any  previous  essay;  and  his  sole 
forerunner  was  John  the  Baptist,  as  strange  as 
himself  to  any  political  view  or  conspiracy,  and  as 
humble  before  Him — before  the  true,  the  sole 
Messiah — as  Judas  the  Gaulonite  and  his  ad 
herents  were  bold  and  daring  towards  the 
Emperor. 

There  is  an  interval  of  thirty  years  between 
the  birth  of  Jesus  and  the  day  when  He  enters 

*  Joseph.  Antiq.  Jud.  1.  xvii.  ch.  6  ;  1.  xviii.  ch.  1.      Acts  of 
the  Apostles,  ch.  v.  34—39. 


236  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

actively  on  the  performance  of  his  divine 
mission.*  These  thirty  years,  however,  were  not 
idly  passed,  nor  were  they  without  their  peculiar 
testimony  to  Christ  and  the  future  in  store  for 
Him:— 

"  And  Joseph  and  his  mother  marvelled  at  those  things 
which  were  spoken  of  him 

"  And  the  child  grew,  and  waxed  strong  in  spirit,  filled 
with  wisdom :  and  the  grace  of  God  was  upon  him. 

"  Now  his  parents  went  to  Jerusalem  every  year  at  the 
feast  of  the  Passover. 

"And  when  he  was  twelve  years  old,  they  went  up  to 
Jerusalem  after  the  custom  of  the  feast. 

"  And  when  they  had  fulfilled  the  days,  as  they  returned, 
the  child  Jesus  tarried  behind  in  Jerusalem ;  and  Joseph 
and  his  mother  knew  not  of  it. 

"  But  they,  supposing  him  to  have  been  in  the  company, 
went  a  day's  journey ;  and  they  sought  him  among  their 
kinsfolk  and  acquaintance. 

*  The  question  as  to  the  precise  epoch  of  the  birth  of  Jesus 
Christ,  as  well  as  of  the  commencement  and  the  duration  of  His 
public  career,  has  been  well  and  concisely  considered  in  the 
Synopsis  Evangelica  of  M.  Constantin  Tischendorf  (p.  16 — 19. 
Leipzig,  1864).  The  preferable  conclusion  from  these  researches 
is,  that  Jesus  Christ  was  born  in  the  year  of  Borne  750,  that  he 
commenced  his  divine  mission  towards  the  end  of  the  year  of 
Rome  780,  and  that  his  death  took  place  in  the  fourth  month  of 
the  year  of  Borne  783. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  237 

.  "  And  when  they  found  him  not,  they  turned  back  again 
to  Jerusalem,  seeking  him. 

"  And  it  came  to  pass,  that  after  three  days  they  found 
him  in  the  temple,  sitting  in  the  midst  of  the  doctors,  both 
hearing  them,  and  asking  them  questions. 

"  And  all  that  heard  him  were  astonished  at  his  under 
standing  and  answers. 

"  And  when  they  saw  him,  they  were  amazed :  and  his 
mother  said  unto  him,  Son,  why  hast  thou  thus  dealt  with 
us  ?  Behold,  thy  father  and  I  have  sought  thee  sorrowing. 

"  And  he  said  unto  them,  How  is  it  that  ye  sought  me  ? 
wist  ye  not  that  I  must  be  about  my  Father's  business  ? 

"And  they  understood  not  the  saying  which  he  spake 
unto  them. 

"  And  he  went  down  with  them,  and  came  to  Nazareth, 
and  was  subject  unto  them :  but  his  mother  kept  all  these 
sayings  in  her  heart. 

"And  Jesus  increased  in  wisdom  and  stature,  and  in 
favour  with  God  and  man."* 

Thus  begins  that  manifestation  in  the  person 
of  the  child  Jesus  Christ,  that  mixture  of 
humanity  and  divinity,  of  natural  life  and  mira 
culous  life,  which  is  his  peculiar  and  sublime 
characteristic.  In  the  opinion  of  the  men  who. 
in  principle,  reject  the  supernatural,  this  mixed 

*  Luke  ii.  33,  40—52. 


238  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

divine  -  human  nature,  and  consequently  Jesus 
Christ  himself,  is  at  once  incomprehensible  and 
inadmissible.  What  wonder  if  Christ  has  in  these 
days  to  encounter  such  adversaries  ?  Had  He 
not  to  do  so  when  invested  with  the  attributes 
of  humanity,  among  contemporaries,  and  even 
in  his  own  family?  In  his  first  days  of  human 
existence,  his  mother,  Mary,  saw  Him  and 
understood  Him  not.  And  nevertheless  "Mary 
kept  all  these  sayings  in  her  heart."  Expression, 
at  once  profound  and  touching  ;  revealing  the 
mysterious  complication  of  the  nature  of  man ! 
Man  is  not  content  to  resign  himself  to  the  limits 
imposed  by  the  actual  laws  of  the  finite  world  ; 
his  aspirations  tend  elsewhere.  And  still,  when 
called  upon  to  rise  above  the  present  order  of 
nature — that  order  which  he  is  able  to  appreciate 
— he  experiences  a  certain  astonishment,  a  certain 
hesitation ;  he  does  not  know  if  he  ought  to 
believe  in  that  supernatural  that  he  was  recently 
invoking,  and  that  he  never  ceases  to  invoke ;  for, 
like  Mary,  he  preserves  the  instinct  in  his  heart ! 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  239 

It  is  just  at  the  present  day  as  it  was  nineteen 
centuries  ago.  Jesus  has  ever  to  encounter 
such  contradictory  moods  of  human  nature  :  He 
is  confronted  at  once  by  the  hope  of,  the  thirsting 
after,  the  supernatural  inherent  in  the  human 
soul,  and  by  all  the  objections,  all  the  doubts  that 
the  supernatural  itself  suggests  to  the  human 
mind.  He  has  to  satisfy  that  hope,  to  surmount 
those  doubts.  The  Gospel  opens  the  history  of 
this  solemn  straggle,  that  gave  rise  to  Christianity, 
and  is  the  source  of  all  those  agitations  which 
afflict  Christians  at  the  present  day. 


I.  JESUS  CHRIST  AND  HIS  APOSTLES. 
ON  entering  upon  the  active  purposes  of  his 
mission,  it  is  the  will  of  Jesus  to  have,  and  He  has 
Disciples — Apostles.  He  knows  the  power  of  an 
association  founded  upon  faith  and  love.  He 
knows  also  that  faith  and  love  are  virtues  as  rare 
as  they  are  efficacious.  It  is  not  numbers  that  He 
seeks.  He  surrounds  himself  with  a  select  band 


240  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

of  believers,  and  lives  with  them  in  a  complete 
and  enduring  intimacy. 

In  the  midst  of  these  intimate  relations,  Jesus 
declares  his  authority  primitive  and  supreme  : — 
"  Ye  have  not  chosen  me,  but  I  have  chosen  you, 
and  ordained  you,  that  ye  should  go  and  bring 
forth  fruit/'  * 

But  the  authority  of  the  Master  does  not 
prevent  Him  from  evincing  a  tenderness  full  of 
trust,  and  from  respecting  himself  the  dignity  of 
his  disciples: — "Henceforth  I  call  you  not  ser 
vants  ;  for  the  servant  knoweth  not  what  his  lord 
doeth :  but  I  have  called  you  friends ;  for  all 
things  that  I  have  heard  of  my  Father  I  have 
made  known  unto  you."  t 

He  evinces  on  all  occasions  towards  his  apostles 
the  trust  that  He  feels  in  them,  and  shows  his 
sense  of  the  superiority  of  the  position  to  which 
He  has  elevated  them.  His  language  sometimes 
fills  them  with  astonishment,  and  they  are  more 
peculiarly  struck  by  the  numerous  parables  in 

*  John  xv.  16.  f  John  xv.  15. 


EIGHTH    MEDITATION.  241 

which,  whilst  addressing  the  assembled  multitude, 
He  clothes  his  precepts: — "And  the  disciples 
came,  and  said  unto  him,  Why  speakest  thou  unto 
them  in  parables  ?  He  answered  and  said  unto 
them,  Because  it  is  given  unto  you  to  know  the 
mysteries  of  the  kingdom  of  heaven,  but  to  them 
it  is  not  given  ....  But  unto  those  that  are 
without,  all  these  things  are  done  in  parables." i 

The  confidingness  of  Jesus,  however,  never 
descends  to  weak  compliance ;  when,  in  an  im 
pulse  of  vanity  and  ambition,  one  of  his  apostles 
asks  for  a  particular  favour,  Jesus  rebukes  him 
with  severity  : — "  James  and  John,  the  sons  of 
Zebedee,  come  unto  him,  saying,  Master,  we  would 
that  thou  shouldest  do  for  us  whatsoever  we  shall 
desire.  And  he  said  unto  them,  What  would  ye 
that  I  should  do  for  you  ?  They  said  unto  him, 
Grant  unto  us  that  we  may  sit,  one  on  thy  right 
hand,  and  the  other  on  thy  left  hand,  in  thy  glory. 
But  Jesus  said  unto  them,  Ye  know  not  what  ye 
ask  :  can  ye  drink  of  the  cup  that  I  drink  of  ? 

*  Matt.  xiii.  10,  11 ;  Mark  iv.  10,  11. 


242  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

and  be  baptized  with  the  baptism  that  I  am  bap 
tized  with  ?  And  they  said  unto  him,  We  can. 
And  Jesus  said  unto  them,  Ye  shall  indeed  drink 
of  the  cup  that  I  drink  of ;  and  with  the  baptism 
that  I  am  baptized  withal  shall  ye  be  baptized : 
But  to  sit  on  my  right  hand  and  on  my  left 
hand  is  not  mine  to  give  ;  but  it  shall  be  given  to 
them  for  whom  it  is  prepared  ....  Ye  know 
that  they  which  are  accounted  to  rule  over  the 
Gentiles  exercise  lordship  over  them ;  and  their 
great  ones  exercise  authority  upon  them.  But  so 
shall  it  not  be  among  you  :  but  whosoever  will  be 
great  among  you,  shall  be  your  minister."  * 

Jesus  having  thus  selected  and  intimately  at 
tached  to  Him  his  apostles,  commissions  them  to 
carry  forth  his  law  : — "  Go  not  into  the  way  of 
the  Gentiles,  and  into  any  city  of  the  Samaritans 
enter  ye  not  :  But  go  rather  to  the  lost  sheep  of 
the  house  of  Israel.  And  as  ye  go,  preach, 
saying,  The  kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand.  Heal 
the  sick,  cleanse  the  lepers,  raise  the  dead,  cast 

•  *  Mark  x.  35 — 43  ;  Matt.  xx.  20—26. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  243 

out  devils  :  freely  ye  have  received,  freely  give. 
Provide  neither  gold,  nor  silver,  nor  brass  in  your 
purses,  nor  scrips  for  your  journey,  neither  two 
coats,  neither  shoes,  nor  yet  staves  :  for  the  work 
man  is  worthy  of  his  meat ....  Behold,  I  send 
ye  forth  as  sheep  in  the  midst  of  wolves :  be 
ye  therefore  wise  as  serpents  and  harmless  as 
doves."  * 

It  is,  in  effect,  prudence  side  by  side  with 
absolute  self-denegation  that  Jesus,  in  his  first 
instructions,  enjoins  upon  his  disciples ;  at  the 
very  commencement  of  their  mission  He  limits 
its  object ;  He  recommends  to  them  particularly 
"the  lost  sheep  of  the  house  of  Israel ;"  He  declares 
his  will  to  be  that,  instead  of  a  pertinacity  with 
out  bounds,  "  they  should  depart,  shaking  off  the 
dust  from  their  feet,  out  of  the  city  that  should 
not  receive  them  nor  hear  their  words."  But  He 
adds  immediately,  as  if  to  give  to  their  mission 
all  its  grandeur  : — "What  I  tell  you  in  darkness, 
that  speak  ye  in  light :  and  what  ye  hear  in  the 

*  Matt.  x.  5— 10, 1C  ;  Luke  x.  1—12. 


244  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

ear,  that  preach  ye  upon  the  house-tops.  And 
fear  not  them  which  kill  the  body,  but  are  not  able 
to  kill  the  soul :  but  rather  fear  him  which  is 
able  to  destroy  both  soul  and  body  in  hell."  * 

Jesus  knows  that  his  disciples  will  need  the 
firmest  courage,  and,  far  from  promising  them 
any  of  the  goods  of  this  world,  any  temporal 
successes,  He  discloses  to  them  unceasingly  all 
the  perils  they  will  incur,  all  the  invectives  they 
will  have  to  endure.  "  But  beware  of  men  :  for 
they  will  deliver  you  up  to  the  councils,  and 
they  will  scourge  you  in  their  synagogues;  and 
ye  shall  be  brought  before  governors  and  kings  for 
my  sake,  for  a  testimony  against  them  and  the 
Gentiles  .  .  .  And  ye  shall  be  betrayed  both  by 
parents,  and  brethren,  and  kinsfolks  and  friends ; 
and  some  of  you  shall  they  cause  to  be  put  to 
death.  And  ye  shall  be  hated  of  all  men  for  my 
name's  sake."  f 

What  Eeformer,  other  than  Jesus  Christ,  ever 
held  to  his  followers  such  language  ?  Who  else 

*  Matt.  x.  27,  28.       f  Matt.  x.  17—22.     Luke  xxi.  12—17. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  215 

than  God  could  have  imparted  to  their  language 
such  virtue  that  they  would  in  obedience  to  it 
sacrifice  with  joy  not  merely  all  the  good  things 
of  this  life,  but  life  itself?  Nevertheless,  one  of 
those  apostles,  and  the  first  of  them  all,  Peter, 
evinces  some  disquietude,  if  not  at  their  lot  in 
this  world,  at  least  at  their  destinies  in  the  king 
dom  of  heaven.  "Then  answered  Peter  and 
said  unto  him,  Behold,  we  have  forsaken  all,  and 
followed  thee ;  what  shall  we  have  therefore  1 
And  Jesus  said  unto  them,  Verily  I  say  unto  you, 
That  ye  which  have  followed  me,  in  the  regenera 
tion  when  the  Son  of  man  shall  sit  in  the  throne 
of  his  glory,  ye  also  shall  sit  upon  twelve  thrones, 
judging  the  twelve  tribes  of  Israel.  And  every 
one  that  hath  forsaken  houses,  or  brethren,  or 
sisters,  or  father,  or  mother,  or  wife,  or  children, 
or  lands,  for  my  name's  sake,  shall  receive  an 
hundredfold,  and  shall  inherit  everlasting  life."  * 

But  Jesus  does  not  intend  that  the  prospect 
of  their  lofty  inheritance  should  inspire  in  the 

*  Matt.  xix.  27—29. 


246  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

minds  of  any  of  his  apostles,  and  not  more  in 
that  of  Peter  than  the  rest,  any  proud  presump- 
tuousness,  and  He  immediately  adds,  "  But  many 
that  are  first,  shall  be  last ;  and  the  last  shall  be 
first/'5*  The  world's  history  may  be  perused  and 
reperused  ;  the  causes  of  all  the  revolutions  that 
have  taken  place  in  the  world,  whether  religious 
or  political,  may  be  probed  and  investigated  ; 
but  we  shall  nowhere  be  able  to  trace  in  the 
dealings  of  chiefs  and  accomplices,  of  origina 
tors  and  fellow-workmen,  the  divine  character 
istics  of  absolute  and  uncompromising  sincerity 
that  reign  throughout  the  actions  and  language  of 
Jesus  Christ  in  His  conduct  towards  His  apostles. 
Them  He  has  chosen  and  loved ;  to  them  He  has 
entrusted  His  work  ;  but  He  practises  with  them 
no  arts  of  worldly  wisdom  ;  He  withholds  nothing 
from  them  ;  here  is  no  faltering  encouragement, 
no  exaggeration  in  the  promises  that  He  makes 
or  in  the  hope  that  He  holds  forth ;  He  speaks  to 
them  the  language  of  pure  truth,  and  it  is  in  the 

*  Matt.  xix.  30. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  247 

name  of  that  truth  that  He  gives  them  His  com 
mands  and  transfers  to  them  His  mission.  "  Never 
did  man  speak  like  this  man/'*  nor  so  deal  with 
men. 


II.  JESUS  CHRIST  AND  HIS  PRECEPTS. 
JESUS  speaks  : — and  it  is  at  one  time  with  His 
disciples  alone,  at  another  surrounded  by  eager, 
astonished  multitudes  ;  now  from  the  mount,  now 
on  the  shore  of  the  sea  of  Gennesareth,  from  a 
bark ;  by  the  road  side  ;  in  the  house  of  the  Pha 
risee,  Simon,  and  the  toll-gatherer,  Levi ;  in  the 
synagogue  of  Nazareth,  in  the  Temple  of  Jerusa 
lem  : — Jesus  speaks,  "  not  like  the  scribes,"  not  like 
the  philosophers  ;  He  expounds  no  system  ;  He 
discusses  no  question  ;  He  does  not  pace  up  and 
down  like  Socrates  with  his  learned  friends  in  the 
gardens  of  the  Academy,  nor  lose  himself  in  the 
mazes  of  the  human  understanding.  Jesus  speaks 
to  men,  to  all  men  without  distinction;  He  speaks 
to  them  of  man's  life,  man's  soul,  man's  destiny, 

*  John  vii.  46. 


248  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

of  matters  that  touch  all  alike.  And  He  speaks 
to  them  "  as  one  having  authority." 

What  does  He  say  to  them'?  What  teach, 
what  command,  in  that  speech  full  of  authority  1 

He  teaches  them,  He  enjoins  them,  to  have 
faith,  hope,  charity :  those  virtues  which  have  now 
borne  His  name  nineteen  centuries,  those  virtues 
which  are  essentially  Christian. 

Is  it,  then,  in  His  own  name  that  Jesus  Christ 
teaches  and  commands  ?  By  no  means  :  "  My 
doctrine  is  not  mine,  but  his  that  sent  me.  If 
any  man  will  do  his  will,  he  shall  know  of  the 
doctrine,  whether  it  be  of  God,  or  whether  I 
speak  of  myself. 

"  He  that  speaketh  of  himself  seeketh  his  own 
glory :  but  he  that  seeketh  his  glory  that  sent 
him,  the  same  is  true,  and  no  unrighteouness  is  in 

him Then  cried  Jesus  in  the  Temple 

as  he  taught,  saying,  Ye  both  know  me,  and  ye 
know  whence  I  am  :  I  am  not  come  of  myself, 
but  he  that  sent  me  is  true,  whom  ye  know 
not. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  2  I'J 

"  But  I  know  him :  for  I  am  from  him,  and  he 
hath  sent  me."  * 

Whilst  He  refers  everything  to  God,  Jesus 
Christ  seeks  not  to  define  or  explain  Him ;  He 
affirms  Him  and  demonstrates  Him ;  God  is  the 
first  cause,  the  point  from  which  all  things  spring  ; 
faith  in  God  is  the  paramount  source  of  virtue, 
and  of  power,  as  well  as  virtue,  of  hope  and  of 
resignation. 

For  Jesus  Christ  has  not  only  a  perfect  faith 
in  God,  He  has  also  a  profound  knowledge  of  man : 
He  knows  that,  unaided,  man's  soul  cannot,  with 
out  despair,  without  withering,  bear  the  burthen 
imposed  by  the  injustice  of  the  world  and  of  life, 
of  the  miseries  and  erroneous  appreciation  of 
mankind.  To  this  injustice  and  this  wietchedneaa 
Jesus  Christ  never  ceases  to  oppose  God,  God's  jus 
tice,  God's  benevolence,  God's  succour  :  He  recom 
mends  to  Him  all  the  forsaken,  all  the  oppress* ••  I, 
all  the  wretched,  all  the  victims  of  society.  He 
enjoins  to  these  not  resignation  alone,  but  Hope 

*  John  vii.  16—18,  28,  29. 


250  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

as  the  sister  and  companion  of  Faith.  Nor  does 
He  hold  forth  to  those  that  suffer  the  realization 
of  earthly  expectations,  the  restoration  of  worldly 
prosperity,  as  their  resource  and  their  consolation. 
He  has  nothing  to  do  with  remedies  deceitful  like 
these.  He  acts  with  the  most  perfect  truthfulness 
and  sincerity  towards  mankind  in  general,  as  He 
also  does  with  His  disciples :  He  only  promises 
them  the  re-establishment  of  justice,  and  the 
reward  of  virtue,  in  that  mysterious  future 
where  God  alone  reigns,  and  of  which  He  dis 
closes  to  them  the  perspective  without  unfold 
ing  the  secrets. 

Nothing  strikes  me  more  in  the  Gospel  than 
this  double  character  of  austerity  and  of  love,  of 
severe  purity  and  tender  sympathy,  which  con 
stantly  appears,  which  reigns  in  the  actions  and 
the  words  of  Jesus  Christ  in  everything  that 
touches  the  relation  of  God  and  mankind.  To 
Jesus  Christ  the  law  of  God  is  absolute,  sacred  ; 
the  violation  of  the  law,  and  sin,  are  odious  to 
Him ;  but  the  sinner  himself  irresistibly  moves 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  251 

him  and  attracts  him  :  "  What  man  of  you,  having 
an  hundred  sheep,  if  he  lose  one  of  them,  doth 
not  leave  the  ninety  and  nine  in  the  wilderness, 
and  go  after  that  which  is  lost,  until  he  find  it  1 
And  when  he  hath  found  it,  he  layeth  it  on  his 
shoulders,  rejoicing.  And  when  he  cometh  home, 
he  calleth  together  his  friends  and  neighbours, 
saying  unto  them,  Eejoice  with  me ;  for  I  have 
found  my  sheep  which  was  lost.  I  say  unto  you, 
that  likewise  joy  shall  be  in  heaven  over  one  sin 
ner  that  repenteth,  more  than  over  ninety  and  nine 
just  persons,  which  need  no  repentance."  *  Jesus 
said  unto  them,  "  They  that  are  whole  need  not 
a  physician,  but  they  that  are  sick  ....  For  I 
am  not  come  to  call  the  righteous,  but  sinners  to 
repentance."  f 

What  is  the  signification  of  this  sublime 
fact ;  what  the  meaning  in  Jesus  of  this  union, 
this  harmony  of  severity  and  of  love,  of  saint 
like  holiness  and  of  human  sympathy  ?  It  is 
Heaven's  revelation  of  the  nature  of  Jesus  him- 

*  Luke  xv.  4—7.  t  Matt.  ix.  12, 13. 


252  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

•self,  of  the  God-man.  God,  lie  made  himself 
man.  God  is  his  father,  men  are  his  brethren. 
He  is  pure  and  holy  like  God  :  He  is  accessible 
and  sensible  to  all  that  man  feels.  Thus  the  vital 
principles  of  the  Christian  faith,  the  divine  and 
the  human  nature  united  in  Jesus,  start  to  evi 
dence,  in  his  sentiments  and  language  respecting 
the  relations  between  God  and  man.  The  dogma 
is  the  foundation  of  the  principles. 

Another  fact  is  not  less  significant.  At  the 
same  time  that  the  divine  and  mysterious  charac 
ter  of  Jesus  Christ  appears  in  the  Gospel,  his  acts 
and  his  words  have  a  character  essentially  simple 
and  practical.  He  pursues  no  learned  object,  no 
scientific  plan ;  He  develops  no  system;  his  object 
is  something  infinitely  grander  than  the  triumph 
of  any  logical  abstraction  :  it  is  to  pervade  the 
human  soul,  to  establish  himself  in  it — to  save  it. 
He  speaks  the  language — He  appeals  to  the  ideas 
most  calculated  to  ensure  Him  success.  Some 
times  He  addresses  himself  to  the  task  of  inspiring 
in  men  the  most  poignant  disquietude  as  to  their 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  253 

future  destiny,  if  they  violate  the  laws  of  God  ;  at 
other  times  He  causes  to  shine  before  their  eyes 
the  realisation  of  the  most  magnificent  hopes,  if 
with  sincerity  they  persist  in  faith.  He  knows  the 
generation  that  He  is  addressing;  He  knows  human 
nature  in  its  universality,  and  what  it  will  be  in 
future  generations  :  his  object  is  to  produce  upon 
it  an  effect  at  once  positive,  general,  durable  ;  He 
chooses  the  ideas,  He  employs  the  images  suitable 
to  his  design  for  the  regeneration  and  the  salva 
tion  of  all.  God's  Ambassador  is  the  most  pene 
trating  and  able  of  human  moralists. 

More  than  once,  the  attempt  has  been  made  to 
find  Him  at  fault,  to  detect  in  his  language  exagge 
rations,  contradictions,  incoherences  irreconcilable 
with  his  divine  authority.  Surprise,  for  instance, 
has  been  expressed,  that  He  should  have  one  day 
said,  according  to  St.  Matthew  :  "  He  that  is  not 
with  me  is  against  me  ;  and  he  that  gathereth  not 
with  mescattereth  abroad  ;"*  and  that  He  should 
another  day,  according  to  St.  Mark,  have  used  the 

*  Matt.  xii.  30. 


254  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

expression,  "  For  lie  that  is  not  against  us  is  on 
our  part."*  These  two  passages  have  been  cha 
racterised  as  furnishing  "two  rules  of  proselytism 
entirely  opposed  to  each  other,  and  as  involving 
a  contradiction  growing  out  of  some  impassioned 
struggle."  f  In  my  turn  I  observe  that  it  asto 
nishes  me  how  earnest  men  can  fall  into  any 
such  error.  Jesus  does  not  lay  down  in  these 
two  passages  two  contradictory  rules  of  proselyt 
ism,  He  merely  observes  and  refers  in  turn  to  two 
different  facts  :  who  has  not  learnt,  in  the  course 
of  actual  life,  that,  according  to  the  difference 
of  circumstances  and  persons,  the  man  who 
abstains  from  active  concurrence,  who  keeps  him 
self  aloof,  by  that  very  fact  may  at  one  time  give 
support  and  strength,  and  at  another  injure  and 
impede  \  These  two  assertions,  far  from  being 
in  contradiction,  may  be  both  true,  and  Jesus 
Christ,  in  uttering  them,  spoke  as  a  sagacious 
observer,  not  as  a  moralist  who  is  enunciating 
precepts.  I  have  heard  other  critics  reproachfully 

*  Mark  ix.  40.  f  Vie  de  Jesus,  par  M.  Kenan,  p.  229. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  255 

regard  another  passage  as  a  sort  of  blasphemy. 
According  to  St  Luke  :  "  There  was  in  a  city  a 
judge,  which  feared  not  God,  neither  regarded 
man  :  and  there  was  a  widow  in  that  city ;  and 
she  came  unto  him,  saying,  Avenge  me  of  mine 
adversary.  And  he  would  not  for  a  while  :  but 
afterward  he  said  within  himself,  Though  I  fear 
not  God,  nor  regard  man ;  yet  because  this  widow 
troubleth  me,  I  will  avenge  her,  lest  by  her  con 
tinual  coming  she  weary  me."  * 

Is  it  possible  to  infer  from  these  words  an 
intention  on  the  part  of  Jesus  to  liken  God  to 
an  unjust  judge,  and  to  make  the  mere  impor 
tunate  persistence  in  praying  a  claim  to  God's 
grace  ?  He  only  cited  an  occurrence  which  made 
noise  in  his  time,  in  order  to  instil  a  lively 
impression  of  the  utility  of  perseverance.  To 
attain  his  end,  He  never  makes  use  of  out-of-the- 
way  or  impure  expedients ;  but  He  draws  from 
the  ordinary  events  of  human  life  examples  and 
reasons  to  illustrate  and  n-ndrr  intelligible  the 

*  Luke  xviii.  1 — 5. 


256  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

divine  precepts,  and  to  insure  their  acceptance. 
All  the  parables  have  this  meaning  and  object. 

Next  to  the  precepts  which  refer  to  the  rela 
tions  of  man  with  God  come  those  which  respect 
the  relations  of  men  with  one  another.  Whilst 
Faith  and  Hope  regard  God,  Charity  has  man  for 
its  object. 

Charity,  it  has  often  been  repeated,  is  the  great 
principle  of  Jesus  Christ,  pre-eminently  the 
Christian  virtue.  I  know,  not,  however,  whether 
the  source  whence  Christian  charity  derives  its 
character  and  grandeur  has  been  adequately 
perceived  or  remarked. 

In  the  different  pagan  religions,  whether  of 
character  gross  or  learned,  we  have  deifications  of 
the  different  forces  of  nature  or  of  men  themselves. 
And  even  in  those  religions  in  which  gods  in  their 
turn  are  said  to  assume  man's  shape,  it  is  man 
particularly  that  is  predominant,  and  that  lives  in 
the  incarnation  of  God.  Whereas  in  Christianity, 
it  is  not  a  god  sprung  from  nature  or  of  human 
origin  that  becomes  man,  but  the  God  self-existent, 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  25? 

anterior,  and  superior  to  all  beings,  the  God,  One, 
Eternal.  The  Hebrew  religion,  alone  of  all  reli 
gions,  shows  God  essentially  and  eternally  distinct 
from  the  nature  and  the  mankind  that  He  has 
created,  and  that  He  governs.  The  Christian 
Faith  alone  shows  God  one  and  eternal ;  the  God 
of  Abraham  and  of  Moses  making  himself  man, 
and  the  divine  nature  uniting  itself  to  the  human 
nature  in  the  person  of  Jesus.  And  in  this  union 
it  is  the  divine  nature  that  shines  forth,  that 
speaks,  that  sets  in  movement.  And  this  incar 
nation  is  unparalleled  like  the  God  its  author. 

And  why  did  God  make  himself  man  ?  "What 
is  the  object  of  this  unparalleled,  this  mysterious 
incarnation  \  It  is  God's  purpose  to  rescue  in  MM 
from  the  evil  and  the  peril  which  have  continued 
to  weigh  upon  him  since  the  fault  committed  by 
his  first  progenitor.  It  is  God's  purpose  to  ransom 
the  human  race  from  the  sin  of  Adam,  the  heritage 
of  Adam's  children,  and  to  bring  it  back  to  tin- 
ways  of  eternal  life.  These  are  the  <lc>i^n>,  Inudlv 
proclaimed,  of  the  divine  incarnation  in  Jesus,  and 


258  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

the  price  of  all  the  sufferings  and  agonies  which 
He  endured  in  its  accomplishment. 

Need  I  say  more  I  Who  does  not  see  how  this 
sublime  fact  exalts  man's  dignity  at  the  same  time 
that  it  illustrates  the  worth  of  man's  nature  ?  By 
the  mere  fact  of  God  having  assumed  his  form  is 
man's  nature  glorified  ;  and  all  men,  so  to  say, 
have  their  share  of  the  honour  done  by  God  to 
humanity  in  uniting  himself  with  it,  and  in 
accepting,  for  a  moment  of  time,  all  the  conditions 
of  humanity.  But  as  far  as  mankind  is  here  con 
cerned,  it  is  far  more  than  a  mere  accession  of  an 
honour  or  a  glorifying  of  his  nature :  it  is  a 
striking  manifestation  of  the  value  that  all  men 
have  in  the  eyes  of  God.  For  it  is  not  for  some 
of  them  only,  for  some  class  or  nation,  or  portion 
of  humanity,  it  is  for  all  humanity  that  God 
became  incarnate  in  Jesus  Christ,  and  that  Jesus 
Christ  has  submitted  to  all  human  sufferings. 
Every  human  soul  is  the  object  of  this  divine 
sacrifice,  and  called  upon  to  gather  the  fruit. 

This  is  the  source,  this  the  privilege  of  Christian 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  259 

charity.  The  dogma  makes  the  force  of  the  pre 
cept  itself.  Jesus  crucified  is  God's  charity  towards 
man.  Impossible  that  men  should  not  feel  them 
selves  bound  to  act  towards  each  other  as  God  has 
done  to  them  ;  and  towards  what  man  is  not 
charity  a  duty?  Without  the  divinity  and  sacri 
fice  of  Jesus  Christ,  the  value  of  man's  soul,  if  I 
may  be  pardoned  the  expression,  sinks, — neither 
his  salvation  nor  the  example  of  his  Saviour  is 
any  longer  the  question, — charity  becomes  nothing 
more  than  human  goodness  ;  a  sentiment,  however 
noble  and  useful,  still  limited  both  in  impulsive 
energy  and  in  efficacy ;  having  its  source  in  man 
alone,  it  can  but  incompletely  solace  the  unequally 
distributed  sufferings  of  mortality.  It  is  not  suited 
to  inspire  any  long  effort  or  great  sacrifice  :  it  is 
not  adequate  to  convert  the  longing  desire  for  the 
moral  amendment,  the  physical  relief  of  hum; mil  v, 
into  that  inextinguishable  sympathy  and  untiring 
and  impassioned  emotion  which  really  constitute 
charity,  and  which  the  Christian  Faith,  in  the 
history  of  the  world,  has  alone  been  able  to  inspire. 


260  THE    CHEISTIAN   RELIGION. 

Thus  the  essential  precepts  of  Jesus,  the  virtues 
which  He  commands  as  the  basis  and  source  of 
all  the  others,  have  an  intimate  connection  with 
his  doctrine,  a  doctrine  "  which  is  not,"  He  tells  us 
himself,  "his,  but  of  him  that  sent  him;"  that  is 
to  say,  they  are  connected  with  the  fundamental 
dogmas  of  the  Christian  religion.  No  one  denies  the 
perfection,  the  sublimity  of  the  Gospel  morality  ; 
men  indeed  seem  to  feel  a  sort  of  self-complacency, 
a  satisfaction  in  celebrating  it,  with  a  view  to  the 
conclusion,  more  or  less  explicitly  stated,  that  that 
morality  constitutes  the  whole  Gospel.  This  is, 
however,  not  less  than  absolutely  to  mistake  the 
bond  which  unites  in  man  thought  with  sentiment, 
and  belief  with  action.  Man  is  grander  and  less 
easy  to  satisfy  than  superficial  moralists  pretend  ; 
the  law  of  his  life  is  for  him,  in  the  profound 
instinct  of  his  soul,  necessarily  connected  with  the 
secret  of  his  destiny ;  and  it  is  only  the  Christian 
dogma  that  gives  to  Christian  ethics  the  Eoyal 
authority  of  which  they  stand  in  need  to  govern 
and  to  regenerate  humanity. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION. 


III.  JESUS  AND  HIS  MIRACLES. 

I  HAVE  called  myself  one  of  those  who  admit 
the  supernatural  ;  and  I  have  stated  my  reasons. 
I  might  stop  there  and  enter  into  no  special 
reflection  as  to  the  Gospel  Miracles.  The  pos 
sibility  of  miracles  once  accorded  in  principle, 
nothing  remains  but  to  weigh  the  value  of  the 
testimony  in  their  support  In  the  second  series 
of  these  Meditations,  where  I  treat  of  the  authen 
ticity  of  the  localities  specified  in  the  Holy  Scrip 
tures,  I  shall  occupy  myself  with  tin's  examination. 
It  is  not,  however,  my  wish  to  elude,  upon  the 
subjects  that  lie  at  the  bottom  of  this  question, 
any  of  the  difficulties  that  it  presents  :  for  here 
we  find  the  point  of  attack  sought  by  the  adver 
saries  of  the  Christian  faith.  The  image  of 
Christ  as  it  results  from  the  Gospel  would  be 
besides  singularly  unfaithful,  did  we  not  range 
in  it  his  miracles  by  the  side  of  liis  precepts. 

I  avow  once  more  my  belief  in  God,  in  God 
the  Creator,  the  Sovereign  Master  of  the  Universe, 


262  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

who  orders  it  and  governs  it  by  that  independent 
and  constant  action  of  his  providence  and  power 
styled  the  Laws  of  Nature.  To  those  who  regard 
nature  as  having  existed  from  all  eternity  of 
itself,  and  governed  by  laws  immutable  and  pro 
ceeding  from  fate,  I  have  nothing  to  say  of  Jesus 
'  or  his  miracles ;  the  question  at  issue  between 
them  and  me  is  more  important  than  that  which 
respects  miracles ;  it  involves  the  very  question 
of  Pantheism  or  Christianity,  of  Fatalism  or 
Liberty,  affecting  both  God  and  man.  Upon 
these  subjects  I  have  already  expressed  my 
general  opinion  and  its  grounds.  I  propose  to 
enter  further  upon  it  in  the  third  series  of 
these  Meditations,  when  I  come  to  speak  of 
the  different  systems  which  are  now  in  conflict 
throughout  Christendom.  But  at  this  moment 
I  address  myself  to  Deists  and  to  men  of  waver 
ing  minds,  and  to  these  alone. 

One  thing  is  beyond  all  doubt :  the  perfect 
sincerity  of  the  apostles  and  of  the  primitive 
Christians  as  to  their  faith  in  the  miracles  of 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  263 

Jesus.  Sincerity  still  more  striking  that  it  is 
united  to  every  sort  of  hesitation  in  the  mind 
and  weakness  in  the  conduct,  and  that  it  only 
triumphs  gradually  and  slowly  when  Jesus  has 
quitted  his  disciples  and  has  left  them  alone 
charged  with  his  work.  Whilst  He  was  with 
them,  St.  Peter  has  failed,  St.  Thomas  has 
doubted ;  after  several  miracles  have  been  per 
formed  by  Jesus,  his  disciples  are  astonished,  put 
questions  to  Him,  yet  still  doubt  of  Him  and 
of  his  power.  Upon  several  occasions  Jesus  ad 
dresses  them  as  men  "  of  little  faith,"  and  at  the 
moment  when  He  is  arrested,  they  abandon  Him, 
they  fly  from  Him.  No  impassioned  enthusiasm, 
no  exaggeration  in  their  trustfulness  and  th«  ir 
devotedness ;  even  with  them  Jesus  sees  himself 
confronted  by  all  the  vacillations  and  pusillani 
mity  of  humanity;  He  persuades  them,  He  wins 
them,  He  preserves  them  only  by  great  exertion, 
and  by  dint,  so  to  say,  of  divine  power  and 
divine  virtue.  They  only  really  believe  in  Him 
after  having  witnessed  the  accomplishment  of  his 


264  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

sacrifice  and  his  last  miracle,  when  they  had  seen 
his  Crucifixion  and  his  Eesurrection.  Only  then 
they  believed ;  but  from  that  moment  their  faith 
became  absolute,  superior  to  all  perils  and  all 
trials  :  full  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  and  associated  in 
a  certain  measure  to  their  divine  Master,  they 
pursue  his  work  with  unshaken  confidence  and 
firmness,  without  pretending  to  any  merit,  with 
out  any  impulse  of  personal  pride.  Before  "  the 
gate  of  the  Temple  which  is  called  Beautiful," 
St.  Peter  has  healed  a  lame  man  and  made  him 
to  walk.  "  And  as  the  lame  man  which  was 
healed  held  Peter  and  John,  all  the  people  ran 
together  unto  them  in  the  porch  that  is  called 
Solomon's,  greatly  wondering.  And  when  Peter 
saw  it,  he  answered  unto  the  people,  Ye  men  of 
Israel,  why  marvel  ye  at  this  ?  or  why  look  ye  so 
earnestly  on  us,  as  though  by  our  own  power  or 
holiness  we  had  made  this  man  to  walk  ?  .  .  .  . 
Ye  killed  the  Prince  of  life,  whom  God  hath  raised 
from  the  dead  ;  whereof  we  are  witnesses.  And 
his  name  through  faith  in  his  name  hath  made 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  2 03 

this  man  strong,  whom  ye  see  and  know  :  yea, 
the  faith  which  is  by  him  hath  given  him  this 
perfect  soundness  in  the  presence  of  you  all."* 
It  was  not  the  people  only  that  felt  astonishment, 
but  "  the  rulers  and  elders ;  the  scribes,  the  high 
priest,  and  all  those  who  were  of  the  kindred  of 
the  high  priest,  were  gathered  together  at  Jeru 
salem,  and  set  in  their  midst "  Peter  and  John, 
and  after  a  deliberation  full  of  anxiety,  they 
"  commanded  them  not  to  speak  at  all,  nor  teach 
in  the  name  of  Jesus.  But  Peter  and  John 
answered  and  said  unto  them,  Whether  it  be 
right  in  the  sight  of  God  to  hearken  unto  you 
more  than  unto  God,  judge  ye.  For  we  cannot 
but  speak  the  things  we  have  seen  and  heard."  f 

What  sincerity  and  what  firmness  ever  showed 
themselves  more  strikingly  than  those  that  gr.-\v 
out  of  the  faith  of  St.  Paul  ?  From  such  faith  ].«• 
had  been  originally  farther  removed  than  the 
other  apostles;  he  had  done  far  more  than  nu-iely 
err  like  Peter  or  doubt  like  Thomas ;  he  had 

*  Acts  iii.  1— 1G.  t  Acts  iv.  5,  G,  U— 20. 


266  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

hotly  persecuted  the  first  followers  of  Christ. 
In  his  turn  penetrated  and  subdued  on  the  road 
to  Damascus  by  the  voice  of  Jesus,  he  devotes 
himself  to  Him  life  and  soul ;  he  recounts  himself 
his  miraculous  conversion,*  and  as  little  doubt 
can  be  entertained  of  the  authenticity  of  his 
Epistles  as  of  the  sincerity  that  dictated  them. 

The  history  of  all  religions  abounds  in  miracles ; 
but  in  all  religions  except  the  Christian,  the 
miracles  recounted  by  their  historians  are  evi 
dently  either  contrivances  of  the  founder  to 
induce  persuasion,  or  they  spring  from  the  play 
of  the  human  imagination,  ever  disposed  to 
delight  in  the  marvellous,  ever  particularly  prone 
to  give  way  in  the  sphere  of  religion  to  its 
fantastic  suggestions.  In  the  Gospel  miracles,  on 
the  contrary,  we  have  nothing  of  the  kind  ;  no 
artifice  in  their  Author ;  none  of  the  marvellous 
machinery  of  poetry,  nor  any  hasty  credulity  in 
the  historians.  The  miraculous  agency  of  Christ 

*  1  Corinth,  xv.  8.     2  Corinth,  xi.  32,  33  ;  xii.  1—5.     Galat. 
i.1— 4. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  207 

is  essentially  simple,  practical,  and  moral :  He 
does  not  go  in  search  of  miracles  ;  neither  does 
He  make  any  vain  display  of  them :  they 
are  wrought  when  a  pressing  emergency  or  a 
natural  occasion  calls  for  them  ;  and  when  they 
are  demanded  in  faith  and  in  trust,  He  tin -n 
works  them  without  ostentation  and  in  right  of 
his  divine  mission ;  whilst  at  the  very  moment 
He  makes  the  doubt  and  the  coldness  with  which 
He  is  received,  the  subject  of  complaint :  "  Woe 
unto  thee,  Chorazin  !  wo  unto  thee,  Bethsaida  ! 
for  if  the  mighty  works,  which  were  done  in  you, 
had  been  done  in  Tyre  and  Sidon,  they  would 
have  repented  long  ago  in  sackcloth  and  ashes."* 
Jesus  has  full  confidence  in  himself,  in  the  mira< •!•  - 
that  He  effects,  in  the  doctrine  that  He  inculcates. 
He  feels  no  astonishment,  but  merely  sorrow,  that 
His  work,  the  work  of  light  and  of  salvation, 
pursued  by  Him  in  accordance  with  the  will 
of  God  his  Father,  should  not  obtain  a  more 
rapid,  a  more  general  success. 

*  Matt.  xi.  21. 


268  THE    CHRISTIAN    RELIGION. 

As  for  us,  remote  spectators,  the  astonishment 
must  be  not  the  slowness  or  limited  nature  of 
that  success,  but  its  rapidity  and  its  extent.  All 
religions  that  have  taken  place  in  the  world's 
history,  have  been  established  by  moral  and  by 
material  agency  ;  all  appealed  from  their  very 
commencement  as  much  to  force  as  to  persuasion, 
as  much  to  the  arm  as  to  the  tongue.  Christi 
anity  alone  lived  and  grew  during  three  centuries 
by  its  own  single  native  virtue,  without  any 
other  appeal  than  that  made  to  Truth,  without 
any  other  aid  than  that  of  Faith.  During  those 
three  centuries  the  dogmas,  the  precepts,  and 
the  miracles  of  its  Author  constituted  its  only 
weapons,  and  weapons  which  have  prevailed 
against  all  other  arms.  Those  dogmas,  those 
precepts,  and  those  miracles  effected  the  conquest 
of  man's  mind  and  of  human  society  in  spite 
of  the  resistance  of  Greek  philosophy,  Eoman 
power,  and  all  the  poetical  or  mystical  mytho 
logies  of  antiquity  marshalled  against  them. 
The  victory  has  not,  it  is  true,  put  an  end  to 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  2G9 

all  struggle  of  man's  intelligence  :  neither  has  the 
light  from  Christ  dissipated  all  darkness,  nor 
satisfied  all  minds  ;  the  explanation  and  com 
mentaries  of  man  have  obscured  the  doctrines 
of  Christ ;  human  prejudices  have  mistaken 
his  precepts ;  and  legends  have  been  grafted 
upon  his  miracles.  But  the  fact  does  not  the 
less  exist,  that  the  dogmas,  the  precepts,  and 
the  miracles  of  Christ,  without  any  aid  from 
human  sources,  sufficed  to  found  and  ensure  tin- 
triumph  of  the  Christian  religion  :  this  is  a  fact 
primitive  and  supreme.  And  from  this  single 
result  shines  forth  the  divine  character  of  the 
Christian  religion,  for  its  triumph  without  the 
miraculous  agency  of  God,  would  be  of  all 
miracles  the  most  impossible  to  receive. 


IV.  JESUS,  THE  JEWS,  AND  THE  GEM  II  l> 
"TniNK  not  that    I  am  come   !•>   <lr>tn»v  the 
law,  or  the  prophets:  I  am  not  come  to  destroy, 
but  to  fulfil."* 

*  Matt.  v.  17. 


270  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

"  Do  not  think  that  I  will  accuse  you  to  the 
Father  :  there  is  one  that  accuseth  you,  even 
Moses,  in  whom  ye  trust.  For  had  ye  believed 
Moses,  ye  would  have  believed  me  :  for  he  wrote 
of  me.  But  if  ye  believe  not  his  writings,  how 
shall  ye  believe  my  words?"*  This  was  the 
language  that  Jesus  used  to  the  Jews.  It  was  in 
the  name  of  their  history  and  of  their  faith,  in  the 
name  of  the  God  of  Abraham  and  of  Jacob,  that 
He  called  them  to  Him,  presenting  himself  to 
them  in  the  double  capacity  of  conservative  and 
reformer,  and  appealing  to  the  ancient  law  against 
those  who,  whilst  observing  it  outwardly,  really 
changed  its  character.  "  Then  came  to  Jesus 
scribes  and  Pharisees,  which  were  of  Jerusalem, 
saying,  Why  do  thy  disciples  transgress  the  tra 
dition  of  the  elders  ?  for  they  wash  not  their 
hands  when  they  eat  bread.  But  He  answered 
and  said  unto  them,  "Why  do  ye  also  transgress 
the  commandment  of  God  by  your  tradition  ? 
For  God  commanded,  saying,  Honour  thy  father 

*  John  v.  45—47. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  271 

and  mother :  and,  He  that  curseth  father  or 
mother,  let  him  die  the  death.  But  ye  say,  Who 
soever  shall  say  to  his  father  or  his  mother,  It 
is  a  gift,  by  whatsoever  thou  mightest  be  profited 
by  me ;  and  honour  not  his  father  or  his  mother, 
he  shall  be  free.  Thus  ye  have  made  the  com 
mandment  of  God  of  none  effect  by  your  tradi 
tion  !*....  Woe  unto  you,  scribes  and  Pharisees, 
hypocrites !  for  ye  pay  tithe  of  mint  and  anise 
and  cummin,  and  have  omitted  the  weightier 
matters  of  the  law,  judgment,  mercy,  and  faith  : 
these  ought  ye  to  have  done,  and  not  to  leave  the 
other  undone."  f 

Jesus  was  incessantly  warning,  making  ap 
peals  to  the  Jews ;  and  when  He  saw  that 
they  pertinaciously  disavowed  and  rejected  Him, 
He  cried,  in  an  impulse  of  patriotic,  affec 
tionate  sadness:  —  "0  Jerusalem,  Jerusalem, 
which  killest  the  prophets,  and  stonest  tin  in 
that  are  sent  unto  thee ;  how  often  would  I 
have  gathered  thy  children  together,  as  a  Inn 

*  Matt.  xv.  ]— 6.  f  Matt,  xxiii.  23. 


272  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

doth  gather  her  brood  under  her  wings,  and  ye 
would  not ! "  * 

I  know  nothing  more  imposing  than  the  appa 
rition  of  a  grand  idea,  a  divine  idea  rising  and 
mounting  rapidly  upon  the  human  horizon.  Such 
is  the  spectacle  afforded  to  us  in  its  short  dura 
tion  by  the  history  of  Jesus  Christ.  In  his  first 
instructions  to  his  apostles,  He  said  to  them,  "  Go 
not  to  the  Gentiles  and  enter  not  into  any  city  of 
the  Samaritans ;  but  go  ye  rather  to  the  lost 
sheep  of  the  people  of  Israel."  Thus  he  carefully 
avoided  offending  the  sentiments  of  the  day,  and 
only  enjoined  upon  his  apostles  what  they  might 
do  with  success  at  the  very  beginning  of  their 
mission.  But  soon  the  light  increases  that  issues 
from  the  words  and  the  actions  of  Jesus;  as  I 
advance  in  the  books  of  the  Gospel,  I  there  read  : 
"And  when  Jesus  was  entered  into  Capernaum, 
there  came  unto  him  a  centurion,  beseeching  him, 
and  saying,  Lord,  my  servant  lieth  at  home  sick 
of  the  palsy,  grievously  tormented.  And  Jesus 

*  Matt,  xxiii.  37.      Luke  xiii.  34. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  2?  ) 

saith  unto  him,  I  will  come  and  heal  him.  The 
centurion  answered  and  said,  Lord,  I  am  not 
worthy  that  thou  shouldest  come  under  my  roof : 
but  speak  the  word  only,  and  my  servant  shall  be 
healed.  For  I  am  a  man  under  authority,  having 
soldiers  under  me  :  and  I  say  to  this  man,  Go, 
and  he  goeth ;  and  to  another,  Come,  and  he 
cometh  ;  and  to  my  servant,  Do  this,  and  he  do< -tli 
it.  When  Jesus  heard  it,  he  marvelled,  and  said 
to  them  that  followed,  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  I 
have  not  found  so  great  faith,  no,  not  in  Israel. 
And  I  say  unto  you,  That  many  shall  come  from 
the  east  and  west,  and  shall  sit  down  with  Abra 
ham,  and  Isaac,  and  Jacob,  in  the  kingdom  of 
heaven/' ' 

Thus  a  great  stride  has  been  made ;  it  is  no  lorn^  r 
for  the  sheep  of  the  house  of  Israel  that  Jedus  lias 
come;  from  the  East  and  from  tin-  West  will  mm 
come  to  Him,  and  He  will  receive  tlimi  all.  T.» 
continue  the  Gospel  narrative:  departing  i'mm  tlir 
borders  of  the  lake  of  Geiinrsaivth,  Jrsus  w de- 
it  Matt.  viii.  5-11. 


274  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

parted  into  the  coasts  of  Tyre  and  Sidon.  And, 
behold,  a  woman  of  Canaan  came  out  of  the  same 
coasts,  and  cried  unto  him,  saying,  Have  mercy  on 
me,  0  Lord,  thou  son  of  David ;  my  daughter  is 
grievously  vexed  with  a  devil.  But  he  answered 
her  not  a  word.  And  his  disciples  came  and  be 
sought  him,  saying,  Send  her  away;  for  she  crieth 
after  us.  But  he  answered  and  said,  I  am  not 
sent  but  unto  the  lost  sheep  of  the  house  of 
Israel.  Then  came  she  and  worshipped  him, 
saying,  Lord,  help  me.  But  he  answered  and 
said,  It  is  not  meet  to  take  the  children's  bread, 
and  to  cast  it  to  dogs.  And  she  said,  Truth, 
Lord  :  yet  the  dogs  eat  of  the  crumbs  which  fall 
from  their  master's  table.  Then  Jesus  answered 
and  said  unto  her,  0  woman,  great  is  thy  faith : 
be  it  unto  thee  even  as  fchou  wilt."  * 

Another  day,  near  the  city  Sychar  and  the 
well  of  Jacob,  Jesus  conversed  with  a  woman  of 
Samaria,  who  had  come  there  to  draw  water : — 
"  The  woman  saith  unto  him,  Sir,  I  perceive  that 

*  Matt.  xv.  21—28. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  275 

thou  art  a  prophet.  Our  fathers  worshipped  in 
this  mountain ;  and  ye  say,  that  in  Jerusalem  is 
the  place  where  men  ought  to  worship.  Jesus 
saith  unto  her,  Woman,  believe  me,  the  hour 
cometh,  when  ye  shall  neither  in  this  mountain, 
nor  yet  at  Jerusalem,  worship  the  Father  .... 
But  the  hour  cometh,  and  now  is,  when  the  true 
worshippers  shall  worship  the  Father  in  spirit 
and  in  truth  :  for  the  Father  seeketh  such  to 
worship  him.  God  is  a  Spirit :  and  they  that 
worship  him  must  worship  him  in  spirit  and  in 
truth."  * 

Thus  disappears  gradually,  in  the  name  of  the  God 
of  the  Jews  himself,  the  exclusive  privilege  of  the 
Jews  to  the  divine  revelation  and  to  divine  grace. 
And  thus,  too,  the  restricted  religion  of  Israel 
gives  place  to  the  grand  catholicity  of  the  reli 
gion  of  Christ.  The  benefit  of  the  true  faith  and 
of  salvation  is  no  longer  limited  to  one  people, 
whether  great  or  small,  ancient  or  modern  ;  but  is 
imparted  to  all  the  races  of  mankind.  "Go  ye 

*  John  iv.  5  -24. 

T  2 


276  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

therefore,  and  teach  all  nations,  baptizing  them  in 
the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of 
the  Holy  Ghost."  *  "  And  he  said  unto  them,  Go 
ye  into  all  the  world,  and  preach  the  gospel  to 
every  creature."  f 

These  were  the  last  words  which  Christ  ad 
dressed  to  his  apostles,  and  the  apostles  execute 
faithfully  the  instructions  of  their  divine  Master ; 
they  go  forth  in  effect,  preaching  in  all  places 
and  to  all  nations  his  history,  his  doctrine,  his 
precepts,  and  his  parables.  St.  Paul  is  the  special 
apostle  of  the  Gentiles.  From  Jesus,  says  this 
apostle,  "  We  have  received  grace  and  apostle- 
ship,  for  obedience  to  the  faith  among  all  nations, 
for  his  name."  "  Is  he  the  God  of  the  Jews 
only  \  is  he  not  also  of  the  Gentiles  \  Yes,  of  the 
Gentiles  also."  "For  there  is  no  difference  be 
tween  the  Jew  and  the  Greek  :  for  the  same  Lord 
over  all  is  rich  unto  all  that  call  upon  him."  J 

In  spite  of  his  prejudices  as  a  Jew,  and  of  the 

*  Matt,  xxviii.  19.          f  Mark  xvi.  15.         £  Romans  i.  5.  ; 
iii.  29  ;  x.  12. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  277 

differences  that  took  place  in  the  infancy  of  the 
Church,  St.  Peter  adheres  to  St.  Paul ;  the  apos 
tles  and  the  elders  assembled  at  Jerusalem  adhere 
to  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul.  The  God  of  Abraham 
and  of  Jacob  is  now  not  merely  the  One  God,  He 
is  the  God  of  the  whole  human  race  ;  to  all 
men  alike  He  prescribes  the  same  faith,  the  same 
law,  and  promises  the  same  salvation. 

Another  question,  more  temporal  in  its  nature, 
still  a  great,  a  delicate  one,  is  raised  in  the  pre 
sence  of  Jesus  Christ.  He  withdraws  from  the 
Jews  their  exclusive  privilege  to  the  knowledge 
and  the  grace  of  the  true  God  ;  but  what  does  He 
think  of  that  which  touches  their  existence  as  a 
nation,  and  as  a  great  one  ?  Does  He  direct  them 
to  rebel  and  to  struggle  against  their  earthly 
governor  and  sovereign? — "Then  went  the  Pha 
risees,  and  took  counsel  how  they  might  entangle 
him  in  his  talk.  And  they  sent  out  unto  him 
ilit-ir  disciples  with  the  Herodians.  saying,  Mast.-r. 
we  know  that  thou  art  true,  and  teachest  the  way 
of  God  in  truth,  neither  carest  thou  for  any  man  : 


278  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

for  thou  regardest  not  the  person  of  men.  Tell' 
us  therefore,  What  thinkest  thou  ?  Is  it  lawful 
to  give  tribute  unto  Cesar,  or  not  ?  But  Jesus 
perceived  their  wickedness,  and  said,  Why  tempt 
ye  me,  ye  hypocrites  ?  Shew  me  the  tribute 
money.  And  they  brought  unto  him  a  penny. 
And  he  saith  unto  them,  Whose  is  this  image 
and  superscription  ?  They  say  unto  him,  Cesar's. 
Then  saith  he  unto  them,  Eender  therefore  unto 
Cesar  the  things  which  are  Cesar's ;  and  unto 
God  the  things  that  are  God's.  When  they  had 
heard  these  words,  they  marvelled,  and  left  him, 
and  went  their  way."  : 

In  this  reply  of  Christ  there  was  much  more 
matter  for  admiration  than  the  Pharisees  sup 
posed  ;  it  was  in  effect  much  more  than  an  adroit 
evasion  of  the  snare  that  had  been  extended  for 
Him ;  it  defined  in  principle  the  distinction  of 
man's  life  as  it  regards  religion,  and  man's  life  as 
it  concerns  society  ;  the  bounds,  in  fact,  of  Church 
and  of  State.  Csesar  has  no  right  to  intervene, 

*  Matt.  xxii.  15-22.     Mark  xii.  12—17.     Luke  xx.  19—25. 


EIGHTH    MEDITATION.  279 

with  his  laws  and  material  force,  between  the  soul 
of  man  and  his  God ;  and  on  his  side,  the  faithful 
worshipper  of  God  is  bound  to  fulfil  towards 
Caesar  the  duties  which  the  necessity  of  the 
maintenance  of  civil  order  imposes.  The  inde 
pendence  of  religious  faith,  and  at  the  same  time 
its  subjection  to  the  laws  of  society,  are  alike  the 
sense  of  Christ's  reply  to  the  Pharisees,  and  the 
divine  source  of  the  greatest  progress  ever  made 
by  human  society  since  it  began  to  feel  the 
troubles  and  agitations  of  this  earth. 

I  take  again  these  two  grand  principles,  these 
two  great  acts  of  Jesus, — the  abolition  of  every 
privilege  in  the  relations  of  God  and  man,  and 
the  distinction  of  man's  religious  ami  his  civil 
life  :  I  confront  with  these  two  principles  all 
the  history,  and  every  state  of  society  previous 
to  the  advent  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  I  am 
unable  to  discover  in  those  essentially  Christian 
principles  any  kindred,  any  human  origin. 
Everywhere  before  Christ,  religions  were  na 
tional  local  religions  ;  they  were  religions 


280  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

which  established  between  nations,  classes,  indi 
viduals,  enormous  differences  and  inequalities. 
Everywhere,  also,  before  Christ,  man's  civil  life 
and  his  religious  life  were  confounded,  and  mutu 
ally  oppressed  each  other ;  that  religion  or  those 
religions  were  institutions  incorporated  in  the 
state,  which  the  state  regulated  or  repressed 
as  its  interest  dictated.  But  in  this  catholicity 
of  religious  faith,  in  this  independence  of  reli 
gious  communities,  I  am  constrained  to  recog 
nise  new  and  sublime  principles,  and  to  see  in 
them  flashes  from  the  light  of  heaven.  It  needed 
many  centuries  before  mental  vision  was  capable 
of  receiving  that  light ;  and  no  one  shall  pro 
nounce  how  many  centuries  will  be  needed  before 
it  will  pervade  and  penetrate  the  entire  world. 
But  whatever  difficulties  and  shortcomings  may 
be  reserved  in  the  womb  of  the  future  for  the 
two  great  truths  to  which  I  have  just  referred, 
it  is  clear  that  God  caused  them  first  to  beam 
forth  from  the  life  and  teaching  of  Jesus  Christ. 


EIGHTH    MEDITATION.  281 

V.  JESUS  AND   WOMEN. 

AT  the  very  source  of  all  religions,  as  well  as 
in  their  subsequent  history,  women  find  a  place 
to  fill  and  a  part  to  perform.  At  one  time  they 
constitute  the  material  and  furnish  the  ornament 
of  licentious  systems  of  mythology.  At  another,  on 
the  contrary,  they  are,  for  the  heroes  of  those  ivli- 
gions,  objects  either  of  pious  horror  or  of  obser 
vances  at  once  rigorous  and  austere  :  women  an- 
considered  by  them  as  creatures  full  of  evil  and 
of  peril;  and  they  are  accordingly  thrust  from 
their  lives  as  men  thrust  from  them  what  is  a 
temptation  and  an  impurity.  Voluptuous  pictures 
and  adventures  on  the  one  hand,  and  zealous 
impulses  of  rigid  asceticism  on  the  other,  con 
stitute  the  two  extremes  to  which  religions  in 
their  ages  of  youth  and  of  vigour  are  altrrnat» -\y 
prone.  Sometimes — and  it  is  more  fortunate  for 
women  when  it  is  the  case — they  are  described  in 
the  narrative  of  these  religions,  such  as  they  really 
are  in  human  life,  charmers  and  at  tin-  s;im<-  thm- 


?,S2  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

charmed,  seducers  and  seduced,  idols  and  slaves ; 
at  first  votaries  of  the  enthusiasm,  the  victims  of 
the  errors  and  the  passions  which  they  at  once 
inspire  and  feel.  Whether  Asiatic  or  European, 
rude  or  refined,  such  are  the  striking  features 
with  which  all  systems  of  religion,  excepting 
Christianity,  have  characterised  the  women  whom 
they  have  introduced  in  their  narratives. 

Neither  of  these  characteristics,  nor  anything 
analogous,  is  met  with  in  the  Gospel  and  in  the 
relations  of  Jesus  with  women.  They  seem  irre 
sistibly  attracted  towards  Him,  with  hearts  moved, 
imaginations  struck  by  his  manner  of  life,  his 
precepts,  his  miracles,  his  language.  He  inspires 
them  with  feelings  of  tender  respect  and  confiding 
admiration.  The  Canaanitish  woman  comes  and 
addresses  to  Him  a  timid  prayer  for  the  healing 
of  her  daughter.  The  woman  of  Samaria  listens 
to  Him  with  eagerness,  though  she  does  not  know 
Him :  Mary  seats  herself  at  his  feet,  absorbed  in 
reflections  suggested  by  his  words ;  and  Martha 
proffers  to  Him  the  frank  complaint  that  her 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  283 

sister  assists  her  not,  but  leaves  her  unaided  in 
the   performance   of  her   domestic   duties.     The 
sinner  draws  near  to  Him  in  tears,  pouring  upon 
his  feet  a   rare  perfume,  and  wiping  them  with 
her  hair.     The  adulteress,  hurried  into  his  presence 
by  those  who  wished  to  stone  her  in  accordance 
with  the  precepts   of  the  Mosaic  Law,  remains 
motionless  in  his  presence,  even  after  her  accusers 
have  withdrawn,  waiting  in   silence  what  He  is 
about  to  say.     Jesus   receives  the   homage,  and 
listens  to  the  prayers  of  all  these  women,  with 
the   gentle   gravity   and   impartial   sympathy   of 
a  being  superior  and  strange  to  earthly  passion. 
Pure  and  inflexible  interpreter  of  the  Divine  law, 
He   knows   and   understands   man's   natuiv,  and 
judges    it    with    that    equitable    severity   which 
nothing  escapes,  the  excuse  as  little  as  tlu-  fault. 
Faith,    sincerity,    humanity,    sorrow,    ivpriitunce, 
touch  Him  without  biassing  the  charity  and  the 
justice  of  his  conclusions;  and  He  expresses  l»l;.me 
or  announces  pardon  with  the  same  calm  seienity 
of  authority,  certain  that  his   eye  has  rci.d  the 


284  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

depths  of  the  heart  to  which  his  words  will  pene 
trate.  In  his  relations  with  the  women  who 
approach  Him,  there  is,  in  short,  not  the  slightest 
trace  of  man ;  nowhere  does  the  Godhead  mani 
fest  itself  more  winningly  and  with  greater  purity. 
And  when  there  is  no  longer  any  question  of 
these  particular  relations  and  conversations,  when 
Jesus  has  no  longer  before  him  women  suppliants 
and  sinners,  who  are  invoking  his  power  or  im 
ploring  his  clemency ;  when  it  is  with  the 
position  and  the  destiny  of  women  in  general 
that  He  is  occupying  himself,  He  affirms  and 
defends  their  claims  and  their  dignity  with  a 
sympathy  at  once  penetrating  and  severe.  He 
knows  that  the  happiness  of  mankind,  as 
well  as  the  moral  position  of  women,  depends 
essentially  upon  the  married  state ;  He  makes 
of  the  sanctity  of  marriage  a  fundamental  law 
of  Christian  religion  and  society ;  He  pursues 
adultery  even  into  tha  recesses  of  the  human 
heart,  the  human  thought ;  He  forbids  divorce ; 
He  says  of  men,  "Have  ye  not  read,  that  he 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  283 

which  made  them  at  the  beginning  made  them 
male  and  female  1  ....  For  this  cause  shall  a 
man  leave  father  and  mother,  and  shall  cleave  to 
his  wife  :  and  they  twain  shall  be  one  flesh. 
Wherefore  they  are  no  more  twain,  but  one  flesh. 
What  therefore  God  hath  joined  together,  let  not 
man  put  asunder.  They  say  unto  him,  Why  did 
Moses  then  command  to  give  a  writing  of  divorce 
ment,  and  to  put  her  away  ?  He  saith  unto  them, 
Moses  because  of  the  hardness  of  your  hearts 
suffered  you  to  put  away  your  wives  :  but  from 
the  beginning  it  was  not  so.  And  I  say  unto  you, 
Whosoever  shall  put  away  his  wife,  except  it  In 
fer  fornication,  and  shall  marry  another,  commit - 
teth  adultery:  and  whoso  manic th  her  which  fa 
put  away  doth  commit  adultery."  ; 

Signal  ami  striking  testimony  to  the  progress  \«- 
action  of  God  upon  the  human  race  !  Jesus  Christ 
restores  to  the  divine  law  of  marriage  the  purity 
and  the  authority  that  Moses  had  not  enjoined  to 

*  Msitt.  xix.  4-9;    v.  27  Mark  x.  2—12.        Romans 

vii.  2,  3.     1  Corinth,  vi.  10—18  ;    vii.  1—11. 


286  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

the  Hebrews  "because  of  the  hardness  of  their 
hearts." 


VI.  JESUS  CHRIST  AND  CHILDREN. 

THE  sentiments  expressed  by  Jesus  Christ 
towards  children,  and  the  language  that  He  uses 
towards  them,  as  these  appear  in  the  Gospel  nar 
rative,  must  strike  even  the  most  careless  reader. 
Let  me  refer  to  the  passages  themselves  : — 

"  And  they  brought  young  children  to  him,  that 
he  should  touch  them :  and  his  disciples  rebuked 
those  that  brought  them.  But  when  Jesus  saw  it, 
he  was  much  displeased,  and  said  unto  them, 
Suffer  the  little  children  to  come  unto  me,  and 
forbid  them  not :  for  of  such  is  the  kingdom  of 
God.  Verily  I  say  unto  you,  Whosoever  shall  not 
receive  the  kingdom  of  God  as  a  little  child,  he 
shall  not  enter  therein.  And  he  took  them  up  in 
his  arms,  put  his  hands  upon  them,  and  blessed 
them."* 

*  Mark  x.  13-16  ;  Matt.  xix.  13-15.      Luke  xviii.  15—17. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  287 

Another  day,  "came  the  disciples  unto  Jesus, 
saying,  Who  is  the  greatest  in  the  kingdom  of 
heaven  ?  And  Jesus  called  a  little  child  unto 
him,  and  set  him  in  the  midst  of  them,  and  said, 
Verily  I  say  unto  you,  Except  ye  be  converted, 
and  become  as  little  children,  ye  shall  not  enter 
into  the  kingdom  of  heaven.  Whosoever  therefore 
shall  humble  himself  as  this  little  child,  the  same 
is  greatest  in  the  kingdom  of  heaven."* 

Again  another  day,  Jesus,  deploring  the  cold 
ness  that  his  preaching  and  his  miracles  fre 
quently  encountered,  and  that  even  in  his  closest 
vicinity,  exclaimed,  here  no  longer  addressing 
his  disciples,  but  God  himself,  "I  thank  tln-r. 
0  Father,  Lord  of  heaven  and  earth,  because 
thou  hast  hid  these  things  from  tin-  wise  and 
prudent,  and  hast  revealed  them  unto  l>;ilu's."t 

What  is  the  full  meaning  of  these  Av»>nls  (  They 
are  not  simply  the  expression  of  that  impulse  of 
gentle  benevolence  excited  in  all  hearts  at  tin- 
sio-ht  of  children,  and  their  innocent  confidence  in 

*  Matt,  xviii.  1 — 4  ;   Mark  ix.  33-37.         t  Matt.  xi.  .:>. 


THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

all  who  come  near  them.  Jesus  Christ  no  doubt 
experienced  the  influence  of  this  feeling,  for  He 
was  strange  to  none  of  man's  noble  emotions  ; 
but  his  thoughts  passed  far  beyond  the  children 
whose  approach  he  permitted,  and  they  merely 
furnished  Him  with  the  living  occasion  to  address 
to  men  themselves  his  solemn  warnings. 

The  child,  I  have  already  mentioned  in  these 
Meditations,*  is,  for  us,  the  image  of  innocence, 
the  type  of  the  creature  fallible,  yet  who  has  not 
yet  sinned,  who  knows  not  yet  either  error  of 
understanding,  or  the  seduction  of  passion,  or  the 
blinding  influence  of  pride,  or  the  troubles  of 
doubt,  or  the  extreme  folly  of  sin,  or  the  anguish  of 
repentance  ;  who  follows  in  the  first  impulses  of 
infancy  only  the  spontaneous  instincts  of  tender 
confidence  in  the  parent  to  whom  he  is  indebted 
for  security  and  for  love,  for  the  first  joys  and  the 
earliest  blessings.  Jesus  does  not  pretend  to  bring 
men  back  to  that  fair  condition,  to  restore  to 
them  their  primitive  innocence :  but  He  comes  to 

*  Meditation  II. ,  Christian  Dogmas,  p.  48. 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION. 

ransom  them  from  sin  ;  He  brings  them  the  hope 
of  pardon  and  salvation.  Confidence  in  God,  a 
confidence  sincere,  unpretending,  and  loving,  is 
that  disposition  which  opens  the  soul  of  man  to  the 
divine  blessing.  This  is  also  the  disposition  that 
the  child  evinces  towards  its  parents ;  he  calls 
upon  them,  and  he  hopes  in  them.  Hence  those 
words  of  Jesus  :  "  Suffer  little  children  to  come 
unto  me,  and  forbid  them  not,  for  of  such  is  the 
kingdom  of  heaven."  The  way  of  innocence  is  a 
far  better  way  than  that  of  science  to  lead  man  up 
to  God. 

Science  is  a  splendid  thing;  it  is  also  a  n<>l»l< 
privilege  of  man  that  God,  in  creating  him  an 
intelligent  and  a  free  agent,  has  given  him  a 
capacity  to  desire  and  to  pursue  through  study 
the  truths  of  science,  and  even  to  attain  tin-in  in 
a  certain  measure,  and  in  a  certain  sphere.  Hut 
when  science  attempts  to  exceed  that  m« -a.-un-  ami 
to  quit  that  sphere ;  when  it  ignores  and  scorns  tin- 
instincts, — natural,  universal,  and  permanent  in 
stincts,  of  the  human  soul;  when  it  easayfi  i 


290  THE   CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

up  everywhere  its  own  torch  in  the  place  of  that 
primitive  light  that  lights  mankind:  then,  and 
from  that  cause  alone,  science  fills  itself  with 
error  ;  and  this  is  the  very  case  which  called 
forth  those  words  of  Jesus  :  "  I  praise  thee,  Father, 
Lord  of  heaven  and  of  earth,  that  thou  hast  hid 
den  these  things  from  the  wise  and  prudent,  and 
hast  revealed  them  unto  babes."  * 


VII.  JESUS  CHRIST  HIMSELF. 
I  HAVE  sought  to  gather  from  the  Gospels  the 
scattered  facts  that  constitute  the  life  of  Jesus. 
I  have  searched  for  them  in  his  acts,  his  precepts, 
his  words  :  in  his  different  relations  in  life.  I 
have  added  nothing,  exaggerated  nothing  ;  on  the 
contrary,  the  life  of  Jesus  is  infinitely  grander 
and  more  sublime  than  I  have  made  it;  his 


*  Matt.  xi.  25.  The  words  &vb  votyQv  KO.I  a-weToSv  are  better 
rendered,  "  from  the  learned  and  the  prudent,"  than  "  wise  and 
intelligent ;"  "  sages  et  intelligents,"  as  in  the  French  version 
bv  Osterwald. 


EIGHTH  MEDITATION.  201 

words  are  infinitely  more  profound  and  admiral  >lo 
than  I  have  described  thjem.  And  I  have  sai<l 
nothing  of  the  seal  affixed  to  his  work  and  ///>• 
mission  by  his  Passion  ;  nor  have  I  shown  Jesus 
at  Gethsemane  and  upon  the  Cross. 

According  to  the  Bible,  God  is  without  pjir;ill«-l 
— ever  the  same.  Jesus  is  also  so  according  to 
the  Gospel.  The  most  perfect,  the  most  constant 
unity  reigns  in  Him  :  in  his  life  as  in  his  soul ; 
in  his  language  as  in  his  acts.  His  action  is  pro 
gressive,  and  proportionate  to  the  circumstai. 
which  call  it  forth  and  in  the  midst  of  which  He 
lives;  but  his  progress  never  entails  anydia. 
of  character  or  purpose.  As  He  appears  at  the 
age  of  twelve,  in  the  Temple,  already  full  of  the 
sentiment  of  his  divine  nature,  in  his  reply  to 
his  mother  who  was  searching  for  Him  with  dis 
quietude,  "Knowestthou  not  that  I  must  be  about 
my  Father's  business?"  the  same  He  remains  ami 
manifests  himself  in  the  whole  course  of  his 
active  mission — in  Galilee  and  at  Jerusalem,  with 

his   apostles   and   with  the  people,  amongst  the 

u  2 


292  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

Pharisees  and  the  Publicans,  whether  they  be  men,, 
or  women,  or  children  who  approach  Him ;  alike 
before  Caiaphas  and  Pilate,  and  under  the  eyes 
of  the  crowd  pressing  around  to  listen  to  Him. 
Everywhere  and  in  every  circumstance,  the  same 
spirit  animates  Him ;  He  diffuses  the  same  light, 
proclaims  the  same  law.  Perfect  and  immutable, 
always  at  once  Son  of  God  and  Son  of  Man,  He 
pursues  and  consummates  amidst  all  the  trials 
and  all  the  sorrows  of  human  existence  his  divine 
work  for  the  salvation  of  mankind. 

What  need  to  add  more?  How  speak  in  detail 
of  Jesus  himself  when  one  believes  in  Him,  when 
one  sees  in  Him  God  made  man,  acting  as  God 
alone  can  act,  and  suffering  all  that  man  can 
suffer  to  ransom  mankind  from  sin,  and  save  it 
by  bringing  it  back  to  God  ?  How  sound  closely 
the  mysteries  of  such  a  person  and  such  a  pur 
pose  ?  What  passed  in  that  divine  soul  during 
that  human  existence  ?  Who  shall  explain  those 
cries  of  agony  of  Jesus  in  the  bosom  of  the  most 
absolute  faith  in  God  his  father  and  in  himself, 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  293 

and  those  moments  of  horror  at  the  approach  of 
the  sacrifice  without  the  slightest  hesitation  in 
the  sacrifice,  without  the  smallest  doubt  as  to  its 
efficaciousness  ?  This  sublime  fact,  this  intimate 
and  continual  intermixture  of  the  divine  and 
human  finds  no  competent,  no  adequate  ex 
pression  in  human  speech,  and  the  more  \v»- 
consider  it  the  more  difficult  we  find  it  to  speak 
of  it. 

Those  who  have  no  faith  in  Jesus,  who  admit 
not  the  supernatural  character  of  his  person,  of 
his  life,  and  of  his  work,  do  not  feel  this  difficulty. 
Having  beforehand  done  away  with  God  and 
with  miracles,  the  history  of  Jesus  is  for  them 
nothing  more  than  an  ordinary  history,  which 
they  narrate  and  explain  like  any  other  biography 
of  man.  But  such  historians  fall  into  a  far  <lif- 
ferent  difficulty,  and  wreck  tli«-m>el\vs  <.n  a  far 
different  rock.  The  supernatural  Uin^  an<l 
power  of  Jesus  may  be  dispute.  1,  but  the  per 
fection,  the  sublimity  of  his  actions  and  of  his 
precepts,  of  his  life  and  of  his  moral  law,  are 


294  THE   CHRISTIAN  RELIGION. 

incontestable.  And  in  effect,  not  only  are  they 
not  contested,  but  they  are  admired  and  celebrated 
enthusiastically,  and  complacently,  too ;  it  would 
seem  as  if  it  were  desired  to  restore  to  Jesus  as 
man,  and  man  alone,  the  superiority  of  which 
men  deprive  Him  in  refusing  to  see  in  Him  the 
Godhead.  But  then,  what  incoherence,  what 
contradictions,  what  falsehood,  what  moral  im 
possibility  in  his  history,  such  as  they  make  it ; 
what  a  series  of  suppositions,  irreconcilable  with 
fact,  nevertheless  admitted!  The  man  they 
make  so  perfect,  so  sublime,  becomes  by  turns 
a  dreamer  or  a  charlatan;  at  once  dupe  and 
deceiver :  dupe  of  his  own  mystical  enthusiasm 
in  believing  in  his  own  miracles;  deceiver  in 
tampering  with  evidence  in  order  to  accredit  him 
self.  The  history  of  Jesus  Christ  is  thus  but  a 
tissue  of  fables  and  falsehood.  And  nevertheless 
the  hero  of  this  history  remains  perfect,  sublime, 
incomparable  ;  the  greatest  genius,  the  noblest 
heart  that  the  world  ever  saw ;  the  type  of  virtue 
and  moral  beauty,  the  supreme  and  rightful  chief 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  295 

of  mankind.  And  his  disciples,  in  their  turn 
justly  admirable,  have  braved  everything,  suf 
fered  everything,  in  order  to  abide  faithful  to 
Him  and  to  accomplish  his  work.  And,  in 
effect,  the  work  has  been  accomplished :  the 
pagan  world  has  become  Christian,  and  the  whole 
world  has  nothing  better  to  do  than  to  follow 
the  example. 

What  a  contradictory  and  insolvable  problem 
they  present  to  us  instead  of  the  one  they  are 
so  anxious  to  suppress! 

History  reposes  upon  two  foundations — posi 
tive  written  evidence  as  to  facts  and  persons,  and 
presumptive  evidence  resulting  from  the  connec 
tion  of  facts  and  the  action  of  persons.  These 
two  foundations  are  entirely  lost  sight  of  in 
the  history  of  Jesus  such  as  it  is  recounted, 
or  rather  constructed,  in  these  days  ;  it  is,  on 
the  one  hand,  in  evident  and  shocking  contra 
diction  with  the  testimony  of  the  men  who  BOW 
Jesus,  or  of  the  men  who  liv..l  n.-arly  in 
the  time  of  those  who  had  seen  Him ;  on  the 


296  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

other  side,  with  the  natural  laws  presiding  over 
the  actions  of  men  and  the  course  of  events. 
This  does  not  deserve  the  name  of  historical 
criticism ;  it  is  a  philosophical  system  and  a  ro 
mantic  narrative  substituted  for  the  substantial 
proof  and  the  circumstantial  evidence  ;  it  is  a 
Jesus  false  and  impossible,  made  by  the  hand  of 
man  pretending  to  dethrone  the  real  living  Jesus 
-the  Son  of  God. 

The  choice  lies  between  the  system  and  the 
mystery;  between  the  romance  of  man  and  the 
purpose  of  God.  Even  in  revealing  himself  God 
still  interposes  veils,  but  these  veils  are  no  false 
hoods.  The  Gospel  history  of  Jesus  shows  us 
God  acting  in  ways  which  are  not  his  ways  of 
every  day.  This  special  action  of  God  characterises 
also  many  other  facts  in  the  history  of  the  uni 
verse  ;  amongst  others,  the  great  fact  of  the  actual 
creation,  where  man,  at  his  appearance  upon  earth, 
received  the  first  divine  revelation.  The  super 
natural  does  not  merely  date  from  Jesus  Christ ; 
and  if  a  man  from  this  motive  rejects  the  history 


EIGHTH   MEDITATION.  297 

of  Jesus,  he  will  have  to  deny  also  a  far  different 
thing.  To  escape  this  fatal  necessity,  men  of 
learning  have  recently  striven  to  curtail  indefi 
nitely  the  proportion  of  the  supernatural  in  the 
history  of  Jesus,  and  to  explain  by  natural  means, 
most  of  the  acts  and  circumstances  of  his  life.  A 
puerile  attempt,  which  has  altogether  failed  in  the 
details,  still  leaving  untouched  the  substance  of 
the  problem.  No  better  success  will  attend  the 
new  attempt  that  has  in  these  days  been  made, 
and  which  consists  in  placing  the  Ideal  in  the 
place  of  the  Supernatural,  and  in  elevating  reli 
gious  sentiment  upon  the  ruins  of  the  Christian 
faith.  This  is  doing  either  too  much  or  too  little. 
The  human  soul  is  not  sati>ti<-d  with  these 
leavings,  nor  human  pride  with  such  refusals, 
When  one  is  so  hardy  as  to  pretend,  in  the  name 
of  the  science  of  man  in  this  finite  \\ml.l,  to 
determine  the  limits  of  the  po\\vr  <>i  <i«»d,  ore 
must  be  still  more  hardy  and  —  dethrone  ('<»d 
himself. 


NOTE. 

I  SAID  (p.  145)  that  I  would  indicate  some 
instances  of  grammatical  faults  to  be  met  with 
in  the  Scriptures,  to  which  the  character  of  divine 
inspiration  cannot  be  assigned.  Upon  the  subject 
of  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament  I  have  con 
sulted  my  learned  confrere,  M.  Munk  ;  his  reply 
is  in  the  precise  words  which  follow  : — • 

"  The  biblical  authors,"  he  writes  to  me,  "  whose  style  is 
most  incorrect,  are  Ezekiel  and  Jeremiah.  These  authors, 
and  particularly  the  first,  err  frequently  against  grammar 
and  orthography  ;  they  are  not  merely  influenced  by  the  Ara- 
mean  dialect,  but  they  disclose  grammatical  faults  capable 
of  being  traced  to  no  source  in  any  of  the  Semitic  dialects. 
This  remark  has  also  been  made  by  Hebrew  grammarians 
of  the  middle  ages,  and  Isaac  Abrabanel  (towards  the  close 
of  the  15th  century),  in  the  preface  to  his  commentary  upon 
Ezekiel,  does  not  hesitate  to  declare  that  this  prophet  was 
but  superficially  acquainted  with  Hebrew  grammar  and  ortho 
graphy.  Nevertheless,  neither  Jeremiah  nor  Ezekiel,  of  whom 


300  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

both  are  distinguished  by  a  certain  originality  of  style, 
unlike  that  of  any  of  the  other  Hebrew  writers,  is  wanting 
in  elegance,  energy,  and  boldness  in  images,  and  they  dis 
play  in  the  highest  degree  their  proficiency  in  the  art  of 
composition.  The  following  are  some  instances  of  the 
grave  faults  against  grammar  to  be  met  with  in  their 
writings  :  — 

Examples  of  Incorrect  Expressions  in  Ezekiel. 


(mischta'hawithem),  "  and  they  wor 
shipped"  (viii.  16),  a  barbarism  for  D^nnttfE  (misch- 
tcChawim). 

"iNttfSSI  (we-neschaar  ani),  "  and  I  remained  "  (xi.  8), 
for  ^HtPNi  (wa-eschaer)  or  TDNttfDI  (we-nischarti). 
(There  are  here  faults  both  of  orthography  and 
grammar.) 

(ischotti),  "  women  "  (xxiii.  44),  for  >E72  (nesche). 
VTlV)37   nmttf  (schiVa\  "his  seven  burnt  oiferings"  (xl. 
26),  for  i?na?  (scheltf).     In  the  number  seven  the  mas 
culine  is  used  instead  of  the  feminine. 

(M-bm6ihayikh),  "  in  that  thou  buildest  "  (xvi.  31), 
instead  of  ^m3:n  (bi-benoihekJi). 

(le-schouUni),  "  when  I  returned  "  (xlvi.  7),  instead 
of  vtfl&n  (be-schouln). 

(gabehd),  "his  height  was  exalted  "  (xxxi.  5), 
instead  of  nran  (gdbehd).     The  last  letter  is  aleph, 
for  he. 
The  Chaldean  plural  is  used  in  several  words,  for  instance  : 


NOTE. 


(hitting  "wheat"  (iv.  9),  for  tFfcn  (hitttm)  \ 
(ha-iyytn),  "  the  isles,"  or  "  the  isles  in  the  sea  " 
(xxvi.  18),  instead  of  Q>sn  (ha-iyyim),  an  error  in  botli 
orthography  and  grammar. 

Examples  of  Incorrect  Expressions  in  Jeremiah. 

(6WM),   "  I  will  destroy  "    (xlvi.   8),  for   nTOWW 
(aabidd). 

(nibletha),  "  hast  thou  prophesied  "  (xxvi.  0),  instead 
of  nsra  (nillclha).  The  syllable  W  has  a  yod  instead 
of  an  aleph. 

(athanou)  "we  come"  (iii.  22),  instead  of  irnN 
(athinou.). 

(««)>  "thec"  in  the  feminine  (terminating  with  yod 
mute),  for  n«  (ait),  a  Syriasm  very  frcqiK-nt    in  , 
miah,  who  often  forms  the  second  person  of  the  perfr-t 
fern,  in  >n-  (/  followed  by  //'"O  instead  of  rr  (/)• 
(16  written  with  wv  quieecent),  "not"  vm-  often  for 

(16  without  the  //v///-). 

(hoylat/,),  ftahal]  bci-arricd  away  captive"  (xiii. 
instead  of  nnban   (hoylclha).     The  latter  Chaldaism 
we  meei  also  in  tlie  Pentateuch  (Leyiticai  IXT, 

l/i),    "licr   fruits   (shall)    OQ9DM    in."    faf 

a*Mk  :lll(1  illi(1-  xxvi-  :;l  :  r-"n" 
she  shall  enjoy,"    lor   nn:nrn   (in 

cetfui). 
With  respect  to  the  New  Testament,  I  hate 


302  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION, 

required  a  similar  notice  from  my  son  William, 
who  has  made  the  Greek  language  in  general,  and 
its  deviations  in  the  writings  of  the  Gospel,  the 
object  of  particular  and  careful  study.  I  insert, 
also,  the  note  which  he  has  drawn  up  upon  the 
subject  :— 

"  On  first  approaching  the  text  of  the  New  Testament, 
after  having  learnt  the  Greek  language  and  grammar  in  the 
classical  writers,  we  are  struck  by  numerous  irregularities  of 
expression  :  amongst  these,  however,  we  must  carefully  dis 
tinguish  those  which  constitute  merely  particular  and  singu 
lar  modes  of  expression  from  those  which  are  real  faults. 
The  former  are  susceptible  of  explanation  and  justifica 
tion  by  different  examples  and  different  arguments  ;  the 
latter  are  not  capable  of  being  reconciled  with  the  elemen 
tary  and  necessary  laws  of  language.  Thus  we  may  justify 
such  or  such  a  strange  form  of  conjugation  or  of  declen 
sion,  which  would  be  accounted  a  barbarism  by  a  school 
boy,  but  which  was  nevertheless  in  actual  use  in  some  one 
or  other  of  the  local  dialects,  written  and  spoken  by  the 
Greeks.  Again,  however  it  may  have  been  the  rule  in 
Greek  to  set  the  verb  in  the  singular  when  used  with  a 
neuter  substantive  in  the  plural,  the  rule  has  not  been 
invariably  observed  even  by  the  purest  classical  writers, 
and  we  may  justify  by  exceptions  collected  here  and  there 
in  their  compositions,  several  passages  of  the  New  Testa- 


NOTE.  303 

ment  which,  at  first  sight,  might  appear  amenable  to  a 
charge  of  solecism*  Thus,  in  short,  after  our  attention 
haring,  at  first  sight,  been  arrested  and  our  minds  discon 
certed  by  other  passages  in  which  the  sacred  writer  ha- 
confounded  the  sense  of  two  words  which  resemble  each 
other,  as  /^oprvpo^cu,  which  signifies  summon  a  witness,  and 
which  St.  Peter  employs  instead  of  paprvpfc*  which  means. 
give  testimony,*  as  ddiWrcur,  which  signifies  l»  ln>  in 
capable,  and  which  St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark  employ  in 
the  sense  of  being  impossible,} — as  pcffovparrjfia,  which  signi 
fies  the  nil' rid  id /i  or  zenith  of  a  star,  and  which,  on  t 
occasions  in  the  New  Testament,  is  used  in  the  sen 
in  the  middle  of  the  air, — or,  even  when  we  meet  words,  not 
merely  strange  to  the  ear,  but  formed  without  attention  to 
the  rules  and  in  contradiction  to  analogy,  as  irtiBos  for 
iriiQavos^ — we  may  again,  without  any  departure  from  logical 
rules,  by  judicious  or  subtle  distinctions,  escape  from  the 
difficulties  which  the  passages  suggest,  and  have  a  perfect 
right  to  do  so.  But  after  having  made  allowances  for  the 
irregularities  susceptible  of  explanation  in  the  language  of 
the  New  Testament,  there  still  remain  some  which  an-  n-;il 
faults.  The  same  word  cannot  be  written  by  the  same 
hand,  at  an  interval  of  but  three  pairus,  both  masculine  and 
feminine,  as  the  word  Tp«,  Tambov,  in  th«>  Jy<",,///, 
When  the  substantive  is  feminine,  the  ad j.vtivr  cannot  be 
masculine,  as  i-//*-  \nvw  .  .  rov  piyav.*  AVheii  the 

*  1  Peter  i.  11.     t  Matt.  xvii.  20  ;  Luke  i.  37.     t  1  Cor.  ii    1. 
§  (Compare  iv.  3,  aiid  x.  1.         ||  Apoc.  xiv.  19. 


304  THE    CHRISTIAN   RELIGION. 

substantive  is  in  the  accusative,  the  adjective  cannot  be  in 
the  nominative.  In  such  an  employment  of  words  we  are 
able  to  trace  in  the  sacred  writings  the  hand  of  man,  marks 
of  human  imperfection  and  error;  and  we  must  not  forget 
that  these  faults  become  more  numerous  and  grosser  the 
greater  the  antiquity  of  the  MS.  in  which  wre  find  them, 
and  the  purer  the  Jewish  origin  of  the  writer.  Thus  the 
Greek  of  the  Apocalypse  is  singularly  incorrect,  at  the 
same  time  that  the  imaginative  turn  of  the  expression  is 
remarkably  Hebraic.*  In  the  text,  styled  the  received 
text,  and  which  was  fixed  in  the  16th  century,  many  of 
these  faults  have  disappeared,  because  it  has  borrowed  from 
MSS.  of  then  recent  date.  But  now  that  biblical  philosophy 
has  mounted  higher,  we  can  discern  how  the  copyists,  one 
after  the  other,  actuated  by  pious  scruples,  or  thinking  only 
to  correct  some  error  of  their  predecessors,  have  little  by 
little  effaced  what  appeared  to  them  too  great  a  departure 
from  rules  to  have  been  written  by  an  evangelist  or  an 
apostle.  At  the  present  day,  these  admitted  irregularities 
are  an  element  indispensible  to  every  serious  discussion  re 
specting  the  nature  and  extent  of  the  divine  inspiration  to 
be  met  with  in  the  sacred  volume. 

*  Apoc.  i.  16  ;  iii.  12  ;  iv.  7  ;  ix.  13  &  14  ;  xiv.  12  ;  xvi.  13; 
xx.  2,  &c. 

THE   END. 


BRADPURT  AND  EVANS,  PRINTERS,  WHITEKRIARS. 


ALBBMARLE  STREET, 

./,//,/,    1=04. 

ME.    MURRAY'S 
LIST    OF    NEW    WORKS. 

THE  QUARTERLY  REVIEW,  No.  CC:  XXXI.   8vo.   6». 

CONTENTS  : 

I.  WORDS  AND  PLACES. 

II.  LUDWIQ  UHLAND. 

III.  FREE  THINKING  ;  ITS  HISTORY  AND  TKSDBNCIKS, 

IV.  THK  CIRCASSIAN  EXODUS. 
V.  LACORDAIRE. 

VI.  CHRISTIAN  ART. 
VII.  POBLIC  SCHOOLS. 
VIII.  TRAVELLING  IN  ENGLAND. 
IX.  THE  HOUSE  OP  COMMONS. 

THE  ARCHBISHOP   OF  YORK'S  PASTOR  AL  1-.ET- 

TBR   TO  THE  CLERGY  AND  LAITY  OF  TUB  PIOYIHOI 
YORK.     8vo.     1*. 

THE  BISHOP  OF  LONDON'S  SECOND  SI-1MKS  ,  OF 
DISCOURSES  ON  THE  WulU)  OK  GOD  AND  GROUND  OP 
FAITH,  bvo.  2*.  Gd. 

THE    DIARY    OF    A    DUTIFUL    SON.      BY    T.    Q. 

FONNKRKAU.     Fcap.  8vo.     4a.  6d. 


THE  SHILLING  EDITION  OF  THK   PMNCE 

SOK  9  AND  ADDRESSES.     Portrait. 

ON  THE  INTRODUCTION  OF  A  GOLD  CUIMIKNVY 

FOR  INDIA.     By  Lieut.  -Gea.  MANSFIELD.     8vo.     3*.  6( 
SIR    WILLIAM    NAIMKirs    LII-T,    I  KT  \Nh 

JOURNALS.     Edited   by  the   Kuht.   Hoa.    U.  A.    J        Oli,    J 
Portraits.     2  vols.     Post  6vo.     I 


MR.  MURRAY'S  LIST  OF  NEW  WORKS. 


DIARY  OF  MARY   COUNTESS  COWPER,   LADY  OF 

THE   BEDCHAMBER  TO   CAROLINE,    PRINCESS  OF  WALES.     Portrait. 
8vo.     10s.  6d. 

RAWLINSON'S  ANCIENT  EASTERN  MONARCHIES. 

Vols.   I.  and  II.— CHALDEA  AND    ASSYRIA.     With  400  Illustra 
tions.     8vo.     16s.  each. 

RAMBLES    IN    THE    DESERTS    OF    SYRIA,    and 

among  the  TURKOMANS  and  BEDAWEENS.     Post  8vo.  10s.  6d. 

LIFE  AND    TIMES    OF    CICERO ;    His    CHARACTER 

as  a  Statesman,    Orator,    and  Friend.     By    WILLIAM  FORSYTE, 
Q.C.     Illustrations.     2  vols.     Post  8vo.     18s. 

SIAM,  CAMBOJIA,  AND  LAO  :  a  Narrative  of  Travels 

and  Discoveries.       By  HENRI  MOUHOT.      With  80  Illustrations. 
2  vols.     8vo.     32s. 

DEAN    MILMAN'S   HISTORY    OF    CHRISTIANITY, 

from  the  BIRTH  OF  CHRIST  to  the  ABOLITION  of  PAGANISM  in  the 
ROMAN  EMPIRE.    Revised  Edition.     3  vols.     8vo.     36s. 

THE   RIVER  AMAZONS :  A   RECORD  OF  ADVENTURES 

DURING    ELEVEN    YEARS    OF    TRAVEL.     By  HENRY    W.   BATES. 
Second  Edition.     Illustrations.     Post  8vo.     12s. 

LIFE  OF  SIR  HOWARD  DOUGLAS.     From  his  NOTES, 

CONVERSATIONS,    and     CORRESPONDENCE.       By    S.     W.    FULLOM. 
Portrait.     8vo.    15s. 

HISTORY  OF    CHARLES   THE    BOLD,   DUKE    OF 

BURGUNDY.      By    J.    FOSTER     KIRK.       Portraits.       2     vols. 
8vo.     30s. 

MR.    GLADSTONE'S     FINANCIAL    STATEMENTS, 

1853,    '60,  '63,  and  '64  ;  also  his  SPEECHES  ON    TAX-BILLS,    1861, 
and  CHARITIES,  1863.     8vo.     12s. 

METALLURGY  OF  IRON  AND  STEEL.    BY  JOHN 

PERCY,    F.R.S.      With   4   large    Plans    and    200    Illustrations   to 
Scale.     Svo.     42s. 

LORD     HOUGHTON'S     SELECTIONS     FROM    HIS 

POETICAL      WORKS,       Published     and      Unpublished.        Fcap. 
8vo.     6s. 

TARTAR    STEPPES    AND    THEIR    INHABITANTS. 

Described  from  Letters  addressed  to  Friends.      By  MRS.  ATKIN 
SON.     Illustrations.     Post.  8vo.     12s. 


MR.  MURRATS  LIST  OP  NEW   WORKS. 


THE  ANTIQUITY  OF  MAN,  FROM  GEOLOGICAL  EVI 

DENCES  ;  with  Remarks  on  Theories  of  the  ORIGIN  OP  SPECIES  by 
Variation.  By  SIR  CHARLES  LYELL,  F.R.S.  3rd  Edition. 
Illustrations.  8vo.  14*. 

DR.  WM.  SMITH'S  DICTIONARY  OF  Till-    BIIJLK  ; 

its  Antiquities,  Biography,  Geography,  and  Natural  History.  By 
Various  Writers.  Complete  in  3  vols.  Illustrations.  Medium  8vo. 
105«. 

AIDS  TO  FAITH:  a  Series  of  Theological  Bom,  Bi 
VARIOUS  WRITERS.  Edited  by  the  LORD  ARCUB1SUOP  OF 
YORK.  8vo.  95. 

HISTORY    OF     ENGLAND    FROM    THE    DEATH    OF 

CHARLES  I.  TO  THE  BATTLE  OF  DUNBAR,  1648  —  50.  Chiefly  from 
the  MSS.  in  the  State  Taper  Office.  By  ANDREW  WSSETT.  8vo. 
15*. 

WEDGWOOD:    AN    ADDRESS    BY    MR.    (JLADSTONK. 

Woodcuts.     Post  8vo.     2*. 


THE    BAMPTON    LECTURES,    1863;    Tin: 

BETWEEN    THE    DlVlNE    AND    HUMAN     ELF.MK.NT>    IN    HoLY    Si  RIPTDRK. 

By  REV.  J.  HANNAH,  D.C.L.     8vo.     10*.  (Jd. 

MR.    SMILES'S   INDUSTRIAL    BIOGRAPHY:    IRON. 

WORKERS  —  AND  TOOL  MAKERS.     A  companion  volume  to  'Self  Help.' 
15th  Thousand.     Post  8vo.     fa. 

THE   STORY  OF    LORD   BACON'S    LI  IT.      By    W. 

HEPWORTH  DIXON.     Portrait.     Post  8vo.     7«.  Gd. 

REV.  CANON  COOK'S  LINCOLN'S  INN  AND  OT1I  Ml: 

SERMONS.     8vo.    9*. 
HISTORY   OF   THE    DEBATKS    o\    TIII-:    GRAND 

RKMONSTRANCE,    1641.      By  JOHN  FORSTER.       2nd  Edition. 
Post  8vo.     12*. 

LISPINGS  FROM   Ln\V  LATITl'DMS:  an  II.I.I-STI:\TI  n 
TOUR  TO  THI:  I:\-T.     \\\   \  '  Edited 

by  LORD  DUFFEUIN.     With  24  Illustrations.     4to. 


ARTHUR    IIALLA.M'S    IIK.MAINS.     \Vnh    Pl^toe  ami 
Memoir.     3rd  Edition.     Portrait.     Fcap.  8ro.     7,. 

SECULARIA;    or.    Bl  n   MAIN   Sri  KAM  OF 

HisTORr.     By  SAMUEL  LUCAS,  M.  A.     8vo.    lit. 


4  MR.   MURRAY'S  LIST  OF  NEW  WORKS. 

BISHOP   BLOMFIELD'S  MEMOIRS.     With   Selections 

from  his  Correspondence.     By  HIS  SON.     Portrait.     Post  8vo. 

THE   FERTILIZATION  OF  ORCHIDS  BY  INSECTS, 

AND     ON    THE     GOOD     EFFECTS     OF     INTERCROSSING.         By     CHARLES 

DARWIN.     Illustrations.     Post  8vo.     9s. 

LIFE  OF  WILLIAM  PITT,  with  Extracts  from  his  MS. 

Papers.  By  EARL  STANHOPE.  2nd  Edition.  Portrait.  4  vols. 
Post  8vo.  42s. 

SIR  EDWARD  GUST'S  ANNALS  OF  THE  WARS  OF 

XVIIlTH  and  XIXiH  CENTURIES;  1700—1815.  Complete  in  9 
vols.  Maps.  Fcap.  8vo.  5s.  each. 

LIVES  OF   BRITISH   ENGINEERS  ;  from  the  Earliest 

Period  down  to  the  Death  of  George  and  Robert  Stephenson.  By 
SAMUEL  SMILES.  With  7  portraits  and  300  woodcuts.  3  vols. 
8vo.  63s. 

DENMARK    AND     GERMANY    SINCE     1815.      By 

CHARLES  A.  GOSCH.     With  4  Maps.     8vo.    10s.  6d. 

GENERAL  SIR  ROBERT  WILSON'S  AUTOBIOGRA 
PHICAL  MEMOIRS,  from  Early  Life  down  to  the  PEACE  OF  TILSIT. 
Portrait.  2  vols.  8vo.  26s, 

HISTORY  OF  THE  MODERN  STYLES  OF  ARCHI 
TECTURE.  By  JAMES  FERGUSSON.  Illustrations.  8vo. 
31s.  6rf. 

LAWS  OF  NATURE,  THE  FOUNDATION  OF 

MORALS.     By  DAVID  ROWLAND.    Post  8vo.    6s. 

MR.  BRACE'S  POPULAR  HISTORY  OF  THE  RACES 

OF  THE  OLD  WORLD.     Post  8vo.     9s. 

HISTORY    OF    THE    TAEPING    REBELLION    IN 

CHINA.    By  COMMANDER  BRINE,  R.N.    Post  8vo.    10s.  6d. 

GONGORA'S  POETICAL    WORKS.      Translated,    with 

an  Historical  and  Critical  Essay,  by  ARCHDEACON  CHURTON. 
Portrait.  2  vols.  Small  8vj.  15s. 


JOHN    MURRAY,    ALBEMARLE    STREET. 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


Acme    Library    Card    I